二十品显示巴利原文
16. Vīsatinipāto
一、阿底穆塔长老偈颂注释显示巴利原文
1. Adhimuttattheragāthāvaṇṇanā
在《二十品》中,以“若为义故”等开头的是另一位尊者阿底穆塔长老的偈颂。其缘起为何?这位尊者也曾在过去诸佛时累积善行,于各各生中积集福德。在见义佛(Atthadassī)世尊的时代,他出生于具足财富的家庭,成年后,于世尊般涅槃后,他护持比丘僧团,举办大布施。以此福业,他流转于天界人间,直到此佛出世时,投生于尊者桑基洽长老的姊妹腹中,得名阿底穆塔。成年后,他在舅父长老座下出家,修习观业,住于沙弥位便证得阿罗汉果。此事在《譬喻经》(《长老譬喻》1.4.84-88)中如此说——显示巴利原文
Vīsatinipāte yaññatthaṃ vātiādikā āyasmato aparassa adhimuttattherassa gāthā. Kā uppatti? Ayampi purimabuddhesu katādhikāro tattha tattha bhave puññāni upacinanto atthadassissa bhagavato kāle vibhavasampanne kule nibbattitvā viññutaṃ patto satthari parinibbute bhikkhusaṅghaṃ upaṭṭhahanto mahādānāni pavattesi. So tena puññakammena devamanussesu saṃsaranto imasmiṃ buddhuppāde āyasmato saṃkiccattherassa bhaginiyā kucchimhi nibbatti, adhimuttotissa nāmaṃ ahosi. So vayappatto mātulattherassa santike pabbajitvā vipassanāya kammaṃ karonto sāmaṇerabhūmiyaṃyeva ṭhito arahattaṃ pāpuṇi. Tena vuttaṃ apadāne (apa. thera 1.4.84-88) –
在世间依怙、人中最上的见义佛般涅槃时
我以清净的信心侍奉比丘僧团。
我邀请质直且入定的比丘僧团后,以甘蔗搭起凉亭,供养无上僧团。
无论我投生于何种生趣——或为天身,或为人身,
我皆能降伏一切众生,这就是福德业的果报。
十八百劫前,我那时所行的布施;
我不再见恶趣,这是布施甘蔗的果报。
“我证得四无碍解,……乃至……完成了佛陀的教法。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Nibbute lokanāthamhi, atthadassīnaruttame; Upaṭṭhahiṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ, vippasannena cetasā. ‘‘Nimantetvā bhikkhusaṅghaṃ, ujubhūtaṃ samāhitaṃ; Ucchunā maṇḍapaṃ katvā, bhojesiṃ saṅghamuttamaṃ. ‘‘Yaṃ yaṃ yonupapajjāmi, devattaṃ athamānusaṃ; Sabbe satte abhibhomi, puññakammassidaṃ phalaṃ. ‘‘Aṭṭhārase kappasate, yaṃ dānamadadiṃ tadā; Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, ucchudānassidaṃ phalaṃ. ‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsana’’nti.
证得阿拉汉果后,他安住于等至之乐中度过时日。当他想要受具足戒时,心想“我应当禀告母亲”,于是便前往母亲处。途中,与五百名为了祭神而四处寻找肉食的盗贼相遇。盗贼捉住了他,说:“正好用作天神的祭品。”他虽被盗贼所执,却毫不惊慌,毫无畏惧,容貌清净,安然站立。盗贼头领见此情景,心中生起稀有奇妙之感,赞叹道:显示巴利原文
Arahattaṃ pana patvā samāpattisukhena vītināmento upasampajjitukāmo ‘‘mātaraṃ āpucchissāmī’’ti mātu santikaṃ gacchanto antarāmagge devatāya balikammakaraṇatthaṃ maṃsapariyesanaṃ carantehi pañcasatehi corehi samāgacchi. Corā ca taṃ aggahesuṃ ‘‘devatāya bali bhavissatī’’ti. So corehi gahitopi abhīto acchambhī vippasannamukhova aṭṭhāsi. Taṃ disvā coragāmaṇiacchariyabbhutacittajāto pasaṃsanto –
“我们过去为了祭祀或为了财物,所杀害的那些众生,
幸存者充满恐惧,颤抖哭泣。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yaññatthaṃ vā dhanatthaṃ vā, ye hanāma mayaṃ pure; Avasesaṃ bhayaṃ hoti, vedhanti vilapanti ca.
你毫无恐惧,面色反而愈发清亮明净;
你为何不悲泣,在这大恐怖中?”——他诵出了这两首偈颂。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Tassa te natthi bhītattaṃ, bhiyyo vaṇṇo pasīdati; Kasmā na paridevesi, evarūpe mahabbhaye’’ti. – dve gāthā abhāsi;
在此,“yaññatthaṃ”指“为了祭祀”,即为了向天神献供。“vā”字表示可选择。“dhanatthaṃ”指“为了财富”,即掠夺贵重物品。“ye hanāma mayaṃ pure”意为“我们过去所杀害的那些众生”,此处用现在时语式表达过去义。“avasesaṃ”指“剩下的”,就是使那些人走投无路、身不由己之后。“ti”是针对他们而言。也有人读作“avasesanti”,意为“我们抓到的人中,除了这一个,其余的那些”。“bhayaṃ hoti”指“死亡恐怖生起”,正因如此,他们颤抖、哭叫;内心惊恐而浑身发抖,口中说着“主人,我们愿献上这个那个,做您的奴仆”之类的话,这般求饶哀嚎。显示巴利原文
Tattha yaññatthanti yajanatthaṃ devatānaṃ balikammakaraṇatthaṃ vā. Vā-saddo vikappanattho. Dhanatthanti sāpateyyaharaṇatthaṃ. Ye hanāma mayaṃ pureti ye satte mayaṃ pubbe hanimha. Atītatthe hi idaṃ vattamānavacanaṃ. Avaseti avase aserike katvā. Tanti tesaṃ. ‘‘Avasesanti’’pi paṭhanti. Amhehi gahitesu taṃ ekaṃ ṭhapetvā avasesānaṃ; ayameva vā pāṭho. Bhayaṃ hotīti maraṇabhayaṃ hoti. Yena te vedhanti vilapanti,cittutrāsena vedhanti , ‘‘sāmi, tumhākaṃ idañcidañca dassāma, dāsā bhavissāmā’’tiādikaṃ vadantā vilapanti.
“Tassa te”中的“te”指你——你这位长老,当我们这些为了向天神献供而想取你性命、高举刀剑恐吓你之时。“bhītattaṃ”指恐惧的状态,即“恐怖”的意思。“bhiyyo vaṇṇo pasīdati”意为你的脸色比原本的气色更加明净。据说,当时长老心中生起了强烈的喜悦与欢喜,心想:“如果他们真的杀了我,我当下便能无取执地般涅槃,痛苦的重担从此就卸下了。”“在这种大恐怖中”是指在如此巨大的死亡恐怖迫近之时。或者,此为表示原因的处格。显示巴利原文
Tassa teti yo tvaṃ amhehi devatāya balikammatthaṃ jīvitā voropetukāmehi ukkhittāsikehi santajjito, tassa te. Bhītattanti bhītabhāvo, bhayanti attho. Bhiyyo vaṇṇo pasīdatīti pakativaṇṇato uparipi te mukhavaṇṇo vippasīdati. Therassa kira tadā ‘‘sace ime māressanti, idānevāhaṃ anupādāya parinibbāyissāmi, dukkhabhāro vigacchissatī’’ti uḷāraṃ pītisomanassaṃ uppajji. Evarūpe mahabbhayeti edise mahati maraṇabhaye upaṭṭhite. Hetuatthe vā etaṃ bhummavacanaṃ.
接着,长老借着回答那贼首,而开示佛法:显示巴利原文
Idāni thero coragāmaṇissa paṭivacanadānamukhena dhammaṃ desento –
“村长,对于无所期盼者,心所的痛苦全然无有;
已断尽一切结者,确实超越了一切怖畏。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Natthi cetasikaṃ dukkhaṃ, anapekkhassa gāmaṇi; Atikkantā bhayā sabbe, khīṇasaṃyojanassa ve.
已断尽有之结缚者,于现见法中如实安住;
死时无有怖畏,犹如放下重担。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Khīṇāya bhavanettiyā, diṭṭhe dhamme yathātathe; Na bhayaṃ maraṇe hoti, bhāranikkhepane yathā.
我已善修梵行,道亦已善修习;
我于死亡无有怖畏,犹如诸病已灭尽。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Suciṇṇaṃ brahmacariyaṃ me, maggo cāpi subhāvito; Maraṇe me bhayaṃ natthi, rogānamiva saṅkhaye.
我的梵行已善成就,道亦善修习;
已见诸有全无甘味,犹如饮毒,吐弃无余。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Suciṇṇaṃ brahmacariyaṃ me, maggo cāpi subhāvito; Nirassādā bhavā diṭṭhā, visaṃ pitvāva chaḍḍitaṃ.
到彼岸者,无所执取,所作已办,漏尽;
寿尽之时他欢喜,如从刑场得解脱。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Pāragū anupādāno, katakicco anāsavo; Tuṭṭho āyukkhayā hoti, mutto āghātanā yathā.
已证得无上之法,于一切世间无所希求;
犹如从燃烧的屋宅中得解脱者,于死亡亦无忧愁。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Uttamaṃ dhammataṃ patto, sabbaloke anatthiko; Ādittāva gharā mutto, maraṇasmiṃ na socati.
凡由因缘和合而生者,或于任何处所得之‘有’,
此一切法皆无有主宰,这是大仙所说。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yadatthi saṅgataṃ kiñci, bhavo vā yattha labbhati; Sabbaṃ anissaraṃ etaṃ, iti vuttaṃ mahesinā.
若人如实了知此事,正如佛陀所教导的那样,
他便不执取任何‘有’,犹如不抓握烧得通红的铁丸。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yo taṃ tathā pajānāti, yathā buddhena desitaṃ; Na gaṇhāti bhavaṃ kiñci, sutattaṃva ayoguḷaṃ.
我无‘我曾存在’之想,亦无‘我将存在’之想;
诸行终将灭去,那时又有什么可悲叹呢?
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Na me hoti ‘ahosi’nti, ‘bhavissa’nti na hoti me; Saṅkhārā vigamissanti, tattha kā paridevanā.
纯然是法的缘起,纯然是行的相续;
村长,凡如实观照者,便无有恐怖。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Suddhaṃ dhammasamuppādaṃ, suddhaṃ saṅkhārasantatiṃ; Passantassa yathābhūtaṃ, na bhayaṃ hoti gāmaṇi.
当以慧观世间,视同草木堆时;
他不执取我所,也不会因‘我没有’而生起忧伤。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Tiṇakaṭṭhasamaṃ lokaṃ, yadā paññāya passati; Mamattaṃ so asaṃvindaṃ, ‘natthi me’ti na socati.
我厌离此身,于有已无欲求;
这个身体必将毁坏,另一个身体则不会产生。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ukkaṇṭhāmi sarīrena, bhavenamhi anatthiko; Soyaṃ bhijjissati kāyo, añño ca na bhavissati.
你们应以身体所当行之事,随你们所欲去做吧;
我不会因为那个缘故,而在其中生起嗔恨与爱恋。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yaṃ vo kiccaṃ sarīrena, taṃ karotha yadicchatha; Na me tappaccayā tattha, doso pemañca hehitī’’ti. –
他宣说了这些偈颂。显示巴利原文
Imā gāthā abhāsi.
听闻了他那番稀有而又令人毛发竖立的言语之后,
那些年轻人放下武器后,这样说道。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Tassa taṃ vacanaṃ sutvā, abbhutaṃ lomahaṃsanaṃ; Satthāni nikkhipitvāna, māṇavā etadabravu’’nti. –
这是结集者所说的偈颂。此后还有三首盗贼与长老之间的问答偈颂。显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ saṅgītikārehi vuttagāthā. Ito aparā tisso corānaṃ, therassa ca vacanapaṭivacanagāthā –
‘‘Kiṃ bhadante karitvāna, ko vā ācariyo tava; Kassa sāsanamāgamma, labbhate taṃ asokatā.
全知者、全见者、胜利者,是我的老师;
具足大悲的导师,是一切世间的救治者。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sabbaññū sabbadassāvī, jino ācariyo mama; Mahākāruṇiko satthā, sabbalokatikicchako.
‘‘Tenāyaṃ desito dhammo, khayagāmī anuttaro; Tassa sāsanamāgamma, labbhate taṃ asokatā.
‘‘Sutvāna corā isino subhāsitaṃ, nikkhippa satthāni ca āvudhāni ca; Tamhā ca kammā viramiṃsu eke, eke ca pabbajjamarocayiṃsu.
这些贤者出家后,于善逝的教法中,修习觉支与力;
他们心意欣悦,诸根成就,已触证无为的涅槃。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Te pabbajitvā sugatassa sāsane, bhāvetva bojjhaṅgabalāni paṇḍitā; Udaggacittā sumanā katindriyā, phusiṃsu nibbānapadaṃ asaṅkhata’’nti. –
以下偈颂亦为结集者所说。显示巴利原文
Imāpi saṅgītikārehi vuttagāthā.
在这里,“无期望者”:由于没有渴爱的期望,故称无期望者。对于像我这样无期望者,心所之苦——忧,如同本质为红色的脓疮一般,是不存在的。通过说明忧的不存在,来说明怖畏的不存在。因此他说:“已超越一切怖畏”。“已超越一切怖畏”的意思是:对于已断尽诸结的阿拉汉,二十五种大怖畏以及其他所有怖畏,都绝对已被超越、已过去、已离去。显示巴利原文
Tattha natthi cetasikaṃ dukkhaṃ, anapekkhassa, gāmaṇīti gāmaṇi, apekkhāya, taṇhāya, abhāvena anapekkhassa mādisassa, lohitasabhāvo pubbo viya, cetasikaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ natthi, domanassābhāvāpadesena bhayābhāvaṃ vadati. Tenāha ‘‘atikkantā bhayā sabbe’’ti. Atikkantā bhayā sabbeti khīṇasaṃyojanassa arahato pañcavīsati mahābhayā, aññe ca sabbepi bhayā ekaṃsena atikkantā atītā, apagatāti attho.
“于现法中如实”:指于四圣谛法,通过遍知、断除、作证、修习,以道智作如实见。“死”:即死之因。“如放下重担”:犹如有人头荷巨大重担,为担所压、行将沉没,若将此担放下、移除,便无有怖畏;此即成就之义。此亦为世尊所说:显示巴利原文
Diṭṭhe dhamme yathātatheti catusaccadhamme pariññāpahānasacchikiriyabhāvanāvasena maggapaññāya yathābhūtaṃ diṭṭhe. Maraṇeti maraṇahetu. Bhāranikkhepane yathāti yathā koci puriso sīse ṭhitena mahatā garubhārena saṃsīdanto tassa nikkhepane, apanayane na bhāyati, evaṃ sampadamidanti attho. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā –
五蕴确实是重担,担此重担者即是人;
执取重担是世间之苦,卸下重担是乐。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Bhārā have pañcakkhandhā, bhārahāro ca puggalo; Bhārādānaṃ dukhaṃ loke, bhāranikkhepanaṃ sukha’’nti. (saṃ. ni. 3.22);
“善行”:指妥善地修行。“梵行”:指含摄三学的教法梵行。由此,“道也善修习”:即八支圣道也得到妥善修习。“如同诸病灭尽”:犹如一个被众多疾病所压伏的病人,当疾病灭尽时,唯有喜悦与愉悦;同样,在诸蕴之病灭尽——即死亡时,像我这样的人便没有怖畏。显示巴利原文
Suciṇṇanti suṭṭhu caritaṃ. Brahmacariyanti, sikkhattayasaṅgahaṃ sāsanabrahmacariyaṃ. Tato eva maggo cāpi subhāvito aṭṭhaṅgiko ariyamaggopi sammadeva bhāvito. Rogānamiva saṅkhayeti yathā bahūhi rogehi abhibhūtassa āturassa rogānaṃ saṅkhaye pītisomanassameva hoti, evaṃ khandharogasaṅkhaye maraṇe mādisassa bhayaṃ natthi.
“已见诸有毫无滋味”:三有被三种苦所征服、以十一种火炽燃,毫无滋味、无可贪著,这已被我所见。“如饮毒后吐弃”:如同因放逸饮下毒药,随后以某种方法将其吐出一般,面对死亡我无怖畏。这是它的意思。显示巴利原文
Nirassādā bhavā diṭṭhāti tīhi dukkhatāhi abhibhūtā, ekādasahi aggīhi ādittā, tayo bhavā nirassādā, assādarahitā, mayā diṭṭhā. Visaṃ pitvāva chaḍḍitanti pamādavasena visaṃ pivitvā tādisena payogena chaḍḍitaṃ viya maraṇe me bhayaṃ natthīti attho.
“如从刑场获释”:如同有人被盗贼为杀害而带去刑场,后以某种方法得以逃脱,便会欢喜快乐。同样,这位圣者因已到达轮回的彼岸——涅槃,故称“到彼岸者”;因对四种取着不再有任何执取,故称“无取者”;因已完成遍知等十六种任务,故称“所作已办者”;因无欲漏等烦恼,故称“无漏者”;由于寿命灭尽,并以寿命灭尽为因,他满心喜悦,内心充满愉快。显示巴利原文
Muttoāghātanā yathāti yathā corehi māraṇatthaṃ āghātanaṃ nīto kenaci upāyena tato mutto haṭṭhatuṭṭho hoti, evaṃ saṃsārapāraṃ, nibbānaṃ, gatattā pāragū, catūhipi upādānehi anupādāno, pariññādīnaṃ soḷasannaṃ kiccānaṃ katattā katakicco kāmāsavādīhi anāsavo, āyukkhayā āyukkhayahetu tuṭṭho somanassiko hoti.
“最上的”:即最殊胜的。“法性”:即法的自性。“于阿拉汉果成就时,由成就之因,于可喜、不可喜等中保持如如之性。”“一切世间”:即于一切世间,即使是在那些以长寿、多乐等为特征的世界中。“无需求者”:即无任何期望者。“如从燃烧的家中逃脱者”:如同有人从四方燃烧、烈焰腾空的家中逃出,不会因那逃脱之相而悲伤;同样,漏尽者不会因死亡之相而悲伤。显示巴利原文
Uttamanti seṭṭhaṃ. Dhammatanti, dhammasabhāvaṃ. Arahatte siddhe sijjhanahetu iṭṭhādīsu tādibhāvaṃ. Sabbaloketi sabbalokasmimpi, dīghāyukasukhabahulatādivasena saṃyuttepi loke. Anatthikoti, anapekkho. Ādittāva gharā muttoti yathā koci puriso samantato ādittato pajjalitato gehato nissaṭo, tato nissaraṇanimittaṃ na socati, evaṃ khīṇāsavo maraṇanimittaṃ na socati.
“凡有所集”:凡于此世间存在、可得、可感知的任何聚集,即与众生或诸行的会合与结合。或有版本读作“有为”,其义为:凡是依诸缘和合、共同造作的,便是缘生。“或说有指可被获取之处”:即在众生类中,所能获得的再生有。“所有这一切都无主宰者”:这一切皆无主宰,其中无有任何能行“令其如是”之力。正如大仙——正自觉者——所说:“一切法无我”。故知“此无主宰者”之人,于死亡便无悲伤。——应如此连接其义。显示巴利原文
Yadatthi saṅgataṃ kiñcīti yaṃkiñci imasmiṃ loke atthi, vijjati, upalabbhati saṅgataṃ, sattehi saṅkhārehi vā samāgamo, samodhānaṃ. ‘‘Saṅkhata’’ntipi pāṭho, tassa yaṃkiñci paccayehi samacca sambhuyya kataṃ, paṭiccasamuppannanti attho. Bhavo vā yattha labbhatīti yasmiṃ sattanikāye yo upapattibhavo labbhati. Sabbaṃ anissaraṃ etanti sabbametaṃ issararahitaṃ, na ettha kenaci ‘‘evaṃ hotū’’ti issariyaṃ vattetuṃ sakkā. Iti vuttaṃ mahesināti ‘‘sabbe dhammā anattā’’ti evaṃ vuttaṃ mahesinā sammāsambuddhena. Tasmā ‘‘anissaraṃ eta’’nti pajānanto maraṇasmiṃ na socatīti yojanā.
“不执取任何有”:此谓,圣弟子依世尊佛陀所教“诸行无常”等义,以具观慧的道慧,如实了知三界之“有”。恰如一个追求快乐的人,不会用手去抓取被烈日晒得滚烫的铁球;同样,他也不会执取任何微细或巨大的“有”,不对它们生起贪爱。显示巴利原文
Nagaṇhāti bhavaṃ kiñcīti yo ariyasāvako ‘‘sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā’’tiādinā (dha. pa. 277) yathā buddhena bhagavatā desitaṃ, tathā taṃ bhavattayaṃ vipassanāpaññāsahitāya maggapaññāya pajānāti. So yathā koci puriso sukhakāmo divasaṃ santattaṃ ayoguḷaṃ hatthena na gaṇhāti, evaṃ kiñci khuddakaṃ vā mahantaṃ vā bhavaṃ na gaṇhāti, na tattha taṇhaṃ karotīti attho.
“我不生起‘我曾是’”:因已彻底断除邪见,且清楚照见诸法自性,故我心中不因“我见”而生起“过去久远时我曾是那样的”之念。同理,“‘我将是’亦不生起”:故我亦不生起“未来时我将如何成为”之念。然而,会生起这样的智:“诸行将灭”——即诸行唯依各自的缘而生起,其中全无“我”与“我所”,且它们确实会灭去、消散,于每一刹那中坏灭。于此,“有何可悲叹?”——对如实见者如我,于诸行所摄之事中,还有何可称为悲叹呢?显示巴利原文
Na me hoti ‘‘ahosi’’nti ‘‘atītamaddhānaṃ ahaṃ īdiso ahosi’’nti attadiṭṭhivasena na me cittappavatti atthi diṭṭhiyā sammadeva ugghāṭitattā, dhammasabhāvassa ca sudiṭṭhattā. ‘‘Bhavissa’’nti na hoti meti tato eva ‘‘anāgatamaddhānaṃ ahaṃ ediso kathaṃ nu kho bhavissaṃ bhaveyya’’nti evampi me na hoti. Saṅkhārā vigamissantīti evaṃ pana hoti ‘‘yathāpaccayaṃ pavattamānā saṅkhārāva, na ettha koci attā vā attaniyaṃ vā, te ca kho vigamissanti , vinassissanti, khaṇe khaṇe bhijjissantī’’ti. Tattha kā paridevanāti evaṃ passantassa mādisassa tattha saṅkhāragate kā nāma paridevanā.
「清净」:指纯粹、不掺杂所谓“我之核心”或自我实体者。「法之集起」:指缘与缘所生法的现起,即依无明等缘而生起行等,唯是法的呈现。「观察诸行相续」:观察那由烦恼、业、果报等类别所组成的诸行相续流。「如实」知见者:指以与观智相应的道慧,如实照见诸法的人。显示巴利原文
Suddhanti kevalaṃ, attasārena asammissaṃ. Dhammasamuppādanti paccayapaccayuppannadhammasamuppattiṃ avijjādipaccayehi saṅkhārādidhammamattappavattiṃ. Saṅkhārasantatinti kilesakammavipākappabhedasaṅkhārapabandhaṃ. Passantassa yathābhūtanti saha vipassanāya maggapaññāya yāthāvato jānantassa.
「视世间如草木」:就像在无主的林野中,草木被人拿走时,旁人并不会有“那是我的,他拿走了”的想法;同样地,当圣者以智慧观见诸行世间如同草木般无有主人时,便对此世间不感到“我所”,不执取、不占有、不造作。因此,他“我无有”——不会忧恼地想:“啊,我曾拥有那些,如今已不复存在。”显示巴利原文
Tiṇakaṭṭhasamaṃ lokanti yathā araññe apariggahe tiṇakaṭṭhe kenaci gayhamāne aparassa ‘‘mayhaṃ santakaṃ ayaṃ gaṇhatī’’ti na hoti, evaṃ so asāmikatāya tiṇakaṭṭhasamaṃ saṅkhāralokaṃ yadā paññāya passati, so tattha mamattaṃ asaṃvindaṃ asaṃvindanto alabhanto akaronto. Natthi meti ‘‘ahu vata sohaṃ, taṃ me natthī’’ti na socati.
「我厌离此身」:我厌离这个身体——它无实质,只会带来祸患与痛苦,不知感恩,污秽、恶臭、令人嫌恶。我便是以这种厌离之心安住。「我于有已无欲求」:我对一切有已无欲求,不期盼任何再生。「此身将会坏灭」:我此身,现今将因你们的折磨或他缘,于此处或彼处坏灭。「另一个将不再有」:未来,另一个身体不会再产生,因已无后有。显示巴利原文
Ukkaṇṭhāmi sarīrenāti asārakena abhinudena dukkhena akataññunā asuciduggandhajegucchapaṭikkūlasabhāvena iminā kāyena ukkaṇṭhāmi imaṃ kāyaṃ nibbindanto evaṃ tiṭṭhāmi. Bhavenamhi anatthikoti sabbenapi bhavena anatthiko amhi, na kiñci bhavaṃ patthemi. Soyaṃ bhijjissati kāyoti ayaṃ mama kāyo idāni tumhākaṃ payogena aññathā vā aññattha bhijjissati. Añño ca na bhavissatīti añño kāyo mayhaṃ āyatiṃ na bhavissati, punabbhavābhāvato.
“Yaṃ vo kiccaṃ sarīrenāti”的意思是:你们若需以此身体做什么,就随你们的意愿去做。“Na me tappaccayāti”是说,我不会因为你们任意使用我的身体而生起执着,也就是不以此事为缘。“Tatthāti”表示无论他们做或不做,我都不动摇。“Doso pemañca hehitīti”依次是指不会生起嗔恨与贪爱,意思是他已经完全舍断了对自身存在的任何执取。本来在其他情况或因其他原因,也可能没有嗔爱,但这里为了随顺已证悟的道理,才说“因此”“在那里”等语。显示巴利原文
Yaṃ vo kiccaṃ sarīrenāti yaṃ tumhākaṃ iminā sarīrena payojanaṃ, taṃ karotha yadicchatha, icchatha ce. Na me tappaccayāti, taṃ nimittaṃ imassa sarīrassa tumhehi yathicchitakiccassa karaṇahetu. Tatthāti tesu karontesu ca akarontesu ca. Doso pemañca hehitīti yathākkamaṃ paṭigho anunayo na bhavissati, attano bhave apekkhāya sabbaso pahīnattāti adhippāyo. Aññapaccayā aññattha ca paṭighānunayesu asantesupi tappaccayā, ‘‘tatthā’’ti vacanaṃ yathādhigatavasena vuttaṃ.
“Tassāti”指“他的”,即那位已决意的长老的。“Taṃ vacananti”指“那话语”,也就是“没有心所上的苦”等,这些话语显示了他对死亡没有恐惧,稀有而令人毛发直竖。听闻此话后。“Māṇavāti”是指贼众,即盗贼。因为盗贼被称为“māṇava”,例如《中部》第149经等处说:“他们与年轻的贼众一起,从事已作和未作的恶业。”显示巴利原文
Tassāti adhimuttattherassa. Taṃ vacananti ‘‘natthi cetasikaṃ dukkha’’ntiādikaṃ maraṇe bhayābhāvādidīpakaṃ, tato eva abbhutaṃ lomahaṃsanaṃ vacanaṃ sutvā. Māṇavāti corā. Corā hi ‘‘māṇavā’’ti vuccanti ‘‘māṇavehi saha gacchanti katakammehi akatakammehipī’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 2.149) viya.
“Kiṃbhadante karitvānāti”意思是:“尊者,您做了什么?”——尊者,您修了怎样的苦行?或者,谁是您的导师?您是依止谁的教法、教诫,才能在临终时如此无忧无悲?他们是以提问的方式表达这个意思,这样询问、这样说出。显示巴利原文
Kiṃbhadante karitvānāti, bhante, kiṃ nāma tapokammaṃ katvā. Ko vā tava ācariyo kassa sāsanaṃ, ovādaṃ nissāya ayaṃ asokatā maraṇakāle sokābhāvo labbhatīti etaṃ atthaṃ abravuṃ, pucchāvasena kathesuṃ, bhāsiṃsu.
长老听完之后,回答他们说:“一切知者”等。其中,“一切知者”(sabbaññū):他无需他人教导,便能以一切方式觉悟一切法,智慧随其所愿而现起;因证得无碍智,遍知过去、未来等一切,故称一切知者。正因如此,他以周遍一切的眼照见一切,故称“一切见者”(sabbadassāvī)。那无碍智也就是一切知智,这与将其归入不共智等分类并不矛盾,因为正是为了显示此智为其他众生所不具,才将同一智慧施设两种名称。此处更详细的内容,在《如是语注》中已有说明,可依彼处解释来理解。“胜者”(jino):因他战胜了五种魔。“大悲者”(mahākāruṇiko):因他对一切众生——不论低劣、中等或有其他差别——皆怀大悲悯之心。“师”(satthā):因他随顺所教化的众生之根器,以现法利益、来世利益与究竟义教导他们。正因如此,他也是“一切世间的疗治者”(sabbalokatikicchako),即能治疗一切世间烦恼之病的人。正自觉者(sammāsambuddho)是我的导师——如此连结成句。显示巴利原文
Taṃ sutvā thero tesaṃ paṭivacanaṃ dento ‘‘sabbaññū’’tiādimāha. Tattha sabbaññūti paropadesena vinā sabbapakārena sabbadhammāvabodhanasamatthassa ākaṅkhāpaṭibaddhavuttino anāvaraṇañāṇassa adhigamena atītādibhedaṃ sabbaṃ jānātīti, sabbaññū. Teneva samantacakkhunā sabbassa dassanato sabbadassāvī. Yamhi anāvaraṇañāṇaṃ, tadeva sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ, nattheva asādhāraṇañāṇapāḷiyā virodho visayuppattimukhena aññehi asādhāraṇabhāvadassanatthaṃ ekasseva ñāṇassa dvidhā vuttattā. Yaṃ panettha vattabbaṃ, taṃ itivuttakavaṇṇanāyaṃ (itivu. aṭṭha. 38) vitthārato vuttamevāti tattha vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Pañcannampi mārānaṃ vijayato jino, hīnādivibhāgabhinne sabbasmiṃ sattanikāye adhimuttavuttitāya mahatiyā karuṇāya samannāgatattā mahākāruṇiko, diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikaparamatthehi yathārahaṃ veneyyānaṃ anusāsanato satthā, tato eva sabbalokassa kilesarogatikicchanato sabbalokatikicchako, sammāsambuddho ācariyo mamāti yojanā. Khayagāmīti nibbānagāmī.
长老这般开示了导师与教法的功德后,有些盗贼生起信心出家了,有些则表白成为近事男。为了阐明此义,结集法藏的长老们诵出了以“sutvāna corā”开头的两首偈颂。其中,“仙人”(isinoti):因他寻求增上戒等,故称仙人;此处指阿帝穆得长老。“舍弃”(Nikkhippāti):即放下、弃掷。“刀剑等利器与弓箭等武器”(Satthāni ca āvudhāni cāti):指剑等锋利刃器,以及弓、箭囊等武器。“从彼业中”(Tamhā ca kammāti):即从那种盗贼的行业。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ therena satthu sāsanassa ca guṇe pakāsite paṭiladdhasaddhā ekacce corā pabbajiṃsu, ekacce upāsakattaṃ pavedesuṃ. Tamatthaṃ dīpento dhammasaṅgāhakā ‘‘sutvāna corā’’tiādinā dve gāthā abhāsiṃsu. Tattha isinoti adhisīlasikkhādīnaṃ esanaṭṭhena isino, adhimuttattherassa. Nikkhippāti pahāya. Satthāni ca āvudhāni cāti asiādisatthāni ceva dhanukalāpādiāvudhāni ca. Tamhā ca kammāti tato corakammato.
“他们已在善逝的教法中出家”(Te pabbajitvā sugatassa sāsaneti):那些盗贼,因为善逝——世尊具有善行等功德,得以在善逝的教法中出家。由于证得修习的殊胜,他们生起了以振奋为相的喜悦,心意昂扬。“Sumanā”:即获得喜悦。“Katindriyā”:即已修习诸根。“Phusiṃsu”:他们触证,即通过证得最上道,证悟了无为的涅槃。据说,阿帝穆得长老让那些盗贼住于安静无扰之处,安顿他们在那里,自己先去向母亲告别,然后回来与那些盗贼一同到亲教师跟前,令他们出家、授与具足戒。接着教给他们业处,他们不久便证得了阿拉汉果。因此说“已出家……无为”。显示巴利原文
Te pabbajitvā sugatassa sāsaneti te corā sobhanagamanatādīhi sugatassa bhagavato sāsane pabbajjaṃ upagantvā. Bhāvanāvisesādhigatāya odagyalakkhaṇāya pītiyā samannāgamena udaggacittā. Sumanāti somanassappattā. Katindriyāti bhāvitindriyā. Phusiṃsūti aggamaggādhigamena asaṅkhataṃ nibbānaṃ adhigacchiṃsu. Adhimutto kira core nibbisevane katvā, te tattheva ṭhapetvā, mātu santikaṃ gantvā, mātaraṃ āpucchitvā, paccāgantvā tehi saddhiṃ upajjhāyassa santikaṃ gantvā, pabbājetvā upasampadaṃ akāsi. Atha tesaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ ācikkhi , te nacirasseva arahatte patiṭṭhahiṃsu. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘pabbajitvā…pe… asaṅkhata’’nti.
2. 波罗波利耶长老偈注显示巴利原文
2. Pārāpariyattheragāthāvaṇṇanā
“沙门有此思”等偈颂,出自具寿波罗波利耶长老。其缘起如何?这位长老亦曾于过去诸佛座下广积善行,于轮回诸趣中,累积了导向涅槃的善法,只流转于善道之中。值此佛出世时,他生于舍卫城一大富豪婆罗门家,为其子。待他成年后,依其族姓,众人称他为“波罗波利耶”。他精通三部吠陀,于婆罗门诸般技艺无不通晓。一日,适逢世尊宣说法要,他来到祇园精舍,坐于大众之外围。世尊观察其根性意乐,便为他开示了《根修习经》。他闻法之后,心生净信,遂出家。他领纳受持此经,并思惟其义理,而他思惟所得的理解,恰将通过如下偈颂而展现。他便这般反复深入思惟,由“处”入手修观,未久即证得阿拉汉果。尔后,为表明自己当时思惟的过程,他便说出此偈:显示巴利原文
Samaṇassa ahu cintātiādikā āyasmato pārāpariyattherassa gāthā. Kā uppatti? Ayampi purimabuddhesu katādhikāro tattha tattha bhave vivaṭṭūpanissayaṃ kusalaṃ upacinitvā sugatīsuyeva saṃsaranto imasmiṃ buddhuppāde sāvatthiyaṃ aññatarassa brāhmaṇamahāsālassa putto hutvā nibbatti. Tassa vayappattassa gottavasena pārāpariyotveva samaññā ahosi. So tayo vede uggahetvā brāhmaṇasippesu nipphattiṃ gato. Ekadivasaṃ satthu dhammadesanākāle jetavanavihāraṃ gantvā parisapariyante nisīdi. Satthā tassa ajjhāsayaṃ oloketvā indriyabhāvanāsuttaṃ (ma. ni. 3.453) desesi. So taṃ sutvā paṭiladdhasaddho pabbaji. Taṃ suttaṃ uggahetvā tadatthamanucintesi. Yathā pana anucintesi, svāyamattho gāthāsu eva āvi bhavissati. So tathā anuvicintento āyatanamukhena vipassanaṃ paṭṭhapetvā nacirasseva arahattaṃ patto. Aparabhāge attanā cintitākāraṃ pakāsento –
“沙门波罗波利耶比丘,曾起如是思惟;
当他独自静坐,远离喧嚣,修习禅那时,
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Samaṇassa ahu cintā, pārāpariyassa bhikkhuno; Ekakassa nisinnassa, pavivittassa jhāyino.
生起这样的思维:"一个人应依怎样的次第,持怎样的誓愿,行怎样的举止,
既成办自己的道业,又不伤害任何众生。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kimānupubbaṃ puriso, kiṃ vataṃ kiṃ samācāraṃ; Attano kiccakārīssa, na ca kañci viheṭhaye.
人的诸根(眼等感官),既能带来利益,也能带来损害;
若不加以守护,则招致损害;若善加守护,则带来利益。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Indriyāni manussānaṃ, hitāya ahitāya ca; Arakkhitāni ahitāya, rakkhitāni hitāya ca.
应当善加守护诸根,并妥为护持;
既履行自己的职责,亦不伤害任何人。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Indriyāneva sārakkhaṃ, indriyāni ca gopayaṃ; Attano kiccakārīssa, na ca kañci viheṭhaye.
若眼根于诸色中驰逐而不加制止,
不见过患的人,便无法从苦中解脱。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Cakkhundriyaṃ ce rūpesu, gacchantaṃ anivārayaṃ; Anādīnavadassāvī, so dukkhā na hi muccati.
如果耳根在声音中流转而不加制止,
不见过患之人,便无法从苦中解脱。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sotindriyaṃ ce saddesu, gacchantaṃ anivārayaṃ; Anādīnavadassāvī, so dukkhā na hi muccati.
若不见出离而贪着诸香,
沉溺于香气的人,不能从痛苦中解脱。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Anissaraṇadassāvī, gandhe ce paṭisevati; Na so muccati dukkhamhā, gandhesu adhimucchito.
随念酸味、极甜之味、极苦之味,
为味爱所缚者,心不能觉知。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ambilaṃ madhuraggañca, tittakaggamanussaraṃ; Rasataṇhāya gadhito, hadayaṃ nāvabujjhati.
随念那些可爱、不违逆的所触,
染着者以贪欲为因,承受种种痛苦。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Subhānyappaṭikūlāni , phoṭṭhabbāni anussaraṃ; Ratto rāgādhikaraṇaṃ, vividhaṃ vindate dukhaṃ.
若有人不能以这些法守护自心,
那么,由这所有五种,苦恼便会追随他。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Manaṃ cetehi dhammehi, yo na sakkoti rakkhituṃ; Tato naṃ dukkhamanveti, sabbehetehi pañcahi.
充满脓血,承载众多尸体,
此为人中英雄所造之美丽之物,犹如一只彩绘妆饰的宝盒。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Pubbalohitasampuṇṇaṃ, bahussa kuṇapassa ca; Naravīrakataṃ vagguṃ, samuggamiva cittitaṃ.
那个尝起来甘甜、本质却极为苦涩之物,是来自亲爱者的束缚,是苦;
犹如刀刃涂蜜,舔舐之人不觉其害。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kaṭukaṃ madhurassādaṃ, piyanibandhanaṃ dukhaṃ; Khuraṃva madhunā littaṃ, ullihaṃ nāvabujjhati.
于女人之形色、女人之音声,乃至女人之触感,
于女香中极染着者,领受种种痛苦。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Itthirūpe itthisare, phoṭṭhabbepi ca itthiyā; Itthigandhesu sāratto, vividhaṃ vindate dukhaṃ.
一切女流,皆向五门五境奔流;
能为这些暴流作障碍者,是具足精进之人。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Itthisotāni sabbāni, sandanti pañca pañcasu; Tesamāvaraṇaṃ kātuṃ, yo sakkoti vīriyavā.
他是具足义利者,安住于法者,娴熟技艺者,智慧明达者;
纵使处于喜乐之中,也应行于法与义相应之事。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘So atthavā so dhammaṭṭho, so dakkho so vicakkhaṇo; Kareyya ramamānopi, kiccaṃ dhammatthasaṃhitaṃ.
‘‘Atho sīdati saññuttaṃ, vajje kiccaṃ niratthakaṃ; Na taṃ kiccanti maññitvā, appamatto vicakkhaṇo.
与义相应的事,以及法所生的喜悦,
应受持并遵行这些,那才是至上的喜悦。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yañca atthena saññuttaṃ, yā ca dhammagatā rati; Taṃ samādāya vattetha, sā hi ve uttamā rati.
‘‘Uccāvacehupāyehi, paresamabhijigīsati; Hantvā vadhitvā atha socayitvā, ālopati sāhasā yo paresaṃ.
‘‘Tacchanto āṇiyā āṇiṃ, nihanti balavā yathā; Indriyānindriyeheva, nihanti kusalo tathā.
修习信、精进、定、念与慧;
以五根击破五盖,无忧的婆罗门向前行。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Saddhaṃ vīriyaṃ samādhiñca, satipaññañca bhāvayaṃ; Pañca pañcahi hantvāna, anīgho yāti brāhmaṇo.
“他以一切方式完全随顺佛陀,此人便增长安乐。”——说了这些偈颂。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘So atthavā so dhammaṭṭho, katvā vākyānusāsaniṃ; Sabbena sabbaṃ buddhassa, so naro sukhamedhatī’’ti. – imā gāthā abhāsi;
其中,「沙门」:指出家者。「曾」:就是曾经。「思虑」:指对法的思虑、对法的审察。「到彼岸者」:指到达最胜彼岸的人,或读作‘到彼岸师’。「比丘」:指在轮回中见怖畏者。「独处」:指无伴侣,以此显示身远离。「远住者」:指以远离为因、由镇伏烦恼而开始的远离,以此显示心远离,因此说‘修禅那者’。「修禅那者」:指有修习禅那习惯的人,即致力于如理作意的人。长老将这一切都视为对自己的描述。显示巴利原文
Tattha samaṇassāti pabbajitassa. Ahūti ahosi. Cintāti dhammacintā dhammavicāraṇā. Pārāpariyassāti pārāparagottassa. ‘‘Pārācariyassā’’tipi paṭhanti. Bhikkhunoti saṃsāre bhayaṃ ikkhanasīlassa. Ekakassāti asahāyassa, etena kāyavivekaṃ dasseti. Pavivittassāti pavivekahetunā kilesānaṃ vikkhambhanena vivekaṃ āraddhassa, etena cittavivekaṃ dasseti. Tenāha ‘‘jhāyino’’ti. Jhāyinoti jhāyanasīlassa, yonisomanasikāresu yuttassāti attho. Sabbametaṃ thero attānaṃ paraṃ viya katvā vadati.
通过「如何次第」等语句显示那番思虑。其中,在第一首偈中,「如何次第」即次第、顺序,意为:在将要说明的誓戒与行仪中,什么是次第,应当依照怎样的次第去行持。「人应如何誓戒,如何行仪」:希求义利的人,由于应当受持而得‘誓戒’之名,应行持怎样的戒与行仪?如此行持的人,便成为办自己事的人、应作已作的人,而且不会伤害任何有情。自己的事即是沙门法,略说即戒、定、慧。成就这些的人绝不可能伤害他人,因为若有伤害,沙门性便不存在了。显示巴利原文
‘‘Kimānupubba’’ntiādinā taṃ cintanaṃ dasseti. Tattha paṭhamagāthāyaṃ tāva kimānupubbanti anupubbaṃ anukkamo, anupubbameva vakkhamānesu vatasamācāresu ko anukkamo, kena anukkamena te paṭipajjitabbāti attho. Puriso kiṃ vataṃ kiṃ samācāranti atthakāmo puriso samādiyitabbaṭṭhena ‘‘vata’’nti laddhanāmaṃ, kīdisaṃ sīlaṃ samācāraṃ, samācaranto, attano kiccakārī kattabbakārī assa, kañci sattaṃ na ca viheṭhaye, na bādheyyāti attho. Attano kiccaṃ nāma samaṇadhammo, saṅkhepato sīlasamādhipaññā, taṃ sampādentassa paraviheṭhanāya lesopi natthi tāya sati samaṇabhāvasseva abhāvato.
如世尊所说:“盖出家者不害他人,而沙门亦不扰害他人。”(《法句》184)。此处,以“誓戒”一词涵盖止持戒,以“行仪”一词涵盖作持戒及禅那、观等应行之仪,因此以止持戒为重。于此之中,由于诸根防护成就时,一切戒皆得妥善守护、妥善保护,故为彰显诸根防护戒,便分别说不防护之过患与防护之利益,而说“诸根于人……”等句。其中,“诸根”指示应防护之法,故指眼等六根;“于人”指示能防护之人;“为利益”即为义利;“为不利”即为无义利;“是”字有省略。何以这些诸根既能成利亦能成害?继而说“已防护”等语。其意为:若人之眼等诸根以念之门扉善加关闭,则这些诸根即不成为于色等境生起贪等恶法之门;正因其可能成为彼门,关闭他们即是为了遮止不利;而当这些恶法不存时,便转向了利益。}
,{显示巴利原文
Yathāha bhagavā – ‘‘na hi pabbajito parūpaghātī, na samaṇo hoti paraṃ viheṭhayanto’’ti (dha. pa. 184). Ettha ca vataggahaṇena vārittasīlaṃ gahitaṃ, samācāraggahaṇena samācaritabbato cārittasīlena saddhiṃ jhānavipassanādi, tasmā vārittasīlaṃ padhānaṃ. Tatthāpi ca yasmā indriyasaṃvare siddhe sabbaṃ sīlaṃ surakkhitaṃ, sugopitameva hoti, tasmā indriyasaṃvarasīlaṃ tāva dassetukāmo indriyānaṃ arakkhaṇe rakkhaṇe ca ādīnavānisaṃse vibhāvento ‘‘indriyāni manussāna’’ntiādimāha. Tattha indriyānīti rakkhitabbadhammanidassanaṃ, tasmā cakkhādīni cha indriyānīti vuttaṃ hoti. Manussānanti rakkhaṇayogyapuggalanidassanaṃ. Hitāyāti atthāya. Ahitāyāti anatthāya. Hontīti vacanaseso. Kathaṃ pana tāniyeva hitāya ca ahitāya hontīti āha ‘‘rakkhitānī’’tiādi. Tassattho – yassa cakkhādīni indriyāni satikavāṭena apihitāni, tassa rūpādīsu abhijjhādipāpadhammapavattiyā dvārabhāvato anatthāya pihitāni, tadabhāvato atthāya saṃvattantīti.
「善护诸根」:因为诸根防护圆满就能成就戒具足,戒具足圆满就能成就定具足,定具足圆满就能成就慧具足,所以为了显示诸根防护是自利修行的根本,而说「善护诸根」。以念为前导的防护来善加守护,由如理作意,首先恰当地防护诸根,好比不善的盗贼会从那些门进入,在心相续中掠夺善的财宝,所以要关闭诸根。说「善护」是将前缀‘善’(saṃ-)视为本身的意思,如同‘善贪’等。也有读作‘善守护’的。而‘守护诸根’是它的同义词,同义词的必要性应按《导论注》中所说的方法去了知。用‘自事作者’显示自利修行,用‘不伤害任何’显示利他修行;或者,这两句也都显示自利修行,因为不害他也是自利修行;或者,以这两句显示自利修行,因为凡夫及有学的利他修行也属于自利修行。显示巴利原文
Indriyānevasārakkhanti yasmā indriyasaṃvaro paripuṇṇo sīlasampadaṃ paripūreti, sīlasampadā paripuṇṇā samādhisampadaṃ paripūreti, samādhisampadā paripuṇṇā paññāsampadaṃ paripūreti, tasmā indriyārakkhā attahitapaṭipattiyāva mūlanti dassento āha ‘‘indriyāneva sārakkha’’nti. Satipubbaṅgamena ārakkhena saṃrakkhanto yonisomanasikārena indriyāni eva tāva sammadeva rakkhanto, yathā akusalacorā tehi tehi dvārehi pavisitvā cittasantāne kusalaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ na vilumpanti, tathā tāni pidahantoti attho. Sārakkhanti ca saṃ-saddassa sābhāvaṃ katvā vuttaṃ, ‘‘sārāgo’’tiādīsu viya. ‘‘Saṃrakkha’’nti ca pāṭho. Indriyāni ca gopayanti tasseva pariyāyavacanaṃ, pariyāyavacane payojanaṃ nettiaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. ‘‘Attano kiccakārīssā’’ti iminā attahitapaṭipattiṃ dasseti, ‘‘na ca kañci viheṭhaye’’ti iminā parahitapaṭipattiṃ, ubhayenāpi vā attahitapaṭipattimeva dasseti parāviheṭhanassāpi attahitapaṭipattibhāvato. Atha vā padadvayenapi attahitapaṭipattiṃ dasseti puthujjanassa sekkhassa ca parahitapaṭipattiyāpi attahitapaṭipattibhāvato.
如此,简要说明了防护诸根之利益即清净分后,为详加分别不防护诸根之过患即杂染分,而说「若于眼根……」等语。其中,「若于眼根,任其于色尘中驰骋而不遮止,不见过患者」:是指若有人于青、黄等种种差别,可爱或不可爱之色处中,对随其喜好而活动之眼根不加遮止、不予抵挡,则此人即非能洞察此种活动之过患者,亦即不能见现法及后世之过患与过失。另本作:‘当遮止其驰骋,不见出离者’。此处,依《相应部》(Saṃ. Ni. 4.95)所说‘于所见,唯是所见’之理,安住于仅是所见,依念与正知而活动于色处者,即称为‘见出离者’;反之,则是‘不见出离者’。「其不能从苦中解脱」:如此之人,不能从轮回之苦中解脱。这里,“对眼根不加遮止”,即任由其活动,以致贪等恶法由此门流入,其本质乃是念与正知之未现前。于其余诸根中,亦是同理。昏昧者:(adhimucchito) 为极强之贪爱所陷而昏昧。酸:(ambilaṃ) 酸味。甜食:(madhuraggaṃ) 甜味中之一分。同此,苦食:(tit)显示巴利原文
Evaṃ rakkhitāni indriyāni hitāya hontīti vodānapakkhaṃ saṅkhepeneva dassetvā, arakkhitāni ahitāya hontīti saṃkilesapakkhaṃ pana vibhajitvā dassento ‘‘cakkhundriyaṃ ce’’tiādimāha. Tattha cakkhundriyaṃ ce rūpesu, gacchantaṃ anivārayaṃ. Anādīnavadassāvīti yo nīlapītādibhedesu iṭṭhāniṭṭhesu rūpāyatanesu gacchantaṃ yathāruci pavattantaṃ cakkhundriyaṃ anivārayaṃ, anivārayanto appaṭibāhanto tathāpavattiyaṃ ādīnavadassāvī na hoti ce, diṭṭhadhammikaṃ samparāyikañca ādīnavaṃ dosaṃ na passati ce . ‘‘Gacchantaṃ nivāraye anissaraṇadassāvī’’ti ca pāṭho. Tattha yo ‘‘diṭṭhe diṭṭhamattaṃ bhavissatī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 4.95) vuttavidhinā diṭṭhamatteyeva ṭhatvā satisampajaññavasena rūpāyatane pavattamāno tattha nissaraṇadassāvī nāma. Vuttavipariyāyena anissaraṇadassāvī daṭṭhabbo. So dukkhā na hi muccatīti so evarūpo puggalo vaṭṭadukkhato na muccateva. Ettha ca cakkhundriyassa anivāraṇaṃ nāma yathā tena dvārena abhijjhādayo pāpadhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ, tathā pavattanaṃ, taṃ pana atthato satisampajaññassa anuṭṭhāpanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Sesindriyesupi eseva nayo. Adhimucchitoti adhimuttataṇhāya mucchaṃ āpanno. Ambilanti ambilarasaṃ. Madhuragganti madhurarasakoṭṭhāsaṃ. Tathā tittakaggaṃ. Anussaranti assādavasena taṃ taṃ rasaṃ anuvicintento. Ganthitoti rasataṇhāya tasmiṃ tasmiṃ rase ganthito bandho. ‘‘Gadhito’’ti ca paṭhanti, gedhaṃ āpannoti attho. Hadayaṃ nāvabujjhatīti ‘‘dukkhassantaṃ karissāmī’’ti pabbajjādikkhaṇe uppannaṃ cittaṃ na jānāti na sallakkheti , sāsanassa hadayaṃ abbhantaraṃ anavajjadhammānaṃ sammaddanarasataṇhāya gadhito nāvabujjhati na jānāti, na paṭipajjatīti attho.
“美”:美丽。“无厌逆”:令人心喜,可爱。“触”:指有执受、无执受等类别的触。“贪染”:以贪染的自性而被贪所染。“以贪为因”:以贪为因缘。“感受种种苦”:由贪欲的热恼等遭受现法之苦,由地狱的烧煮等遭受后世之苦,领受种种苦。显示巴利原文
Subhānīti sundarāni. Appaṭikūlānīti manoramāni, iṭṭhāni. Phoṭṭhabbānīti upādiṇṇānupādiṇṇappabhede phasse. Rattoti rajjanasabhāvena rāgena ratto. Rāgādhikaraṇanti rāgahetu. Vividhaṃ vindate dukhanti rāgapariḷāhādivasena diṭṭhadhammikañca nirayasantāpādivasena abhisamparāyañca nānappakāraṃ dukkhaṃ paṭilabhati.
“意与这些”:“意”指心;“这些”指色所缘等乃至法所缘类别的事物;“他”指人;“一切”指连同全部五种所缘。这是说:如果有人对于心、意门,不能通过遮止其中生起的恶业来防护、保护它,以免受上述色等五法及各种法所缘的侵害,由于他不做防护,痛苦便追随着这个人。而追随之时,痛苦便与这些色所缘等五种以及第六法所缘——也就是与一切作为所缘缘的事物——一起追随着他。在此,眼根与耳根因为取境时不直接触及对象,所以说“不遮止其驰骋”;其余诸根因直接触及对象而取,所以说“若享用香气……”等。而且,在众生当中,味爱与触爱是特别强烈的,因此说“被味爱所缠结,随念诸触”,这应当了知。显示巴利原文
Manaṃ cetehīti manañca etehi rūpārammaṇādīhi dhammārammaṇappabhedehi ca. Nanti puggalaṃ. Sabbehīti sabbehi pañcahipi. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – yo puggalo manaṃ, manodvāraṃ, etehi yathāvuttehi rūpādīhi pañcahi dhammehi dhammārammaṇappabhedato ca. Tattha pavattanakapāpakammanivāraṇena rakkhituṃ, gopituṃ na sakkoti, tato tassa arakkhaṇato naṃ puggalaṃ taṃnimittaṃ dukkhaṃ anveti, anugacchati, anugacchantañca etehi pañcahipi rūpārammaṇādīhi chaṭṭhārammaṇena saddhiṃ sabbehipi ārammaṇappaccayabhūtehi anugacchatīti. Ettha cakkhundriyaṃ, sotindriyañca asampattaggāhibhāvato ‘‘gacchantaṃ anivāraya’’nti vuttaṃ itaraṃ sampattaggāhīti ‘‘gandhe ce paṭisevatī’’tiādinā vuttaṃ. Tatthāpi ca rasataṇhā ca phoṭṭhabbataṇhā ca sattānaṃ visesato balavatīti ‘‘rasataṇhāya gadhito, phoṭṭhabbāni anussarantoti’’ vuttanti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
如此,开示了不防护根门之人由六根门对六所缘生起不防护相而引生的苦之后;由于这种不防护源于对身体的真实本性无所了知,因此审察身体真实本性,而说出“充满脓与血……”等二偈。它的意思是:这个身体,充满脓血,以及胆囊、痰等种种腐尸之物;它由人中的英杰、善于工艺的匠师所造作,外表平滑美丽,以紫胶等加以彩绘,但内在却如装满粪便等不净物的盒子,唯有一层皮令人悦意,是愚者迷惑之因。由于它苦的自性,并遭受地狱等苦的烧煮,所以是辛辣的;又因妄想而生的一点无实乐味,具有甘甜的滋味,所以是甘甜的;正因如此,由亲爱之相而系缚,所以是爱所束缚的;因其难以忍受、令人不满,所以是苦的。对于这样的身体,贪著其味而受巨苦却不觉悟的世人,应被视为如同贪著甜味而舔刀锋之人。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ aguttadvārassa puggalassa chahi dvārehi chasupi ārammaṇesu asaṃvaranimittaṃ uppajjanakadukkhaṃ dassetvā svāyamasaṃvaro yasmā sarīrasabhāvānavabodhena hoti, tasmā sarīrasabhāvaṃ vicinanto ‘‘pubbalohitasampuṇṇa’’ntiādinā gāthādvayamāha. Tassattho – sarīraṃ nāmetaṃ pubbena lohitena ca sampuṇṇaṃ bharitaṃ aññena ca pittasemhādinā bahunā kuṇapena, tayidaṃ naravīrena naresu chekena sippācariyena kataṃ vaggu maṭṭhaṃ lākhāparikammādinā cittitaṃ, anto pana gūthādiasucibharitaṃ samuggaṃ viya chavimattamanoharaṃ bālajanasammohaṃ dukkhasabhāvatāya nirayādidukkhatāpanato ca kaṭukaṃ, parikappasambhavena amūlakena assādamattena madhuratāya madhurassādaṃ, tato eva piyabhāvanibandhanena piyanibandhanaṃ, dussahatāya appatītatāya ca dukhaṃ, īdise sarīre assādalobhena mahādukkhaṃ paccanubhuyyamānaṃ anavabujjhanto loko madhuragiddho khuradhārālehakapuriso viya daṭṭhabboti.
现在,既已说到这些作为眼等根门所行境的色等,且它们对于男子而言,特别是与女人相关联的、可意的,为了指示在此处应有所防护,而说“于女色……”等。其中,“于女色”:指女人那由四种因生起的、归于色处的色彩。再者,任何女人所穿衣物、装饰品的颜色,或者香粉、花环等系附于身体的色泽,只要它能成为男子眼识的所缘,这一切都应当被视作“女色”。“于女声”:指女人歌唱、说话、嬉笑、哭泣的声音。再者,由女人所着衣料、佩戴饰物发出的声响,以及通过借由女人而吹奏出的笛、琵琶、螺、腰鼓等乐器之声,在这里也应当被纳为“女声”所摄。这一切都能牵引、牵动男子的心。而“于女味”这一句,在经文中是依四种因生起的味处而说的。有少数人认为,女人在殷勤服侍时倾注的信赖之味,以及实际受用之味即是“女味”。然而,任何女人唇肉上涂抹的唾液等之味,以及由她给予男子的粥、饭等食物之味,这一切都应当被理解为“女味”。在触方面也是如此,接触女人的身体,以及接触附于女身的衣物、饰品、花环等,都应当被理解为“女触”。显示巴利原文
Idāni ete cakkhādīnaṃ gocarabhūtā rūpādayo vuttā, te visesato purisassa itthipaṭibaddhā kamanīyāti tattha saṃvaro kātabboti dassento ‘‘itthirūpe’’tiādimāha. Tattha itthirūpeti itthiyā catusamuṭṭhānikarūpāyatanasaṅkhāte vaṇṇe. Api ca yo koci itthiyā nivatthassa alaṅkārassa vā gandhavaṇṇakādīnaṃ vā piḷandhanamālānaṃ vā kāyapaṭibaddho vaṇṇo purisassa cakkhuviññāṇassa ārammaṇabhāvāya upakappati, sabbametaṃ ‘‘itthirūpa’’ntveva veditabbaṃ. Itthisareti itthiyā gītalapitahasitaruditasadde. Api ca itthiyā nivatthavatthassapi alaṅkataalaṅkārassapi itthipayoganipphāditā veṇuvīṇāsaṅkhapaṇavādīnampi saddā idha itthisaraggahaṇena gahitāti veditabbā. Sabbopeso purisassa cittaṃ ākaḍḍhatīti. ‘‘Itthirase’’ti pana pāḷiyā catusamuṭṭhānikarasāyatanavasena vuttaṃ. Itthiyā kiṃkārapaṭissāvitādivasena assavaraso ceva paribhogaraso ca itthirasoti eke. Yo pana itthiyā oṭṭhamaṃsasammakkhitakheḷādiraso, yo ca tāya purisassa dinnayāgubhattādīnaṃ raso, sabbopeso ‘‘itthiraso’’tveva veditabbo. Phoṭṭhabbepi ca itthiyā kāyasamphasso, itthisarīrārūḷhānaṃ vatthālaṅkāramālādīnaṃ phasso ‘‘itthiphoṭṭhabbo’’tveva veditabbo. Ettha ca yesaṃ itthirūpe itthisareti pāḷi, tesaṃ api-saddena itthirasasaṅgaho daṭṭhabbo. Itthigandhesūti itthiyā catusamuṭṭhānikagandhāyatanesu. Itthiyā sarīragandho nāma duggandho. Ekaccā hi itthī assagandhinī hoti, ekaccā meṇḍagandhinī, ekaccā sedagandhinī, ekaccā soṇitagandhinī, tathāpi tāsu andhabālo rajjateva. Cakkavattino pana itthiratanassa kāyato candanagandho vāyati, mukhato uppalagandho, ayaṃ na sabbāsaṃ hotīti, itthiyā sarīre ārūḷho āgantuko anulimpanādigandho ‘‘itthigandho’’ti veditabbo. Sārattoti suṭṭhu ratto gadhito mucchito, idaṃ pana padaṃ ‘‘itthirūpe’’tiādīsupi yojetabbaṃ. Vividhaṃ vindate dukhanti itthirūpādīsu sarāganimittaṃ diṭṭhadhammikaṃ vadhabandhanādivasena samparāyikaṃ pañcavidhabandhanādivasena nānappakāraṃ dukkhaṃ paṭilabhati.
“一切女人的流”:指以女人的色等为所缘的一切,毫无遗漏,共有五种贪爱之流在这些所缘上流动。“于五”:指男子的五根门。“对于这些”:指对于那五种流。“防护”:即约束、抑制。其意为,为了令不防护的状态不生起,如此让正念正知现前,持续地保持防护。能够如此做到的人,即是“精进者”,是已发起精进,为了断除不善法、为了成就具足善法的人。这是此句的含义。显示巴利原文
Itthisotāni sabbānīti itthiyā rūpādiārammaṇāni sabbāni anavasesāni pañca taṇhāsotāni sandanti. Pañcasūti purisassa pañcasu dvāresu. Tesanti tesaṃ pañcannaṃ sotānaṃ. Āvaraṇanti saṃvaraṇaṃ, yathā asaṃvaro na uppajjati, evaṃ satisampajaññaṃ paccupaṭṭhapetvā saṃvaraṃ pavattetuṃ yo sakkoti, so vīriyavā āraddhavīriyo akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ upasampadāyāti attho.
如此,说明了出家人对于色等所行境的修行方式后,现在为说明在家人而说“他是利义者……”等。其中,“他是利义者,他是住法者,他是善巧者,他是明察者”:意思是,在这个世间,此人是有利益的、有智慧的,安住于法,于法善巧,于法聪慧;或者说,他勤快而不懒惰,明察善辨,因此被称为对应当作之事善巧的人。“即使享乐于五欲,也应当作与法与利相合之事”:即使是在家受用欲乐,也应当行持那些与法、与利益相契合之事,也就是所有既不偏离法、也不偏离利益的该做之事。未生起的财富,要设法让它生起;已经生起的财富,要妥善守护并加以受用;同时,彼此之间能和谐共处、不相违逆,不相伤害,共同致力于这三类利益——这是这里所要表达的意旨。而这一道理,是针对那些像摩揭陀国的频婆娑罗王等一样,在不违背正行道的前提下经营这三类利益的人而说的。不应将这一道理理解为是针对某些随便的人而言的。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ rūpādigocare pabbajitassa paṭipattiṃ dassetvā idāni gahaṭṭhassa dassetuṃ ‘‘so atthavā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha so atthavā so dhammaṭṭho, so dakkho so vicakkhaṇoti so puggalo imasmiṃ loke atthavā, buddhimā, dhamme ṭhito, dhamme dakkho, dhamme cheko, analaso vā vicakkhaṇo iti kattabbatāsu kusalo nāma. Kareyya ramamānopi, kiccaṃ dhammatthasaṃhitanti geharatiyā ramamānopi dhammatthasaṃhitaṃ dhammato atthato ca anapetameva taṃ taṃ kattabbaṃ. Anuppannānaṃ bhogānaṃ uppādanaṃ, uppannānaṃ paripālanaṃ, paribhogañca kareyya, aññamaññaṃ, avirodhena, aññamaññaṃ, abādhanena, tivaggatthaṃ anuyuñjeyyāti adhippāyo . Ayañca nayo yesaṃ sammāpaṭipattiavirodhena tivaggatthassa vasena vattati bimbisāramahārājādīnaṃ viya, tesaṃ vasena vutto. Na yesaṃ kesañci vasenāti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
然而,“系着它便会沉没”:若于现世已充分把握现法利益之事而安住其中。“应当远离那无益、无意义之事”:对于与后世利益无关、不会带来任何利益的事,即使有所不舍,也应将它舍离、抛却。“不认为那是应做之事”:以不放逸与明察之心——即依于不忘失正念的“不放逸”及能审察思择的智慧而“明察”——了知此事无益后,心想“这是我不应做的”,便应回避它。显示巴利原文
Atho sīdati saññuttanti yadi idhaloke supasaṃhitaṃ diṭṭhadhammikaṃ atthaṃ pariggahetvā ṭhitaṃ. Vajje kiccaṃ niratthakanti samparāyikattharahitaṃ anatthupasaṃhitaṃ kiccaṃ sacepi vissajjeyya pariccajeyya. Na taṃ kiccanti maññitvā, appamatto vicakkhaṇoti satiavippavāsena appamatto vicāraṇapaññāsambhavena vicakkhaṇo anatthupasaṃhitaṃ, taṃ kiccaṃ mayā na kātabbanti maññitvā vivajjeyya.
避开那些之后,“然而,凡与义利相应之事,及住于法中的喜悦,他应受持这些而后实行”:凡与利益、与真实之利相应之事,无论属现法利益还是后世利益,只要带来此二种利益;以及属于增上善法、与止观相伴的喜悦。正确地受持此二者,坚固把握后,即应实行。诚然,依佛语所说:“法喜胜过一切喜”(《法句经》354),此种喜悦无疑成就最胜之义,故称为“最上之喜”。显示巴利原文
Vivajjetvā pana yañca atthena saññuttaṃ, yā ca dhammagatā rati. Taṃ samādāya vattethāti yaṃkiñci diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikappabhedena atthena hitena saṃyuttaṃ tadubhayahitāvahaṃ, yā ca adhikusaladhammagatā samathavipassanāsahitā rati, tadubhayaṃ sammā ādiyitvā pariggahaṃ katvā vatteyya. ‘‘Sabbaṃ ratiṃ dhammarati jinātī’’ti (dha. pa. 354) vacanato sā hi ekaṃsena uttamatthassa pāpanato uttamā rati nāma.
而前文所言“与欲乐相关之事无有利益”,为显示其确实与不利相连,故说“以高下……”等句。其中,“以高下”指以或大或小的种种方法。“以种种手段”即以种种途径。“欲夺取他人所有”即欲取他人之物,或设法令他人受损、失败,杀害后又折磨对方,粗暴夺取:指如此粗暴劫掠之人。此段意为:若有如此之人,因欲乐故,对他人杀害、打击、令其悲伤,经由挖墙洞、翻墙、强夺等种种不正当途径,试图窃取他人之物,行此暴行,掠夺财物,于财产上欲胜他人、损减他人;则此人那依于欲乐之事,即与不利相连,且绝对低劣下贱。借此反面譬喻,作者阐明了其对立面的、住于法上的喜悦,方为唯一绝对的最胜之喜。显示巴利原文
Yaṃ pana kāmaratisaṃyuttaṃ kiccaṃ niratthakanti vuttaṃ, tassā anatthupasaṃhitabhāvaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘uccāvacehī’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha uccāvacehīti mahantehi ceva khuddakehi ca. Upāyehīti nayehi. Paresamabhijigīsatīti paresaṃ santakaṃ āharituṃ icchati, pare vā sabbathā hāpeti, jināpeti paraṃ hantvā, vadhitvā atha socayitvā, ālopati sāhasā yo paresaṃ. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – yo puggalo kāmahetu pare hananto, ghātento, socento sandhicchedasandhiruhanapasayhāvahārādīhi nānupāyehi paresaṃ santakaṃ harituṃ vāyamanto sāhasākāraṃ karoti, ālopati, jigīsati sāpateyyavasena pare hāpeti, tassa taṃ kiccaṃ kāmaratisannissitaṃ anatthupasaṃhitaṃ ekantanihīnanti. Etena tappaṭipakkhato dhammagatāya ratiyā ekaṃsato uttamabhāvaṃyeva vibhāveti.
现在,为阐明先前所说“能于他们作防护”这句话中的「诸根防护」,并显示其方法,他便说出此偈:「如巧匠以楔出楔,力强者将其击破。」正如一位身力与智慧力兼备的有力木匠,为了取出嵌入木柱的楔子,便以另一支更强而有力的楔子敲击,从而将其取出;同样,善巧的比丘欲以观的力量击破眼等诸根,正是运用这些根本身来加以击破。显示巴利原文
Idāni yaṃ ‘‘tesamāvaraṇaṃ kātuṃ yo sakkotī’’ti indriyānaṃ āvaraṇaṃ vuttaṃ, taṃ upāyena saha vibhāvento ‘‘tacchanto āṇiyā āṇiṃ, nihanti balavā yathā’’ti āha. Yathā balavā kāyabalena, ñāṇabalena ca samannāgato tacchako rukkhadaṇḍagataṃ āṇiṃ nīharitukāmo tato balavatiṃ āṇiṃ koṭento tato nīharati, tathā kusalo bhikkhu cakkhādīni indriyāni vipassanābalena nihantukāmo indriyehi eva nihanti.
那么,是用哪些根来击破呢?他随即回答:「信等。」其含义为:以决意为相的信,以策励为相的精进,以不散乱为相的定,以现前守护为相的念,以观照为相的慧——他修习增长这五种能令解脱成熟的根。运用这五根,先摧毁随顺、对立等烦恼生起的门径,从而击破眼等前五根;再以圣道将那些作为眼等诸根所依的烦恼连根断除。从此,他便是一位无有苦恼、无有痛苦的婆罗门,直接趋向、到达无余般涅槃的境界。显示巴利原文
Katamehi panāti āha ‘‘saddha’’ntiādi. Tassattho – adhimokkhalakkhaṇaṃ saddhaṃ, paggahalakkhaṇaṃ vīriyaṃ, avikkhepalakkhaṇaṃ samādhiṃ, upaṭṭhānalakkhaṇaṃ satiṃ, dassanalakkhaṇaṃ paññanti imānipi vimuttiparipācakāni pañcindriyāni bhāvento vaḍḍhento etehi pañcahi indriyehi cakkhādīni pañcindriyāni anunayapaṭighādikilesuppattiyā dvārabhāvavihanena hantvā, ariyamaggena tadupanissaye kilese samucchinditvā, tato eva anīgho niddukkho brāhmaṇo anupādisesaparinibbānameva yāti upagacchatīti.
他是「有义者」:如上所说的这位婆罗门,因具足最上义,故名为有义者;因住于能达此义的法,故名为「法住者」。他以一切方便,毫无遗漏地受持佛陀世尊的一切教诫,依教奉行而安住。因此,他这人——也就是「上人」,便会增长、增盛、增进涅槃之乐。显示巴利原文
So atthavāti so yathāvutto brāhmaṇo uttamatthena samannāgatattā atthavā, taṃ sampāpake dhamme ṭhitattā dhammaṭṭho. Sabbena sabbaṃ anavasesena vidhinā anavasesaṃ buddhassa bhagavato vākyabhūtaṃ anusāsaniṃ katvā yathānusiṭṭhaṃ paṭipajjitvā ṭhito. Tato eva so naro uttamapuriso nibbānasukhañca edhati, brūheti, vaḍḍhetīti.
如此,那位长老通过展现自己内心思惟的方式,显明了他的修行之道,因此,这即应视为他的记说。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ therena attano cintitākāravibhāvanāvasena paṭipattiyā pakāsitattā idameva cassa aññābyākaraṇaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ.
3. 特拉迦尼长老偈注疏显示巴利原文
3. Telakānittheragāthāvaṇṇanā
“长久以来,我确曾热勤……”等偈颂,是特拉迦尼长老所说。他的本事(缘起)是怎样的呢?这位长老在过去诸佛前也曾累积善行功德,于种种生命中累积了导向出离的善业。当此佛陀出世时,他在世尊成正觉前不久,便出生于舍卫城的一个婆罗门家庭,得名“特拉迦尼”。成年之后,因善根圆满,他厌恶诸欲,舍弃居家生活,于游方者中出家。他怀着出离之志,四处寻求解脱,口中常言:“世间谁已达彼岸?”等语,遍访诸沙门、婆罗门而提问,但那些人的回答都不能令他满意。他心中不乐,随处游方。此后,当我们的世尊出现于世间,转动殊胜法轮、利益世间时,有一天,他来到世尊面前,听闻正法,获得净信,随即出家,修习观业,不久便证得阿拉汉果。某一天,他与比丘们坐在一起,回顾自己所证得之殊胜,并随顺于此追忆自己的修道历程,将这一切向比丘们宣说——显示巴利原文
Cirarattaṃ vatātāpītiādikā āyasmato telakānittherassa gāthā. Kā uppatti? Ayampi purimabuddhesu katādhikāro tattha tattha bhave vivaṭṭūpanissayaṃ kusalaṃ upacinitvā imasmiṃ buddhuppāde satthu abhijātito puretaraṃyeva sāvatthiyaṃ aññatarasmiṃ brāhmaṇakule nibbattitvā telakānīti laddhanāmo vayappatto hetusampannatāya kāme jigucchanto gharāvāsaṃ pahāya paribbājakapabbajjaṃ pabbajitvā vivaṭṭajjhāsayo ‘‘ko so pāraṅgato loke’’tiādinā vimokkhapariyesanaṃ caramāno te te samaṇabrāhmaṇe upasaṅkamitvā pañhaṃ pucchati, te na sampāyanti. So tena anārādhitacitto vicarati. Atha amhākaṃ bhagavati loke uppajjitvā pavattitavaradhammacakke lokahitaṃ karonte ekadivasaṃ satthāraṃ upasaṅkamitvā dhammaṃ sutvā paṭiladdhasaddho pabbajitvā vipassanāya kammaṃ karonto nacirasseva arahatte patiṭṭhāti. So ekadivasaṃ bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ nisinno attanā adhigatavisesaṃ paccavekkhitvā tadanusārena attano paṭipattiṃ anussaritvā taṃ sabbaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ ācikkhanto –
长久以来,我精勤修行,如理思惟法义;然心未得安定,故遍问诸沙门、婆罗门。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Cirarattaṃ vatātāpī, dhammaṃ anuvicintayaṃ; Samaṃ cittassa nālatthaṃ, pucchaṃ samaṇabrāhmaṇe.
‘‘Ko so pāraṅgato loke, ko patto amatogadhaṃ; Kassa dhammaṃ paṭicchāmi, paramatthavijānanaṃ.
他宛若一张内弯的弓,又像吞食血肉的鱼;
犹如吠波质底阿修罗被因陀罗的网所缚。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Antovaṅkagato āsi, macchova ghasamāmisaṃ; Baddho mahindapāsena, vepacityasuro yathā.
‘‘Añchāmi naṃ na muñcāmi, asmā sokapariddavā; Ko me bandhaṃ muñcaṃ loke, sambodhiṃ vedayissati.
‘‘Samaṇaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ vā kaṃ, ādisantaṃ pabhaṅgunaṃ; Kassa dhammaṃ paṭicchāmi, jarāmaccupavāhanaṃ.
被疑与惑所缠缚,被忿与力所结缚;
被嗔击中,心意僵固、执著无义,被渴求所撕裂。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Vicikicchākaṅkhāganthitaṃ, sārambhabalasaññutaṃ; Kodhappattamanatthaddhaṃ, abhijappappadāraṇaṃ.
“由渴爱之弓所生”:指由名为渴爱的弓所产生的刺;“并与两个十五相连”:即与两个十五(内六处与外六处,合为十二处,加上三种渴爱,合为十五)相关联。
看这剧烈地安住于胸膛之物:指那剧烈、牢固地扎在胸膛里的刺,即便冲破它,仍顽固地滞留其中。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Taṇhādhanusamuṭṭhānaṃ, dve ca pannarasāyutaṃ; Passa orasikaṃ bāḷhaṃ, bhetvāna yadi tiṭṭhati.
“不舍弃种种随见”:不舍弃六十二种邪见等种种见;“被意图所煽动”:被贪欲的意图等所推动、驱使。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Anudiṭṭhīnaṃ appahānaṃ, saṅkappaparatejitaṃ; Tena viddho pavedhāmi, pattaṃva māluteritaṃ.
‘内在生起后’:指从内在烦恼中生起之后;‘它迅速地烧灼着我的所爱’:它很快地烧灼、折磨着我自己的身心。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ajjhattaṃ me samuṭṭhāya, khippaṃ paccati māmakaṃ; Chaphassāyatanī kāyo, yattha sarati sabbadā.
‘‘Taṃ na passāmi tekicchaṃ, yo metaṃ sallamuddhare; Nānārajjena satthena, nāññena vicikicchitaṃ.
谁能不用刀、不造成创口,为我取出那根留在我内的刺?
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ko me asattho avaṇo, sallamabbhantarapassayaṃ; Ahiṃsaṃ sabbagattāni, sallaṃ me uddharissati.
他确实于法中最为殊胜,能清除嗔毒;
我已坠入甚深之处,请指示陆地,伸出援手。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Dhammappati hi so seṭṭho, visadosappavāhako; Gambhīre patitassa me, thalaṃ pāṇiñca dassaye.
我沉入了一座无垢无泥的湖中,
却被谄曲、嫉妒、忿怒与昏沉睡眠所覆盖。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Rahadehamasmi ogāḷho, ahāriyarajamattike; Māyāusūyasārambha, thinamiddhamapatthaṭe.
掉举之云雷鸣震响,结缚之云密雨弥漫;
种种流漂没邪见之人,诸思惟系着于贪。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Uddhaccameghathanitaṃ, saṃyojanavalāhakaṃ; Vāhā vahanti kuddiṭṭhiṃ, saṅkappā rāganissitā.
‘‘Savanti sabbadhi sotā, latā ubbhijja tiṭṭhati; Te sote ko nivāreyya, taṃ lataṃ ko hi checchati.
‘‘Velaṃ karotha bhaddante, sotānaṃ sannivāraṇaṃ; Mā te manomayo sotā, rukkhaṃva sahasā luve.
我已生怖畏,于无岸之处寻求彼岸;
这位庇护者,以慧为武器的导师,为圣者僧伽所追随。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Evaṃ me bhayajātassa, apārā pāramesato; Tāṇo paññāvudho satthā, isisaṅghanisevito.
那是善逝、清净,以法心材制成,坚固的阶梯;
他将这阶梯施予那漂流之人,并对他说:‘莫害怕。’
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sopānaṃ sugataṃ suddhaṃ, dhammasāramayaṃ daḷhaṃ; Pādāsi vuyhamānassa, mā bhāyīti ca mabravi.
我登上了念处的宫殿,仔细省察:
我曾以为的那些众生,原来正是乐著于有身者。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Satipaṭṭhānapāsādaṃ, āruyha paccavekkhisaṃ; Yaṃ taṃ pubbe amaññissaṃ, sakkāyābhirataṃ pajaṃ.
当我见到了那条道,即登上船筏的方法时;
不再执取自我之后,我见到了最上的渡口。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yadā ca maggamaddakkhiṃ, nāvāya abhirūhanaṃ; Anadhiṭṭhāya attānaṃ, titthamaddakkhimuttamaṃ.
那自己生起的刺,由有爱所引发;
为令这些止息,您教导了最上之道。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sallaṃ attasamuṭṭhānaṃ, bhavanettippabhāvitaṃ; Etesaṃ appavattāya, desesi maggamuttamaṃ.
长夜随眠,久远以来便已安立;
佛陀已为我除去结缚,荡尽嗔毒者。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Dīgharattānusayitaṃ , cirarattamadhiṭṭhitaṃ; Buddho mepānudī ganthaṃ, visadosappavāhano’’ti. – imā gāthā abhāsi;
其中,“实在长久啊”是指极为久远。“热忱者”指精进者,为寻求解脱法而发起精进之人。“随思法”的意思是:他心中寻求解脱法,随念思察:“解脱法究竟如何?又当如何证得?”如此不断寻觅探求。“未获心的寂静,向沙门婆罗门询问”:他向种种外道沙门、婆罗门一一询问解脱法,然而对于自己那本未寂静的心,他未能获得、未能证得那种寂静——即能令心止息、出离轮回之苦的圣法。显示巴利原文
Tattha cirarattaṃ vatāti cirakālaṃ vata. Ātāpīti vīriyavā vimokkhadhammapariyesane āraddhavīriyo. Dhammaṃ anuvicintayanti ‘‘kīdiso nu kho vimokkhadhammo, kathaṃ vā adhigantabbo’’ti vimuttidhammaṃ anuvicinanto gavesanto. Samaṃ cittassa nālatthaṃ, pucchaṃ samaṇabrāhmaṇeti te te nānātitthiye samaṇabrāhmaṇe vimuttidhammaṃ pucchanto pakatiyā anupasantasabhāvassa cittassa samaṃ vūpasamabhūtaṃ vaṭṭadukkhavissaraṇaṃ ariyadhammaṃ nālatthaṃ nādhigacchanti attho.
“谁是到彼岸者”等语句,是显示所问的形式。其中,“在此世间,谁是到彼岸者”意思是:在此世间那些自称教主的沙门、婆罗门中,究竟有谁已到达轮回的彼岸——涅槃?“谁已到达不死之深处”是指谁已证得以涅槃为立足处的解脱道。“我应接受谁的法”是指我应接受并遵从哪位沙门或婆罗门的教法。“究竟义之知”是指对究竟义的知解,即开示不颠倒的流转与还灭。显示巴利原文
Koso pāraṅgatotiādi pucchitākāradassanaṃ. Tattha ko so pāraṅgato loketi imasmiṃ loke titthakārapaṭiññesu samaṇabrāhmaṇesu ko nu kho so saṃsārassa pāraṃ nibbānaṃ upagato. Ko patto amatogadhanti nibbānapatiṭṭhaṃ vimokkhamaggaṃ ko patto adhigatoti attho. Kassa dhammaṃ paṭicchāmīti kassa samaṇassa vā brāhmaṇassa vā ovādadhammaṃ paṭiggaṇhāmi paṭipajjāmi. Paramatthavijānananti paramatthassa vijānanaṃ, aviparītappavattinivattiyo pavedentanti attho.
“我过去住于内的曲结中”:这里的“曲”指邪见,因为心的歪曲,或也指一切烦恼;“内”是指心的歪曲之内,也就是居于内心深处的烦恼歪曲。“如鱼贪食饵”:意思就像吞吃饵料的鱼,也就是像吞了钩的鱼。“如韦巴吉帝阿修罗王被摩亨达的索套所缚”:如同韦巴吉帝阿修罗王被帝释天的索套所缚,不得自在、遭受大苦,我往昔也被烦恼的索套所缚,不得自在、遭受大苦。显示巴利原文
Antovaṅkagato āsīti vaṅkaṃ vuccati diṭṭhigataṃ manovaṅkabhāvato, sabbepi vā kilesā, antoti pana hadayavaṅkassa anto, hadayabbhantaragatakilesavaṅko vā ahosīti attho. Macchova ghasamāmisanti āmisaṃ ghasanto khādanto maccho viya, gilabaḷiso maccho viyāti adhippāyo. Baddho mahindapāsena, vepacityasuro yathāti mahindassa sakkassa pāsena baddho yathā vepacitti asurindo aserivihārī mahādukkhappatto, evamahaṃ pubbe kilesapāsena baddho āsiṃ, aserivihārī mahādukkhappattoti adhippāyo.
“我拉扯”即我拽拉。“它”指烦恼的索套。“我不解脱”即我不能释脱。“从此愁叹”指从这愁与悲叹的轮转中。这是说:犹如被索套所缚的鹿或猪,不知解脱方法,挣扎时反而越扯越紧,令束缚更牢固;同样,我从前套着烦恼的索套,不知解脱方法,以身行、思等挣扎,不仅未能解脱,反而令它更紧,由此导致了愁等众多烦恼。“在这世间,谁能为我解缚,告知正觉?”意思是:在这世间,谁能为我开示那条解脱道——因能以此觉醒,故得名“正觉”?另有一种读作“束缚的解脱者”,可解作“谁能告知我解脱束缚者或正觉”。显示巴利原文
Añchāmīti ākaḍḍhāmi. Nanti kilesapāsaṃ. Na muñcāmīti na mocemi. Asmā sokapariddavāti imasmā sokaparidevavaṭṭato. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – yathāpāsena baddho migo sūkaro vā mocanupāyaṃ ajānanto paripphandamāno taṃ āviñchanto bandhanaṃ daḷhaṃ karoti, evaṃ ahaṃ pubbe kilesapāsena paṭimukko mocanupāyaṃ ajānanto kāyasañcetanādivasena paripphandamāno taṃ na mocesiṃ, aññadatthu taṃ daḷhaṃ karonto sokādinā paraṃ kilesaṃ eva pāpuṇinti. Ko me bandhaṃ muñcaṃ loke, sambodhiṃ vedayissatīti imasmiṃ loke etaṃ kilesabandhanena bandhaṃ muñcanto sambujjhati etenāti ‘‘sambodhī’’ti laddhanāmaṃ vimokkhamaggaṃ ko me vedayissati ācikkhissatīti attho. ‘‘Bandhamuñca’’ntipi paṭhanti, bandhā, bandhassa vā mocakaṃ sambodhinti yojanā.
“开示”指宣说。“能破坏”意为破坏、摧毁烦恼,或指宣说能破坏烦恼的法之运转,即能驱遣老死的法——我将受持谁的法呢?或依“我将修行”的异读,意思相同。“为疑与犹豫所缠缚”即被“我于过去世存在吗”等十六种疑与犹豫所结缚。“为忿怒之力所充满”即被具有增上造作特相的强力忿怒所缠缚。“具瞋心而僵硬”即因遍怀瞋怒,心成僵硬,为渴爱所撕裂。因为所求不得等,渴爱仿佛撕裂有情的心。由于能远立而射中,渴爱即是弓所生起之处,故称“渴爱弓所生”;此亦即是见箭。而这见箭因有二十种有身见、十种邪见,总有三十种差别,故说“二与十五所成”,意为由两个十五所构成。“你看那胸中牢固之箭,刺入后仍安住”:这是指那因与胸相关而名为“胸中物”的坚固有力之箭,刺破心脏后便安住在心脏中——你看它!他如此对自己说。显示巴利原文
Ādisantanti desentaṃ. Pabhaṅgunanti pabhañjanaṃ kilesānaṃ viddhaṃsanaṃ , pabhaṅgunaṃ vā dhammappavattiṃ ādisantaṃ kathentaṃ jarāya maccuno ca pavāhanaṃ kassa dhammaṃ paṭicchāmi. ‘‘Paṭipajjāmī’’ti vā pāṭho, so evattho. Vicikicchākaṅkhāganthitanti ‘‘ahosiṃ nu kho ahamatītamaddhāna’’ntiādinayappavattāya (ma. ni. 1.18; saṃ. ni. 2.20) vicikicchāya āsappanaparisappanākāravuttiyā kaṅkhāya ca ganthitaṃ. Sārambhabalasaññutanti karaṇuttariyakaraṇalakkhaṇena balappattena sārambhena yuttaṃ. Kodhappattamanatthaddhanti sabbattha kodhena yuttamanasā thaddhabhāvaṃ gataṃ abhijappappadāraṇaṃ. Icchitālābhādivasena hi taṇhā sattānaṃ cittaṃ padālentī viya pavattati. Dūre ṭhitassāpi vijjhanupāyatāya taṇhāva dhanu samupatiṭṭhati uppajjati etasmāti taṇhādhanusamuṭṭhānaṃ, diṭṭhisallaṃ. Taṃ pana yasmā vīsativatthukā sakkāyadiṭṭhi, dasavatthukā micchādiṭṭhīti tiṃsappabhedaṃ, tasmā vuttaṃ ‘‘dve ca pannarasāyuta’’nti, dvikkhattuṃ pannarasabhedavantanti attho. Passa orasikaṃ bāḷhaṃ, bhetvāna yadi tiṭṭhatīti yaṃ urasambandhanīyatāya orasikaṃ bāḷhaṃ balavataraṃ bhetvāna hadayaṃ vinivijjhitvā tasmiṃyeva hadaye tiṭṭhati, taṃ passāti attānameva ālapati.
“随见不断”指作为随见的其余恶见未被断除的原因。只要身见尚未从相续中消失,常见等恶见就决定不会断除。“为意图所驱使”即由邪思维,也就是由邪思惟所驱使、激励那些依止外道的众人。为彼所射,我颤抖:我被那见箭如此射入心脏并安立,便颤抖、妄想,随着常见、断见等摇摆不定。“如被风吹落的树叶”即如同被风吹离叶柄的树叶。显示巴利原文
Anudiṭṭhīnaṃ appahānanti anudiṭṭhibhūtānaṃ sesadiṭṭhīnaṃ appahānakāraṇaṃ. Yāva hi sakkāyadiṭṭhi santānato na vigacchati, tāva sassatadiṭṭhiādīnaṃ appahānamevāti. Saṅkappaparatejitanti saṅkappena micchāvitakkena pare parajane nissayalakkhaṇaṃ patipatite tejitaṃ ussāhitaṃ. Tena viddho pavedhāmīti tena diṭṭhisallena yathā hadayaṃ āhacca tiṭṭhati, evaṃ viddho pavedhāmi saṅkappāmi sassatucchedādivasena ito cito ca parivaṭṭāmi. Pattaṃvamāluteritanti mālutena vāyunā eritaṃ vaṇṭato muttaṃ dumapattaṃ viya.
“从我内部生起”,意思是:世间所谓的箭,是从外部生起后入内折磨,而此并非如此。它却是从我的内部、在我的自体中生起,那个被称为自体的六触处之身,便如此迅速地燃烧、炽燃。如同什么?犹如能烧毁所依的火,它燃烧着我自身、属于我的自体——在何处生起,就在那里燃烧、转起。显示巴利原文
Ajjhattaṃ me samuṭṭhāyāti yathā loke sallaṃ nāma bāhirato uṭṭhāya ajjhattaṃ nimmathetvā bādhati, na evamidaṃ. Idaṃ pana ajjhattaṃ me mama attabhāve samuṭṭhāya so attabhāvasaññito chaphassāyatanakāyo yathā khippaṃ sīghaṃ paccati, ḍayhati. Yathā kiṃ? Aggi viya sanissayaḍāhako taṃyeva māmakaṃ mama santakaṃ attabhāvaṃ ḍahanto yattha uppanno, tattheva sarati pavattati.
“我不见那样的能疗治者”,即我不见那种具备相应疗治方法的拔箭良医。“谁能为我拔出此箭”:若有良医能拔出这见箭与烦恼箭,他并非用种种绳索般的探针伸入后以刀切开,而是通过明咒与药的应用来治疗疑等之箭——应取此义而联结文意。所谓“疑”只是举例,当知一切烦恼箭都依此理。显示巴利原文
Taṃ na passāmi tekicchanti tādisāya tikicchāya niyuttatāya tekicchaṃ sallakattaṃ bhisakkaṃ taṃ na passāmi. Yo metaṃ sallamuddhareti yo bhisakko etaṃ diṭṭhisallaṃ kilesasallañca uddhareyya, uddharanto ca nānārajjena rajjusadisasaṅkhātāya esanisalākāya pavesetvāna satthena kantitvā nāññena mantāgadappayogena vicikicchitaṃ sallaṃ tikicchituṃ sakkāti āharitvā yojetabbaṃ. Vicikicchitanti, ca nidassanamattametaṃ. Sabbassapi kilesasallassa vasena attho veditabbo.
“不用刀”即不持刀。“无伤口”即没有创伤。“依内而住”指依止于名为内部的心而住。“不伤害”是不恼害,若取“无害”的读法,意思亦同,即不损害。此处简要义为:究竟谁能不持任何刀、不造成伤口,从而也不伤害一切肢节,却将我内心的箭——它因能生苦,故名为内刺、内堵,实为烦恼箭——拔出呢?显示巴利原文
Asatthoti sattharahito. Avaṇoti vaṇena vinā. Abbhantarapassayanti abbhantarasaṅkhātaṃ hadayaṃ nissāya ṭhitaṃ. Ahiṃsanti apīḷento. ‘‘Ahiṃsā’’ti ca pāṭho, ahiṃsāya apīḷanenāti attho. Ayañhettha saṅkhepattho – ko nu kho kiñci satthaṃ aggahetvā vaṇañca akaronto tato eva sabbagattāni abādhento mama hadayabbhantaragataṃ pīḷājananato anto tudanato anto ruddhanato ca paramattheneva sallabhūtaṃ kilesasallaṃ uddharissatīti.
如此,先以十首偈颂显示了自己心中曾思考的情形,为了再以另一方式显示,便说了“dhammappati hi so seṭṭho”等语。其中,“dhammappatī”指以法为相、以法为因;“hi”只是个虚词;“so seṭṭho”指那人是至高无上的;“visadosappavāhako”指对于我,他是清除、断除了贪等烦恼的人;“gambhīre patitassa me, thalaṃ pāṇiñca dassaye”的意思是:对于陷入极深轮回大洪流中的我,谁能以“不要害怕”来安慰我,并为我指示涅槃彼岸,以及能抵达涅槃彼岸的圣道之手。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ dasahi gāthāhi pubbe attanā cintitākāraṃ dassetvā punapi taṃ pakārantarena dassetuṃ ‘‘dhammappati hi so seṭṭho’’tiādimāha. Tattha dhammappatīti dhammanimittaṃ dhammahetu. Hīti nipātamattaṃ. So seṭṭhoti so puggalo uttamo. Visadosappavāhakoti yo mayhaṃ rāgādikilesassa pavāhako ucchinnako. Gambhīre patitassa me, thalaṃ pāṇiñca dassayeti ko nu kho atigambhīre saṃsāramahoghe patitassa mayhaṃ ‘‘mā bhāyī’’ti assāsento nibbānathalaṃ taṃsampāpakaṃ ariyamaggahatthañca dasseyya.
「rahadehamasmiogāḷho」:意为“我陷入湖中”——我以头沉入的方式,陷没于巨大的轮回之湖中。「ahāriyarajamattike」:指无法移除的贪等尘垢、泥土与淤泥,因此该湖被称为“有无法移除之尘泥的湖”。我就在那样的湖中。或依另读作「ahāriyarajamantike」,意指存在于近处的贪等难以去除的尘垢。诳(māyā)具有覆藏自己过失的特性,嫉(usūyā)具有不能忍受他人成就的特性,忿(sārambha)具有造作更激烈行为的特性,昏沉(thina)具有心怠惰的特性,睡眠(middha)具有身怠惰的特性。这些恶法散布于彼湖中,故说「māyāusūyāsārambhathinamiddhamapatthaṭe」,其中「m」为连接词,意即被上述恶法所散布。显示巴利原文
Rahadehamasmiogāḷhoti mahati saṃsārarahade ahamasmi sasīsaṃ nimujjanavasena otiṇṇo anupaviṭṭho. Ahāriyarajamattiketi apanetuṃ asakkuṇeyyo rāgādirajo mattikā kaddamo etassāti ahāriyarajamattiko, rahado. Tasmiṃ rahadasmiṃ. ‘‘Ahāriyarajamantike’’ti vā pāṭho, antike ṭhitarāgādīsu dunnīharaṇīyarāgādirajeti attho. Santadosapaṭicchādanalakkhaṇā māyā, parasampattiasahanalakkhaṇā usūyā, karaṇuttariyakaraṇalakkhaṇo sārambho, cittālasiyalakkhaṇaṃ thinaṃ, kāyālasiyalakkhaṇaṃ middhanti ime pāpadhammā patthaṭā yaṃ rahadaṃ, tasmiṃ māyāusūyasārambhathinamiddhamapatthaṭe, makāro cettha padasandhikaro vutto. Yathāvuttehi imehi pāpadhammehi patthaṭeti attho.
「uddhaccameghathanitaṃ, saṃyojanavalāhaka」是依语词颠倒而说的。掉举本性散乱,犹如云中雷鸣、云中轰鸣,故而名为「uddhaccameghathanitā」(有掉举云雷者)。十种结恰如云,故而名为「saṃyojanavalāhakā」(有结云者)。「vāhā」:犹如大水的运送者,那些依于贪的邪思惟,安住于不净等所缘,将我——这个持邪见者——运载、拖拽向恶趣之海,意为导向那里。显示巴利原文
Uddhaccameghathanitaṃ, saṃyojanavalāhakanti vacanavipallāsena vuttaṃ, bhantasabhāvaṃ uddhaccaṃ meghathanitaṃ meghagajjitaṃ etesanti uddhaccameghathanitā. Dasavidhā saṃyojanā eva valāhakā etesanti saṃyojanavalāhakā. Vāhā mahāudakavāhasadisā rāganissitā micchāsaṅkappā asubhādīsu ṭhitā kuddiṭṭhiṃ maṃ vahanti apāyasamuddameva uddissa kaḍḍhantīti attho.
「savanti sabbadhi sotā」:爱流、见流、慢流、无明流、烦恼流——此五种流依眼门等,于一切色等所缘上流动,或依“色爱……乃至……法爱”等一切方面而流动,故说“于一切处流动”。「latā」:因有缠裹、连结之义,犹如蔓,故称为“蔓”,指渴爱。「ubbhijja tiṭṭhatī」:由六门出生后,安住于色等所缘中。“te sote”(那些流):对于在我相续中流动的渴爱等流,哪位特出之士能以圣道筑起堤坝将其阻止?“taṃ lataṃ”(那蔓藤):对于那渴爱之蔓,哪位能以圣道之刀将其斩断?显示巴利原文
Savanti sabbadhi sotāti taṇhāsoto, diṭṭhisoto, mānasoto, avijjāsoto, kilesasototi ime pañcapisotā cakkhudvārādīnaṃ vasena sabbesu rūpādīsu ārammaṇesu savanato ‘‘rūpataṇhā…pe… dhammataṇhā’’tiādinā (vibha. 204, 232) sabbabhāgehi vā savanato sabbadhi savanti. Latāti paliveṭhanaṭṭhena saṃsibbanaṭṭhena latā viyāti latā, taṇhā. Ubbhijja tiṭṭhatīti chahi dvārehi ubbhijjitvā rūpādīsu ārammaṇesu tiṭṭhati. Te soteti taṇhādike sote mama santāne sandante maggasetubandhanena ko purisaviseso nivāreyya, taṃ latanti taṇhālataṃ, maggasatthena ko checchati chindissati.
“velaṃ karotha”:意为为那些水流筑堤、造桥,即施设防护。“bhaddante”是呼格的表达方式。“mā te manomayo soto”:由水组成的流是粗显的,即使平庸的大众也能筑堤防护。然而,这意所成的流极为微细,难以防护。如同水流上涨时,会将立于岸边的树冲倒、摧毁;同样,它也会将正站在恶趣岸边的你们猛然冲倒,卷入恶趣之海。不要让它摧破你们,不要让它毁灭你们,不要让它带给你们不幸与灾祸——正是此义。显示巴利原文
Velaṃ karothāti tesaṃ sotānaṃ velaṃ setuṃ karotha sannivāraṇaṃ. Bhaddanteti ālapanākāradassanaṃ. Mā te manomayo sototi udakasoto oḷāriko, tassa bālamahājanenapi setuṃ katvā nivāraṇaṃ sakkā. Ayaṃ pana manomayo soto sukhumo dunnivāraṇo. So yathā udakasoto vaḍḍhanto kūle ṭhitaṃ rukkhaṃ pātetvāva nāseti, evaṃ tumhe apāyatīre ṭhite tattha sahasā pātetvā apāyasamuddaṃ pāpento mā luve mā vināseyya mā anayabyasanaṃ pāpeyyāti attho.
如此,这位长老在过去生中,因已彻底洞悉诸行,智慧成熟,故在思惟轮回之苦时,便如他往昔执取疑等染污法那样,显示了那番情形。如今生起悚惧,为了寻求何者为善而来到导师座前,决意于那殊胜之法。为显明此义,他说出“evaṃ me bhayajātassa”等语。其中,“evaṃ me bhayajātassa”:如是于轮回中生起怖畏的我,从这无岸、无依、充满怖畏的轮回流转中,“如何才能解脱?”——如是寻求、探求着彼岸的涅槃。“tāṇo sadevakassa lokassa”:他是包括天神在内的世间的救护者。“kilesasamucchedanī paññā āvudho etassāti paññāvudho”:因具足能断除烦恼的慧作为武器,故称“慧武器者”。能以现法利益等义随宜教诫众生,故为“导师”;被圣众——以上首弟子等圣者组成的团体——所亲近、所承事,故称“圣众所亲近”。“sopāna”:因藉说法之智善巧造作、完善修造,故称“善造”。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ ayaṃ thero purimattabhāve parimadditasaṅkhārattā ñāṇaparipākaṃ gatattā pavattidukkhaṃ upadhārento yathā vicikicchādike saṃkilesadhamme pariggaṇhi, tamākāraṃ dassetvā idāni jātasaṃvego kiṃkusalagavesī satthu santikaṃ gato yaṃ visesaṃ adhimucci, taṃ dassento ‘‘evaṃ me bhayajātassā’’tiādimāha. Tattha evaṃ me bhayajātassāti evaṃ vuttappakārena saṃsāre jātabhayassa apārā orimatīrato sappaṭibhayato saṃsāravaṭṭato ‘‘kathaṃ nu kho muñceyya’’nti pāraṃ nibbānaṃ, esato gavesato, tāṇo sadevakassa lokassa tāṇabhūto kilesasamucchedanī paññā āvudho etassāti paññāvudho. Diṭṭhadhammikādiatthena sattānaṃ yathārahaṃ anusāsanato satthā, isisaṅghena aggasāvakādiariyapuggalasamūhena nisevito payirupāsito isisaṅghanisevito, sopānanti desanāñāṇena suṭṭhu katattā abhisaṅkhatattā sukataṃ, upakkilesavirahitato suddhaṃ, saddhāpaññādisārabhūtaṃ dhammasāramayaṃ paṭipakkhehi acalanīyato daḷhaṃ, vipassanāsaṅkhātaṃ sopānaṃ mahoghena vuyhamānassa mayhaṃ satthā pādāsi, dadanto ca ‘‘iminā te sotthi bhavissatī’’ti samassāsento mā bhāyīti ca abravi, kathesi.
“satipaṭṭhānapāsāda”:依彼观之阶梯——即以身随观等而应得的四种沙门果殊胜,具足四地之念处宫殿,登彼之后,我观察了四谛法,以道智观察、通达。“yaṃ taṃ pubbe amaññissaṃ, sakkāyābhirataṃ pajaṃ”:如此通达真理后,对于以前我妄计为核心的那些人——执取有身为“我”、“我所”而喜乐的众生,即外道徒众,以及他们所施设的“我”,当见到道时,“nāvāya abhirūhana”:当如实见到作为登圣道船之方便的观之道时,从那以后,我对于那些外道众及“我”,不复执取于心,不复执受。亲见圣道之见——它是涅槃、不死大彼岸的渡场,是一切道中最高的,一切善法中最殊胜的,我如实观见。此即此句之义。显示巴利原文
Satipaṭṭhānapāsādanti tena vipassanāsopānena kāyānupassanādinā laddhabbacatubbidhasāmaññaphalavisesena catubhūmisampannaṃ satipaṭṭhānapāsādaṃ āruhitvā paccavekkhisaṃ catusaccadhammaṃ maggañāṇena patiavekkhiṃ paṭivijjhiṃ. Yaṃ taṃ pubbe amaññissaṃ, sakkāyābhirataṃ pajanti evaṃ paṭividdhasacco yaṃ sakkāye ‘‘ahaṃ mamā’’ti abhirataṃ pajaṃ titthiyajanaṃ tena parikappitaattānañca pubbe sārato amaññissaṃ. Yadā ca maggamaddakkhiṃ, nāvāya abhirūhananti ariyamagganāvāya abhiruhanūpāyabhūtaṃ yadā vipassanāmaggaṃ yāthāvato addakkhiṃ. Tato paṭṭhāya taṃ titthiyajanaṃ attānañca anadhiṭṭhāya citte aṭṭhapetvā aggahetvā titthaṃ nibbānasaṅkhātassa amatamahāpārassa titthabhūtaṃ ariyamaggadassanaṃ sabbehi maggehi sabbehi kusaladhammehi ukkaṭṭhaṃ addakkhiṃ, yāthāvato apassinti attho.
如此表明自身无上之证道后,为了赞颂那位教导者——正自觉者,他说出「sallaṃ attasamuṭṭhāna」等语。其中,「salla」即箭,指见、慢等烦恼之箭。「attasamuṭṭhāna」意为‘自我所生’,指在因执取‘我’慢而得‘我’名的有身中生起。「bhavanettippabhāvita」指由有爱所生、依止于有爱;因为有爱正是见、慢等生起之因。「etesaṃ appavattāyā」:为了使如上所述之恶法不再生起、不再现行。「desesi maggamuttama」:宣示了最胜最上之八圣道及其方法——观道。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ attano anuttaraṃ maggādhigamaṃ pakāsetvā idāni tassa desakaṃ sammāsambuddhaṃ thomento ‘‘sallaṃ attasamuṭṭhāna’’ntiādimāha. Tattha sallanti diṭṭhimānādikilesasallaṃ. Attasamuṭṭhānanti ‘‘aha’’nti mānaṭṭhānatāya ‘‘attā’’ti ca laddhanāme attabhāve sambhūtaṃ. Bhavanettippabhāvitanti bhavataṇhāsamuṭṭhitaṃ bhavataṇhāsannissayaṃ. Sā hi diṭṭhimānādīnaṃ sambhavo. Etesaṃ appavattāyāti yathāvuttānaṃ pāpadhammānaṃ appavattiyā anuppādāya. Desesi maggamuttamanti uttamaṃ seṭṭhaṃ ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ, tadupāyañca vipassanāmaggaṃ kathesi.
「dīgharattānusayita」意为‘长时随眠’:在无始轮回中,长时于相续中随逐而眠,遇缘即能生起,成强有力之习性,且长久执持、盘踞于相续中。「gantha」意为‘系缚’,指贪欲身系等,即在我相续中成为系缚的烦恼垢秽。佛陀世尊作为此垢秽的清除者,以其说法威神之力,将其弃舍、彻底断除。因为系缚被无余断尽时,便不再有任何‘未断之烦恼’。显示巴利原文
Dīgharattānusayitanti anamatagge saṃsāre cirakālaṃ santāne anu anu sayitaṃ kāraṇalābhena uppajjanārahabhāvena thāmagataṃ, tato ca cirarattaṃ adhiṭṭhitaṃ santānaṃ ajjhāruyha ṭhitaṃ. Ganthanti abhijjhākāyaganthādiṃ mama santāne ganthabhūtaṃ kilesavisadosaṃ pavāhano buddho bhagavā attano desanānubhāvena apānudī parijahāpesi, ganthesu hi anavasesato pahīnesu appahīno nāma kileso natthīti.
赖吒和罗长老偈注释显示巴利原文
4. Raṭṭhapālattheragāthāvaṇṇanā
“已见所作”等,是具寿赖吒和罗长老的偈颂。其缘起为何?据传,这位长老在莲花上佛陀出世之前,已出生于汉舍卫城一大富长者之家。成年后,父亲去世,他承接家业。掌管宝库者向他展示了不可计量、代代相传的财富。他见此心想:‘如此庞大的财富,父亲、祖父乃至曾祖,无一人能随身带去,我应当设法带走才是。’于是,他便向贫者、流浪者等广作大布施。他供养了一位已证神通的苦行者,此苦行者引导他转生天界之王权。他尽此一生勤修福德,命终之后即往生天界,享受天界成就。于彼处度尽天寿,从天界殁,又降生人间,成为一王族中能稳定分裂王国之家族的独子。显示巴利原文
Passacittakatantiādikā āyasmato raṭṭhapālattherassa gāthā. Kā uppatti? Ayaṃ kira padumuttarassa bhagavato uppattito puretarameva haṃsavatīnagare gahapatimahāsālakule nibbattitvā vayappatto pitu accayena gharāvāse patiṭṭhito ratanakoṭṭhāgārakammikena dassitaṃ aparimāṇaṃ kulavaṃsānugataṃ dhanaṃ disvā ‘‘imaṃ ettakaṃ dhanarāsiṃ mayhaṃ pituayyakapayyakādayo attanā saddhiṃ gahetvā gantuṃ nāsakkhiṃsu, mayā pana gahetvā gantuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti cintetvā kapaṇaddhikādīnaṃ mahādānaṃ adāsi. So abhiññālābhiṃ ekaṃ tāpasaṃ upaṭṭhahanto tena devalokādhipacce niyojito yāvajīvaṃ puññāni katvā tato cuto devaloke nibbattitvā dibbasampattiṃ anubhavanto tattha yāvatāyukaṃ ṭhatvā tato cuto manussaloke bhinnaṃ raṭṭhaṃ sandhāretuṃ samatthassa kulassa ekaputtako hutvā nibbatti.
那时,莲花上世尊出现于世,转动无上法轮,引导可度众生抵达名为涅槃大城的安稳之地。这位善男子渐渐长大成人,有一天与优婆塞们一同前往寺院,见到导师正在说法,心生净信,便坐于大众的边缘。就在那时,导师将一位比丘树立为“信出家者中的最第一人”。善男子见了心生欢喜,便将心倾向于此。他向被十万比丘围绕的世尊,以无比恭敬行七日大布施,并发愿。导师见到他将来必无障碍地成就,便授记说:“未来在名为乔达摩的正自觉者的教法中,你将成为信出家者中的第一人。”他礼敬导师与比丘僧团后,从座起身离去。他在彼处尽其天寿修积福业,命终之后,流转于人天之中。在那之前的九十二劫,即弗沙佛的时代,导师有三位异母王子随侍,他便为他们的福德事业提供了助缘。显示巴利原文
Tena ca samayena padumuttaro bhagavā loke uppajjitvā pavattitavaradhammacakko veneyyasatte nibbānamahānagarasaṅkhātaṃ khemantabhūmiṃ sampāpesi. Atha so kulaputto anukkamena viññutaṃ patto ekadivasaṃ upāsakehi saddhiṃ vihāraṃ gantvā satthāraṃ dhammaṃ desentaṃ disvā pasannacitto parisapariyante nisīdi. Tena kho pana samayena satthā ekaṃ bhikkhuṃ saddhāpabbajitānaṃ aggaṭṭhāne ṭhapesi. Taṃ disvā so pasannamānaso tadatthāya cittaṃ ṭhapetvā satasahassabhikkhuparivutassa bhagavato mahatā sakkārena sattāhaṃ mahādānaṃ pavattetvā paṇidhānaṃ akāsi. Satthā tassa anantarāyena ijjhanabhāvaṃ disvā ‘‘anāgate gotamassa nāma sammāsambuddhassa sāsane saddhāpabbajitānaṃ aggo bhavissatī’’ti byākāsi. So satthāraṃ bhikkhusaṅghañca vanditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. So tattha yāvatāyukaṃ puññāni katvā tato cavitvā devamanussesu saṃsaranto ito dvenavute kappe phussassa bhagavato kāle satthu vemātikabhātikesu tīsu rājaputtesu satthāraṃ upaṭṭhahantesu tesaṃ puññakiriyāya kiccaṃ akāsi.
他就这样于诸趣中累积了大量善业,唯于善趣中流转,直至今佛出世之时,在俱卢国的土喇果帝咖镇,出生于赖吒和罗长者家中。由于他出生于能稳住分裂王国的家族,便随族姓而得名为“赖吒和罗”。他在众多眷属的围绕中长大,渐至青年。父母为他迎娶了合宜的妻子,将他安立于显赫的名声之中,他享受着犹如天界成就般的富贵。那时,世尊于俱卢国游化,来到土喇果帝咖。善男子赖吒和罗听到消息,便前往导师处,在导师面前听法,获得了信心,想要出家。他绝食七天,历经艰辛,得到了父母允许,于是再到导师处请求出家,依导师之命,在一名长老座下出家。他依如理作意修习业处,增修观智,证得阿拉汉果。因此,《譬喻经》中说:显示巴利原文
Evaṃ tattha tattha bhave taṃ taṃ bahuṃ kusalaṃ upacinitvā sugatīsuyeva saṃsaranto imasmiṃ buddhuppāde kururaṭṭhe thullakoṭṭhikanigame raṭṭhapālaseṭṭhino gehe nibbatti, tassa bhinnaṃ raṭṭhaṃ sandhāretuṃ samatthe kule nibbattattā raṭṭhapāloti vaṃsānugatameva nāmaṃ ahosi. So mahatā parivārena vaḍḍhanto anukkamena yobbanapatto mātāpitūhi patirūpena dārena saṃyojito mahante ca yase patiṭṭhāpito dibbasampattisadisaṃ sampattiṃ paccanubhoti. Atha bhagavā kururaṭṭhe janapadacārikaṃ caranto thullakoṭṭhikaṃ anupāpuṇi. Taṃ sutvā raṭṭhapālo kulaputto satthāraṃ upasaṅkamitvā satthu santike dhammaṃ sutvā paṭiladdhasaddho pabbajitukāmo sattāhaṃ bhattacchedaṃ katvā kicchena kasirena mātāpitaro anujānāpetvā satthāraṃ upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṃ yācitvā satthu āṇattiyā aññatarassa therassa santike pabbajitvā yonisomanasikārena kammaṃ karonto vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhetvā arahattaṃ pāpuṇi. Tena vuttaṃ apadāne (apa. thera 1.2.97-111) –
对于莲华上世尊,世间最上、如如不动者;
我献上良种大象,牙如犁柄,躯体雄壮。
白伞盖庄严华丽,连同象舆与大象;
估定这一切的价值之后,我便以此建起一座僧伽蓝园。
名为水生北的佛陀为我作了记说;
他坐在「比丘僧团」(bhikkhusaṅgha)中,宣说了这些「偈颂」(gāthā)。
将有一万八千座尖顶殿堂;
他生于最上的梵天宫,其宫殿皆为纯金所成。
他将五十次为天王,执掌天王之权;
又五十八次为转轮王。
他奋起而出离,舍离了财富的圆满;
我视财富犹如唾沫团,无有爱恋。
我的精进是负重前行的驮畜,运载着瑜伽安稳;
在正自觉者的教法中,我持守此最后之身。
四无碍解,及八解脱;
六神通已亲证,佛之教法已成就。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Padumuttarassa bhagavato, lokajeṭṭhassa tādino; Varanāgo mayā dinno, īsādanto urūḷhavā. ‘‘Setacchatto pasobhito, sakappano sahatthipo; Agghāpetvāna taṃ sabbaṃ, saṅghārāmaṃ akārayiṃ. ‘‘Catupaññāsasahassāni, pāsāde kārayiṃ ahaṃ; Mahoghadānaṃ karitvāna, niyyādesiṃ mahesino. ‘‘Anumodi mahāvīro, sayambhū aggapuggalo; Sabbe jane hāsayanto, desesi amataṃ padaṃ. ‘‘Taṃ me buddho viyākāsi, jalajuttaranāmako; Bhikkhusaṅghe nisīditvā, imā gāthā abhāsatha. ‘‘Catupaññāsasahassāni, pāsāde kārayī ayaṃ; Kathayissāmi vipākaṃ, suṇotha mama bhāsato. ‘‘Aṭṭhārasasahassāni, kūṭāgārā bhavissare; Byamhuttamamhi nibbattā, sabbasoṇṇamayā ca te. ‘‘Paññāsakkhattuṃ devindo, devarajjaṃ karissati; Aṭṭhapaññāsakkhattuñca, cakkavattī bhavissati. ‘‘Kappasatasahassamhi, okkākakulasambhavo; Gotamo nāma gottena, satthā loke bhavissati. ‘‘Devalokā cavitvāna, sukkamūlena codito; Aḍḍhe kule mahābhoge, nibbattissati tāvade. ‘‘So pacchā pabbajitvāna, sukkamūlena codito; Raṭṭhapāloti nāmena, hessati satthu sāvako. ‘‘Padhānapahitatto so, upasanto nirūpadhi; Sabbāsave pariññāya, nibbāyissatināsavo. ‘‘Uṭṭhāya abhinikkhamma, jahitā bhogasampadā; Kheḷapiṇḍeva bhogamhi, pemaṃ mayhaṃ na vijjati. ‘‘Vīriyaṃ me dhuradhorayhaṃ, yogakkhemādhivāhanaṃ; Dhāremi antimaṃ dehaṃ, sammāsambuddhasāsane. ‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso, vimokkhāpi ca aṭṭhime; Chaḷabhiññā sacchikatā, kataṃ buddhassa sāsana’’nti.
然而,证得阿拉汉果之后,他为看望父母而请得导师许可,便前往土喇果帝咖。在那里,他依家次第乞食,在父亲的住处得到了隔夜的凝乳食品,如同享用不死之味一般享用了它。父亲邀请他,他便应允了明日的供养。第二天,他在父亲住处受用了团食,然后来到盛装打扮的女眷们的住处。那些女眷说着:“贤士,那些天女们是什么样子的?你就是为了她们而修梵行的吧?”等等,开始做出诱惑的举动。这时,他转化了她们的心,为她们宣说与无常等相关的法:显示巴利原文
Arahattaṃ pana patvā satthāraṃ anujānāpetvā mātāpitaro passituṃ thullakoṭṭhikaṃ gantvā, tattha sapadānaṃ piṇḍāya caranto pitu nivesane ābhidosikaṃ kummāsaṃ labhitvā taṃ amataṃ viya paribhuñjanto, pitarā nimantito svātanāya adhivāsetvā, dutiyadivase pitu nivesane piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuñjitvā alaṅkatapaṭiyatte itthāgārajane upagantvā ‘‘kīdisā nāma tā, ayyaputta, accharāyo, yāsaṃ tvaṃ hetu brahmacariyaṃ carasī’’tiādīni (ma. ni. 2.301) vatvā, palobhanakammaṃ kātuṃ āraddhe tassa adhippāyaṃ parivattetvā aniccatādipaṭisaṃyuttaṃ dhammaṃ kathento –
看这心所造作之像,这疮痍积聚之身;
它多病而多思虑,没有坚固的安住之处。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Passa cittakataṃ bimbaṃ, arukāyaṃ samussitaṃ; Āturaṃ bahusaṅkappaṃ, yassa natthi dhuvaṃ ṭhiti.
观此心所造作之色身,珠饰耳环以为庄严;
骨骸为皮肤所覆裹,衣裳齐具而显端丽。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Passa cittakataṃ rūpaṃ, maṇinā kuṇḍalena ca; Aṭṭhiṃ tacena onaddhaṃ, saha vatthehi sobhati.
双足涂着染足草汁,脸上敷着脂粉;
足以迷惑愚人,却迷不住那寻觅彼岸之人。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Alattakakatā pādā, mukhaṃ cuṇṇakamakkhitaṃ; Alaṃ bālassa mohāya, no ca pāragavesino.
头发梳得齐整,眼睛涂着眼膏;
足以迷惑愚人,而不能迷惑求彼岸者。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Aṭṭhāpadakatā kesā, nettā añjanamakkhitā; Alaṃ bālassa mohāya, no ca pāragavesino.
犹如新制的眼膏管,这具不净的身体却被饰以庄严;
足以迷惑愚者,却不能迷惑寻求彼岸者。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Añjanīva navā cittā, pūtikāyo alaṅkato; Alaṃ bālassa mohāya, no ca pāragavesino.
猎人设下陷阱,鹿未陷入罗网;
我们食尽诱饵便离去,留下捕鹿人哭泣。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Odahi migavo pāsaṃ, nāsadā vāguraṃ migo; Bhutvā nivāpaṃ gacchāma, kandante migabandhake.
猎人的套索已断,鹿未陷入网罗;
我们食罢诱饵离去,任凭猎鹿人哀伤。——他诵出了这些偈颂。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Chinno pāso migavassa, nāsadā vāguraṃ migo; Bhutvā nivāpaṃ gacchāma, socante migaluddake’’ti. – imā gāthā abhāsi;
此处,「彩画所作」意为经制作而成的彩画,即由衣物、饰物、花环等装饰得华丽。「图像」指在相应部位以长度等由长短肢体所装饰的身体。「疮身」指因九种疮口与毛孔而流出不净,且整体如疮、如伤口,或是无肉之身。「高举」指由三百根骨骼支撑而耸立。「病」指因随时需以变换威仪等方式养护,故常如患病。「多意图」指愚者将不实之事夸大,以种种方式构想。「于彼无有坚固住立」意为对此身体无有坚固、无有安住,唯是破坏、离散、毁坏之法。「令见彼」是对近处人说,或指自己而说。显示巴利原文
Tattha cittakatanti cittaṃ kataṃ cittakataṃ, vatthābharaṇamālādīhi vicittaṃ katanti attho. Bimbanti dīghādibhāvena yuttaṭṭhānesu dīghādīhi aṅgapaccaṅgehi maṇḍitaṃ attabhāvaṃ. Arukāyanti navannaṃ vaṇamukhānaṃ lomakūpānañca vasena vissandamānaasuciṃ, sabbaso ca arubhūtaṃ vaṇabhūtaṃ arūnaṃ vā kāyaṃ. Samussitanti tīhi aṭṭhisatehi samussitaṃ. Āturanti sabbakālaṃ iriyāpathantarādīhi pariharitabbatāya niccaṃ gilānaṃ. Bahusaṅkappanti bālajanena abhūtaṃ āropetvā bahudhā saṅkappitabbaṃ. Yassa natthi dhuvaṃ ṭhitīti yassa kāyassa dhuvabhāvo ṭhitisabhāvo natthi, ekaṃsato bhedanavikiraṇaviddhaṃsanadhammoyeva. Taṃ passāti samīpe ṭhitaṃ janaṃ, attānameva vā sandhāya vadati.
「色」指身体。因为“缘骨、缘腱、缘肉、缘皮,被包围的虚空得以称为色”等经中,身体亦称为「色」。“以宝珠耳环庄严”即用戴在头上等处的饰物中的宝珠与耳环来装饰。“骨为皮所覆”即见被湿皮包裹的三百多块骨骼——应如此连接。“耳环”之“以”字,含摄其余饰物。“与衣方庄严”意为,此身虽以宝珠装饰,唯被衣服遮掩时才显庄严,否则不然。然而,那些读作“以骨与皮”者,意为:由骨与皮覆盖而显庄严,因覆盖故,称以骨与皮。显示巴利原文
Rūpanti sarīraṃ. Sarīrampi hi ‘‘aṭṭhiñca paṭicca, nhāruñca paṭicca, maṃsañca paṭicca, cammañca paṭicca, ākāso parivārito ‘rūpantveva saṅkhaṃ gacchatī’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.306) rūpanti vuccati. Maṇinā kuṇḍalena cāti sīsūpagādiābharaṇagatena maṇinā kuṇḍalena cittakataṃ. Aṭṭhiṃ tacena onaddhanti allacammena pariyonaddhaṃ atirekatisatapabhedaṃ aṭṭhiṃ passāti yojanā. Kuṇḍalena cāti ca-saddena sesābharaṇālaṅkāre saṅgaṇhāti. Saha vatthehi sobhatīti tayidaṃ rūpaṃ maṇinā cittakatampi vatthehi paṭicchāditameva sobhati, na apaṭicchāditanti attho. Ye pana ‘‘aṭṭhitacenā’’ti paṭhanti, tesaṃ aṭṭhitacenaṃ onaddhaṃ sobhati, onaddhattā aṭṭhitacenāti attho.
「以紫矿染成」指用紫矿染色,即用虫胶染红。「足」指脚。「面涂饰粉」指脸涂脂粉,此就热衷打扮者而言——他们以芥末膏除去脸上的粉刺等,以盐土除去坏血,然后涂抹面脂粉。「足以」意为,对于不寻求彼岸、耽著轮回的愚人、盲凡夫,这足以引生迷乱,能迷乱其心,是足够的;而对于寻求彼岸、乐于出离者,则不足以,并不充分。显示巴利原文
Alattakakatāti alattakena katarañjanā lākhāya saṃrañjitā. Pādāti caraṇā. Mukhaṃ cuṇṇakamakkhitanti mukhaṃ cuṇṇakena makkhitaṃ, yaṃ maṇḍanamanuyuttā sāsapakakkena mukhapīḷakādīni haritvā loṇamattikāya duṭṭhalohitaṃ haritvā mukhacuṇṇakavilepanaṃ karonti, taṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Alanti bālassa andhaputhujjanassa noca pāragavesino vaṭṭābhiratassa mohāya sammohanāya samatthaṃ tassa cittaṃ mohetuṃ pariyattaṃ, pāragavesino pana vivaṭṭābhiratassa no alaṃ na pariyattaṃ.
“作八足状”指做成八足形状并堆叠而成的发型:将额前的头发修剪后,用以遮盖额头,这种发式名为“八足”,也称为“卷发”。“眼涂以眼膏”指两眼的内侧与两角皆显现眼膏的色泽,如是涂了眼膏。显示巴利原文
Aṭṭhāpadakatāti aṭṭhapadākārena katā sañcitā purimabhāge kese kappetvā nalāṭassa paṭicchādanavasena katā kesaracanā aṭṭhapadaṃ nāma, yaṃ ‘‘alaka’’ntipi vuccati. Nettā añjanamakkhitāti ubhopi nayanāni anto dvīsu antesu ca yathā añjanacchāyā dissati, evaṃ añjitañjanāni.
“犹如新颖的彩绘眼膏管,臭秽之身却装饰庄严”:正如崭新而彩绘的眼膏管——盛装眼膏的小管,外有花彩、摩竭鱼牙等图样,外表平滑光亮、赏心悦目,内里却不堪入目;同样地,她们的身体以沐浴、涂油、衣饰装扮,外在容光焕发,内在却臭秽,充满种种不净而存在。这就是其中的含义。显示巴利原文
Añjanīva navā cittā, pūtikāyo alaṅkatoti yathā añjanī añjananāḷikā navā abhinavā mālākammamakaradantādivasena cittā bahi maṭṭhā ujjalā dassanīyā, anto pana na dassanīyā hoti, evameva tāsaṃ kāyo nhānabbhañjanavatthālaṅkārehi alaṅkato bahi ujjalo, anto pana pūti nānappakāraasucīhi bharito tiṭṭhatīti attho.
「放置」即布置。「猎鹿人」即猎鹿者。「网」指棍网。「未触着」即未碰触。「网罗」即网套。「诱饵」指为了鹿食用而撒下的草等饲料。这确实是长老为了阐明义理而作的譬喻。这里的义理是:犹如为了捕杀鹿,布下棍网,撒下诱饵后,猎鹿人隐蔽不动。那时有一只具足速度与精勤的聪明鹿,完全不碰网套,随意地吃完诱饵,在猎鹿人叫着“这鹿果然欺骗了”时便离去。另一头有大力、聪明且具足速度的鹿去到那里,吃完诱饵,并到处咬断网套,在猎鹿人忧悲地叫嚷“鹿欺骗了,网断了”时离去。同样地,我们在以前是凡夫的时候,享用了父母为了系缚而给予的财富,在种种情况下都不遭系缚而出离。如今,我们已彻底断除烦恼,成为没有网套者而安住,享用他们给的食物,在他们忧悲的时候离去。显示巴利原文
Odahīti oḍḍesi. Migavoti, migaluddako. Pāsanti, daṇḍavāguraṃ. Nāsadāti na saṅghaṭṭesi. Vāguranti pāsaṃ. Nivāpanti migānaṃ khādanatthāya khittaṃ tiṇādighāsaṃ. Upamā kho ayaṃ therena katā atthassa viññāpanāya. Ayañhettha attho – yathā migānaṃ māraṇatthāya daṇḍavāguraṃ oḍḍetvā tattha nivāpaṃ vikiriya migaluddake nilīne ṭhite tattheko javaparakkamasampanno cheko migo pāsaṃ aphusanto eva yathāsukhaṃ nivāpaṃ khāditvā, ‘‘vañcesi vata migo’’ti migaluddake viravante eva gacchati. Aparo migo balavā cheko javasampannova tattha gantvā nivāpaṃ khāditvā tattha tattha pāsaṃ chinditvā, ‘‘vañcesi vata migo, pāso chinno’’ti migaluddake socante eva gacchati, evaṃ mayampi pubbe puthujjanakāle mātāpitūhi āsajjanatthāya niyyādite bhoge bhuñjitvā tattha tattha asajjamānā nikkhantā. Idāni pana sabbaso chinnakilesā apāsā hutvā ṭhitā, tehi dinnabhojanaṃ bhuñjitvā tesu socantesu eva gacchāmāti.
如是,长老将父母比作猎鹿人,将金银与后宫比作网罗,将自己往昔受用的财物和如今吃的食物比作诱饵之草,将自己比作大鹿,以此开示。宣说这些偈颂后,他腾空而起,坐于俱卢后裔王鹿皮苑中的吉祥石板上。据说,长老的父亲在七处门户都上了门闩,吩咐力士们:“别让他出去,脱下袈裟,给他穿上白衣。”因此长老是凌空飞去的。那时,俱卢后裔王听说长老坐于彼处,便前来亲近,互相问候致意后,问道:“贤者赖吒和罗,有人因疾病衰败、或因衰老、财富枯竭、亲族衰败而出家。您并未遭遇任何衰败,为何出家?”于是长老向他讲述了自己对这四个法句——‘世间被驱迫、不久长,世间无救护、无主宰,世间一无所有、必须舍弃一切而去,世间有缺憾、不满足、是渴爱的奴隶’——的离欲体证,并为此开示宣说摄要偈:显示巴利原文
Evaṃ thero migaluddakaṃ viya mātāpitaro, hiraññasuvaṇṇaṃ itthāgārañca vāgurajālaṃ viya, attanā pubbe bhuttabhoge ca idāni bhuttabhojanañca nivāpatiṇaṃ viya, attānaṃ mahāmigaṃ viya ca katvā dasseti. Imā gāthā vatvā vehāsaṃ abbhuggantvā rañño korabyassa migājinauyyāne maṅgalasilāpaṭṭe nisīdi. Therassa kira pitā sattasu dvārakoṭṭhakesu aggaḷaṃ dāpetvā malle āṇāpesi ‘‘nikkhamituṃ mā detha, kāsāyāni apanetvā setakāni nivāsethā’’ti, tasmā thero ākāsena agamāsi. Atha rājā korabyo therassa tattha nisinnabhāvaṃ sutvā taṃ upasaṅkamitvā sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ‘‘idha, bho raṭṭhapāla, pabbajanto byādhipārijuññaṃ vā jarābhogañātipārijuññaṃ vā patto pabbajati. Tvaṃ pana kiñcipi pārijuññaṃ anupagato eva kasmā pabbajito’’ti pucchi. Athassa thero, ‘‘upaniyyati loko addhuvo, atāṇo loko anabhissaro, assako loko sabbaṃ pahāya gamanīyaṃ, ūno loko atitto taṇhādāso’’ti (ma. ni. 2.305) imesaṃ catunnaṃ dhammuddesānaṃ attānaṃ vivittabhāvaṃ kathetvā tassā desanāya anugītiṃ kathento –
776 “我们追寻诱饵而去寻求庇护,那猎物却悲伤哭泣。”这便是此偈的含义。显示巴利原文
776.
我见世间富有之人,得了财物却因愚痴不肯布施;
贪著之人积聚财富,反而愈加渴求种种欲乐。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Passāmi loke sadhane manusse, laddhāna vittaṃ na dadanti mohā; Luddhā dhanaṃ sannicayaṃ karonti, bhiyyova kāme abhipatthayanti.
777 「Alattakakatā」指用布帛等装饰而成的彩色花纹。「脚」(pāda)指行走的脚。「面」(mukha)指进行装饰的地方,例如以朱粉装饰面容、涂抹唇边,或以红色涂饰脸颊等,此处所说的即是‘面容的装饰’。‘愚人’(bāla)指被无明黑暗所覆蔽、盲目而不趣向解脱的人。他因无明的盖障而内心萎缩,以致心被迷惑所牵引;自己却不知实相,还以为无所萎缩,应如此理解。显示巴利原文
777.
国王以武力征服大地,居住在直至海际的领土;
他对大海的此岸尚不满足,又渴望大海的彼岸。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Rājā pasayhappathaviṃ vijetvā, sasāgarantaṃ mahimāvasanto; Oraṃ samuddassa atittarūpo, pāraṃ samuddassapi patthayetha.
778 “Odahīti”指张开(oḍḍesi,即布置)。“Migavoti”指小鹿。“被绑缚”(pāsanti)指被套上粗绳。“失去鼻环”(nāsadāti)指不能自己解开。“Vāguranti”指猎网。“Nivāpanti”指作为食物的谷草。这里以小鹿被捕获的过程作比喻:小鹿被猎网捉住后,虽被迫进食并议论如何逃脱,却因依赖而不能安然脱离;如同愚人幼时蒙受父母养育之恩,虽如受束缚,却难以自立。最后指出:如今已断除一切烦恼的束缚,如同鹿脱离困境、饮食安宁,同时又悲悯过去因无知而放纵的行为。显示巴利原文
778.
国王与其他众人,未离渴爱即走向死亡;
他们如同不满足的人,舍弃了身体;对于欲乐,世间从无满足。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Rājā ca aññe ca bahū manussā, avītataṇhā maraṇaṃ upenti; Ūnāva hutvāna jahanti dehaṃ, kāmehi lokamhi na hatthi titti.
779 我观察世间的众生,得到财富后,却因迷惑而不愿布施;显示巴利原文
779.
亲属们披散头发,为他哭泣:‘啊,但愿我们永生不死!’
以布覆盖将他运出,堆好火葬堆后,便以火焚烧。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kandanti naṃ ñātī pakiriya kese, ‘aho vatā no amarā’ti cāhu; Vatthena naṃ pārutaṃ nīharitvā, citaṃ samodhāya tato ḍahanti.
780 国王征服了偏远隐蔽的地区,驻留在大海边广阔的国土上;显示巴利原文
780.
他被烈火焚烧,被尖桩刺戳,仅剩一布遮身,而舍弃了财富。
临终者没有救护,亲属、朋友或同伴都不能成为他的救护。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘So ḍayhati sūlehi tujjamāno, ekena vatthena pahāya bhoge; Na mīyamānassa bhavanti tāṇā, ñātī ca mittā atha vā sahāyā.
命终之时,财富无有相随;儿女、妻子、财产、国土,皆不能带走。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Dāyādakā tassa dhanaṃ haranti, satto pana gacchati yenakammaṃ; Na mīyamānaṃ dhanamanveti kiñci, puttā ca dārā ca dhanañca raṭṭhaṃ.
‘‘Na dīghamāyuṃ labhate dhanena, na cāpi vittena jaraṃ vihanti; Appaṃ hidaṃ jīvitamāhu dhīrā, asassataṃ vippariṇāmadhammaṃ.
783 以粗布裹之,举行火葬,清净其心,而后焚烧。显示巴利原文
783.
愚者因愚痴,犹如被击杀者倒卧于地;智者虽触对诸触,却无所动摇。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Aḍḍhā daliddā ca phusanti phassaṃ, bālo ca dhīro ca tatheva phuṭṭho; Bālo hi bālyā vadhitova seti, dhīro ca no vedhati phassaphuṭṭho.
784 持断灭见者再无庇护者,亦无亲属、朋友,乃至伴侣。显示巴利原文
784.
因此,慧确实比财富更优越,依此慧,能于现世达至究竟。
由于未被调伏,他在种种“有”中,因愚痴而造作诸恶业。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Tasmā hi paññāva dhanena seyyā, yāya vosānamidhādhigacchati; Abyositattā hi bhavābhavesu, pāpāni kammāni karoti mohā.
785 「由财物得长寿者无,因财富增长衰老者不」:意思是财富不能令人长寿,衰老之苦也不会因财富而免除。显示巴利原文
785.
‘‘Upeti gabbhañca parañca lokaṃ, saṃsāramāpajja paramparāya; Tassappapañño abhisaddahanto, upeti gabbhañca parañca lokaṃ.
786 “半聋瞽者触他界,愚者智者皆触彼”,意为半聋半盲者、愚者及智者,皆能触到他界。显示巴利原文
786.
同样,众生身坏命终之后,在来世,行恶者将因自己的业而受其果报。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Coro yathā sandhimukhe gahīto, sakammunā haññati pāpadhammo; Evaṃ pajā pecca paramhi loke, sakammunā haññati pāpadhammo.
787 787. 因此,智慧胜于财富。正是凭借这智慧,众生才在此世间得以安住。显示巴利原文
787.
欲乐诚然缤纷、甘美、令人愉悦,却以种种形态扰乱心意;
大王,因见五欲之过患,故我已出家。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kāmā hi citrā madhurā manoramā, virūparūpena mathenti cittaṃ; Ādīnavaṃ kāmaguṇesu disvā, tasmā ahaṃ pabbajitomhi rāja.
788 凡从母胎诞生,来到这世间的众生,便不断流转于生死之中。显示巴利原文
788.
犹如树上的果实纷纷坠落,无论年轻人还是老年人,身体坏灭时都会死去。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Dumapphalānīva patanti māṇavā, daharā ca vuḍḍhā ca sarīrabhedā; Etampi disvā pabbajitomhi rāja, apaṇṇakaṃ sāmaññameva seyyo.
789 「窃贼」:如同在门口被捉的盗贼,因自己的恶行而自取灭亡。显示巴利原文
789.
‘‘Saddhāyāhaṃ pabbajito, upeto jinasāsane; Avañjhā mayhaṃ pabbajjā, anaṇo bhuñjāmi bhojanaṃ.
790 「欲乐」:确实赏心悦目、甜美可爱,然而其本质丑恶,却能迷乱人心。显示巴利原文
790.
‘‘Kāme ādittato disvā, jātarūpāni satthato; Gabbhavokkantito dukkhaṃ, nirayesu mahabbhayaṃ.
791 如同熟果从树上坠落,无论幼童、少年或老人,皆因身体衰亡而逝去。显示巴利原文
791.
‘‘Etamādīnavaṃ ñatvā, saṃvegaṃ alabhiṃ tadā; Sohaṃ viddho tadā santo, sampatto āsavakkhayaṃ.
我已奉事导师,已行佛陀教法;
沉重的负担已放下,有爱被连根拔除。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Pariciṇṇo mayā satthā, kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ; Ohito garuko bhāro, bhavanetti samūhatā.
为了那个义而出家,从在家生活趋向非家生活;
“我已证得此义——一切结的灭尽。”他说了这些偈颂。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yassatthāya pabbajito, agārasmānagāriyaṃ; So me attho anuppatto, sabbasaṃyojanakkhayo’’ti. – imā gāthā avoca;
在此,“我见世间”的意思是:大王,我在此世间见到那些拥有财富、财产丰足、极为富裕的人。然而,他们得到财富、获得财物,安享福乐成就之后,却对沙门、婆罗门等任何人,连一点布施都不作。这是为什么呢?因为愚痴,缺乏“业属自己”的智慧。那些悭吝之人被贪欲所征服,对于到手的财物,一味地囤积,只想全部隐藏、储藏起来。不仅如此,在已有的欲乐之上,他们还这样贪求各种欲、五欲之乐:“愿我也能获得那样的福乐享受!”他们期盼、渴望,并为此而付出努力。显示巴利原文
Tattha passāmi loketi ahaṃ, mahārāja, imasmiṃ loke sadhane dhanasampanne aḍḍhe manusse passāmi, te pana laddhāna vittaṃ dhanaṃ labhitvā bhogasampattiyaṃ ṭhitā samaṇabrāhmaṇādīsu kassaci kiñcipi na dadanti. Kasmā? Mohā kammassakatāpaññāya abhāvato. Luddhā lobhābhibhūtā yathāladdhaṃ dhanaṃ sannicayaṃ sabbaso nicetabbaṃ nidhetabbaṃ karonti. Bhiyyova yathādhigatakāmato upari kāme kāmaguṇe ‘‘tathāhaṃ edise ca bhoge paṭilabheyya’’nti abhipatthayanti paccāsīsanti tajjañca vāyāmaṃ karonti.
为了更清晰地说明渴求欲乐的例证,他举出“国王”等。其中,“以强力征服大地”是指凭借武力,彻底征服自己世代传承的国土。“居住”指统治治理。“在大海此岸”是说,即使完全获得了大海的此岸部分,他仍然不满足,甚至还渴望大海的彼岸及其他岛屿。显示巴利原文
Bhiyyo kāmapatthanāya udāharaṇaṃ dassento ‘‘rājā’’tiādimāha. Tattha pasayhappathaviṃ vijetvāti attano vaṃsānugataṃ pathaviṃ balakkārena abhivijiya. Āvasantoti pasāsento. Oraṃ samuddassāti anavasesaṃ samuddassa orabhāgaṃ labhitvāpi tena atittarūpo pāraṃ samuddassa dīpantarampi patthayeyya.
“未离渴爱”即未断的渴爱。“不满足”指愿望尚未圆满。“于世间,对诸欲无有知足”是说:那些为渴爱所摧残者,在此世间,对所依的欲乐实无满足可言。显示巴利原文
Avītataṇhāti avigatataṇhā. Ūnāvāti aparipuṇṇamanorathāva. Kāmehi lokamhi na hatthi tittīti taṇhāvipannānaṃ imasmiṃ loke vatthukāmehi titti nāma natthi.
“他们哭号”是指对着死去的人,称扬他的功德而悲哀哭泣。“啊!愿我等之(亲属)不死”是说:“啊!愿我们的亲属得以不死!”此外,为令偈颂音韵和谐,此处将“vata”的音节拉长,说成了“vatā”。显示巴利原文
Kandanti nanti matapurisaṃ uddissa tassa guṇe kittentā kandanaṃ karonti. Aho vatā no amarāti cāhūti aho vata amhākaṃ ñātī amarā siyunti ca kathenti, gāthāsukhatthañhettha vatā-iti dīghaṃ katvā vuttaṃ.
“他被矛刺穿而燃烧”是说那死去的众生,被火葬者用矛刺穿,以令其充分焚烧。“庇护”即能作救护者。显示巴利原文
So ḍayhati sūlehi tujjamānoti so matasatto chavaḍāhakehi sammā jhāpetuṃ sūlehi tujjamāno. Tāṇāti parittāṇakarā.
“依何业”是指随其所造之业。“财”指一切应当珍视之物。而此处的“财”特指金银,也就是金钱。显示巴利原文
Yenakammanti yathākammaṃ. Dhananti dhanāyitabbaṃ yaṃkiñci vatthu. Puna dhananti hiraññasuvaṇṇaṃ sandhāya vadati.
通过“命不长久”等偈颂,阐明了五欲无法抵御衰老;为显示五欲的必然性,又说“实是微小”等语。此处“受触”是指遭受不可意的触、碰到不可意的触,以此表明贫富等差别并非原因。“愚者与智者同受触之侵袭”:正如愚者领受可意与不可意之触,智者同样领受可意与不可意之触,在这一点上,愚者与智者毫无差别。然而差别在于:愚者因愚痴而如同被击倒般瘫卧。也就是说,愚者一旦被某种苦法所触,便忧愁、苦恼、捶胸痛哭,由于愚痴,他如同被击打、被折磨般瘫卧昏睡。他辗转反侧,纠结挣扎,因触所触而战栗。而智者、具慧者,虽遭苦触,却不战栗,毫无动摇。显示巴利原文
‘‘Na dīghamāyu’’ntiādinā kāmaguṇassa jarāya ca paṭikārābhāvaṃ vatvā puna tassa ekantikabhāvaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘appaṃ hī’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Phusantīti aniṭṭhaphassaṃ phusanti pāpuṇanti, tattha aḍḍhadaliddatā akāraṇanti dasseti. Phassaṃ bālo ca dhīro ca tatheva phuṭṭhoti yathā bālo iṭṭhāniṭṭhasamphassaṃ phuṭṭho, tatheva dhīro iṭṭhāniṭṭhaphassaṃ phuṭṭho hoti, na ettha bālapaṇḍitānaṃ koci viseso. Ayaṃ pana viseso, bālo hi bālyā vadhitova setīti bālapuggalo kenaci dukkhadhammena phuṭṭho socanto kilamanto urattāḷiṃ kandanto bālabhāvena vadhito pīḷitova hutvā seti sayati. Ito cito ca āvaṭṭanto vivaṭṭanto virodhento vedhati phassaphuṭṭhoti dhīro pana paṇḍito dukkhasamphassena samphuṭṭho na vedhati kampanamattampi tassa na hotīti.
“因此”——由于愚者与智者对于世间法有如此的运作方式,所以慧确实比财富更殊胜,依靠慧,于此世便能达到究竟。“慧比财富更可赞叹”,即由此慧能达到究竟,也就是有的灭尽——涅槃。“未达究竟”指未达到最终目标。“于有有中”是指于种种大大小小的有之中。显示巴利原文
Tasmāti yasmā bālapaṇḍitānaṃ lokadhamme edisī pavatti, tasmā hi paññāva dhanena seyyā, yāya vosānamidhādhigacchatīti paññāva dhanato pāsaṃsatarā, yāya paññāya vosānaṃ bhavassa pariyosānabhūtaṃ nibbānaṃ adhigacchati. Abyositattā hīti anadhigataniṭṭhattā. Bhavābhavesūti mahantāmahantesu bhavesu.
"他进入母胎及其他世间,辗转轮回,相续不断"的意思是:那个造作恶业之后,便一再相续地投入轮回,进入母胎及其他世间——也就是因入胎而卧眠,因投生他世而出生——而无法解脱的造恶补特伽罗,他的这种作为,若有其他无智的愚人相信"有我",并企求成就,也同样会照着做,之后便进入母胎和其他世间,无法从那里解脱。显示巴利原文
Upeti gabbhañca parañca lokaṃ, saṃsāramāpajja paramparāyāti yo pāpāni katvā aparāparaṃ saṃsaraṇamāpajjitvā upeti gabbhañca parañca lokaṃ gabbhaseyyāya paralokuppattiyā ca na muccati, tassa pāpakammakārino puggalassa kiriyaṃ abhisaddahanto ‘‘attā ca me hotī’’ti pattiyāyanto aññopi appapañño bālo yathā paṭipajjitvā upeti gabbhañca parañca lokaṃ, na tato parimuccati.
"正如盗贼":好像一个恶行的盗贼,正在凿穿屋墙时,于墙洞处被守卫抓获。因其自身破墙行窃的恶业为因缘,他便遭受国王属下以鞭杖等刑具的鞭打、伤害与捆绑。同样的道理,"众生也是如此":这个有情世间,在此生造作恶业,死后到了他世,便会因那个恶业,在地狱等处遭受打击,并以五种束缚等而受伤害。显示巴利原文
Coro yathāti yathā coro pāpadhammo gharasandhiṃ chindanto sandhimukhe ārakkhakapurisehi gahito sakammunā tena attano sandhicchedakammunā kāraṇabhūtena kasādīhi tāḷanādivasena haññati rājapurisehi bādhiyyati bajjhati ca. Evaṃ pajāti evamayaṃ sattaloko idha pāpāni karitvā pecca patvā tena kammunā paramhi loke nirayādīsu haññati, pañcavidhabandhanakammakāraṇādivasena bādhiyyati.
如此,以这十一首偈颂随宜阐明了四项法的纲要后,现在,为了说明自己因见到欲与轮回中的过患,出于信心而出家,以及出家所应作之事已达究竟,长老便说了"kāmā hī"等语。其中,"kāmā"(欲)指事欲,即令人喜爱的色等法;烦恼欲则指一切贪欲的种类。但在此处,应理解为事欲。因为这些欲以色等种种方式呈现,所以是"种种的"(citrā)。由于它们依于世间的味著而显得可爱,所以是"甘甜的"(madhurā)。因为它们能取悦愚痴凡夫的心,所以是"令人愉悦的"(manoramā)。"Virūparūpena"(以种种形色):就是以各种不同的形色,意思是具有种种不同的性质。这些欲以色等为种种,又以青等颜色而显现各种形色。就这样,它们以那种种形色,一再展现乐味,搅动内心,不让心在出家中获得喜悦——由此,我见到五欲功德中具有少乐、多苦等过患,便由此过患之相而出家。如同树上的果实,不论成熟与否,无论在何处,都会因外力或自身原因而掉落;同样地,众生无论年少还是年老,由于身体的坏灭,都必定会坠落。见到此显示巴利原文
Evametāhi ekādasahi gāthāhi yathārahaṃ cattāro dhammuddese pakāsetvā idāni kāmesu saṃsāre ca ādīnavaṃ disvā saddhāya attano pabbajitabhāvaṃ pabbajitakiccassa ca matthakappattiṃ vibhāvento ‘‘kāmā hī’’tiādimāha. Tattha kāmāti vatthukāmā manāpiyā rūpādayo dhammā, kilesakāmā sabbepi rāgappabhedā. Idha pana vatthukāmā veditabbā. Te hi rūpādivasena anekappakāratāya citrā. Lokassādavasena iṭṭhākāratāya madhurā. Bālaputhujjanānaṃ manaṃ ramentīti manoramā. Virūparūpenāti vividharūpena, anekavidhasabhāvenāti attho. Te hi rūpādivasena citrā, nīlādivasena vividharūpā. Evaṃ tena virūparūpena tathā tathā assādaṃ dassetvā mathenti cittaṃ pabbajjāya abhiramituṃ na dentīti iminā appassādabahudukkhatādinā ādīnavaṃ kāmaguṇesu disvā tasmā taṃnimittaṃ ahaṃ pabbajito amhi. Dumapphalāni pakkakāle aparipakkakāle ca yattha katthaci parūpakkamato sarasato vā patanti, evaṃ sattā daharā ca vuḍḍhā ca sarīrassa bhedā patantiyeva. Etampi disvāti evaṃ aniccatampi paññācakkhunā disvā, na kevalaṃ appassādatāditāya ādīnavamevāti adhippāyo. Apaṇṇakanti aviraddhanakaṃ sāmaññameva samaṇabhāvova seyyo uttaritaro.
“以信”(saddhāya):即深信业、业果、佛陀的善觉、正法的善法性与僧团的善行道。“入胜者教”(upetojinasāsane):即入于导师教法中,行于正道。我之出家非徒劳,因已证得阿拉汉果。是故,我无债而受用食物,因已无烦恼,得为真正主人,以主人受用而行受用。显示巴利原文
Saddhāyāti kammaṃ kammaphalaṃ buddhasubuddhataṃ dhammasudhammataṃ saṅghasuppaṭipattiñca saddahitvā. Upetojinasāsaneti satthu sāsane sammāpaṭipattiṃ upagato. Avañjhā mayhaṃ pabbajjā arahattassa adhigatattā. Tato eva anaṇo bhuñjāmi bhojanaṃ nikkilesavasena sāmibhāvato sāmiparibhogena paribhuñjanato.
“见欲如火燃”(kāme ādittato disvā):即见事欲与烦恼欲,犹如被十一种火所燃烧。“见黄金如刀”(jātarūpāni satthato):一切已作、未作之金器,因招致无义之害,故如利刃。“从入胎即是苦”(gabbhavokkantito dukkhaṃ):从入胎开始,一切轮回流转皆苦。“地狱中大怖畏”(nirayesu mahabbhayaṃ):即八大地狱中所受之大恐怖。此是从一切处见,应如此连贯而解。显示巴利原文
Kāme ādittato disvāti vatthukāme kilesakāme ca ekādasahi aggīhi ādittabhāvato disvā. Jātarūpāni satthatoti katākatappabhedā sabbasuvaṇṇavikatiyo anatthāvahatāya nisitasatthato. Gabbhavokkantito dukkhanti gabbhavokkantito paṭṭhāya sabbasaṃsārapavattidukkhaṃ. Nirayesu mahabbhayanti saussadesu aṭṭhasu mahānirayesu labbhamānaṃ mahābhayañca sabbattha disvāti yojanā.
“知此过患”(etamādīnavaṃ ñatvā):即了知欲之炽燃等相,及轮回中的过患与过失。“彼时我得悚惧”(saṃvegaṃ alabhiṃ tadā):即于彼时,亲在导师前听闻正法,对“有”等生起悚惧。“彼时寂静、被刺穿”(viddho tadā santo):往昔居家时,被贪欲等箭所刺,而今依止导师教法,已达漏尽;或“被刺穿”即指通达四圣谛,亦即“paṭividdha”。余文,因中间章节已说,故易解。显示巴利原文
Etamādīnavaṃ ñatvāti etaṃ kāmānaṃ ādittatādiṃ saṃsāre ādīnavaṃ dosaṃ ñatvā. Saṃvegaṃ alabhiṃ tadāti tasmiṃ satthu santike dhammassa sutakāle bhavādike saṃvegaṃ alatthaṃ. Viddho tadā santoti tasmiṃ gahaṭṭhakāle rāgasallādīhi viddho samāno idāni satthu sāsanaṃ āgamma sampatto āsavakkhayaṃ, viddho vā cattāri saccāni, paṭividdhoti attho. Sesaṃ antarantarādīsu vuttattā suviññeyyameva.
如此,长老为俱卢王说法已,便回到导师处。后来,导师坐于圣众之中时,将这位长老安立为“依信出家者”之首。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ thero rañño korabyassa dhammaṃ desetvā satthu santikameva gato. Satthā ca aparabhāge ariyagaṇamajjhe nisinno theraṃ saddhāpabbajitānaṃ aggaṭṭhāne ṭhapesīti.
5. 摩罗迦子长老偈颂注疏显示巴利原文
5. Mālukyaputtattheragāthāvaṇṇanā
“见色已,失念……”等,为具寿摩罗迦子所说之偈。此具寿的本事已如前《六集》中所述。然他们偈颂乃长老证得阿拉汉后,为诸亲属说法时而说。而此处,是彼于凡夫位时向世尊请求:“萨度!尊者,愿世尊为我说略要之法。”世尊乃问:“摩罗迦子,于汝意云何?于他们眼所识知之色——汝所未曾见、未曾见、今不见、亦不作意‘我将见’者,汝于他们有欲、贪、爱耶?”“无有,尊者。”“于耳所识知之声……鼻所识知之香……舌所识知之味……身所识知之触……意所识知之法——汝所未曾识知、未曾识知、今不识知、亦不作意‘我将识知’者,汝于他们有欲、贪、爱耶?”“无有,尊者。”“摩罗迦子,于此,于所见唯是见,于所闻唯是闻,于所觉唯是觉,于所识唯是识。摩罗迦子,汝于所见唯是见,于所闻唯是闻,于所觉唯是觉,于所识唯是识时,摩罗迦子,汝则不依于彼。汝不依于彼时,摩罗迦子,汝则不在彼处。汝不在彼处时,摩罗迦子,显示巴利原文
Rūpaṃdisvā sati muṭṭhātiādikā āyasmato mālukyaputtassa gāthā. Imassa āyasmato vatthu heṭṭhā chakkanipāte (theragā. 399 ādayo) vuttameva. Tā pana gāthā therena arahatte patiṭṭhitena ñātīnaṃ dhammadesanāvasena bhāsitā. Idha pana puthujjanakāle ‘‘sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā saṃkhittena dhammaṃ desetū’’ti yācitena satthārā ‘‘taṃ kiṃ maññasi, mālukyaputta, ye te cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā adiṭṭhā adiṭṭhapubbā, na ca passasi, na ca te hoti passeyyanti, atthi te tattha chando vā rāgo vā pemaṃ vā’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Ye te sotaviññeyyā saddā…pe… ghāna…jivhā…kāya…manoviññeyyā dhammā aviññātā aviññātapubbā, na ca vijānāsi, na ca te hoti vijāneyyanti, atthi te tattha chando vā rāgo vā pemaṃ vā’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Ettha ca te, mālukyaputta, diṭṭhasutamutaviññātabbesu dhammesu diṭṭhe diṭṭhamattaṃ bhavissati, sute sutamattaṃ, mute mutamattaṃ, viññāte viññātamattaṃ bhavissati. Yato kho te, mālukyaputta, diṭṭhasutamutaviññātabbesu dhammesu diṭṭhe diṭṭhamattaṃ, sute sutamattaṃ, mute mutamattaṃ, viññāte viññātamattaṃ bhavissati, tato tvaṃ, mālukyaputta, na tena. Yato tvaṃ, mālukyaputta, na tena, tato tvaṃ, mālukyaputta, na tattha. Yato tvaṃ, mālukyaputta, na tattha, tato tvaṃ, mālukyaputta, nevidha na huraṃ na ubhayamantarena, esevanto dukkhassā’’ti (saṃ. ni. 4.95). Saṃkhittena dhamme desite tassa dhammassa sādhukaṃ uggahitabhāvaṃ pakāsentena –
眼见色已,失失正念,而作意于可爱相;
心被染着而感受,并紧紧执取于彼。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Rūpaṃ disvā sati muṭṭhā, piyaṃ nimittaṃ manasi karoto; Sārattacitto vedeti, tañca ajjhosa tiṭṭhati.
由色所生的诸感受,于他增长,种种不一;
贪欲与害心,令他的心遭到损害;
如此积苦者,便说为远离涅槃。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Tassa vaḍḍhanti vedanā, anekā rūpasambhavā; Abhijjhā ca vihesā ca, cittamassūpahaññati; Evamācinato dukkhaṃ, ārā nibbāna vuccati.
听到声音后,失念之人将心投向‘可爱相’;
他心生贪染,感受此声,并深深执着不舍。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Saddaṃ sutvā sati muṭṭhā, piyaṃ nimittaṃ manasi karoto; Sārattacitto vedeti, tañca ajjhosa tiṭṭhati.
他的种种由声音而生的感受不断增长;
贪欲与害心,便会损害他的心;
如此累积,即名为苦,离涅槃甚远。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Tassa vaḍḍhanti vedanā, anekā saddasambhavā; Abhijjhā ca vihesā ca, cittamassūpahaññati; Evamācinato dukkhaṃ, ārā nibbāna vuccati.
“嗅着香气而失正念”:即闻到气味后,正念忘失;“于可爱相作意时”:即对那可爱的相(nimitta)加以作意。
「心染着者感受它」:以染着之心感受那香气;「且对此深生执取」:并对此深生执取、黏着不放。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Gandhaṃ ghatvā sati muṭṭhā, piyaṃ nimittaṃ manasi karoto; Sārattacitto vedeti, tañca ajjhosa tiṭṭhati.
「他的种种受增长」:此人的种种感受随之增长;「从香所生诸多受」:即由香气所生的种种感受。
“贪欲与害心”:即贪欲和想要伤害之心;“其心遭损伤”:他的心由此受到损害。
“如是积集者”:像这样不断积聚烦恼的人;“离涅槃遥远,是名苦”:他远离涅槃,故称为苦。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Tassa vaḍḍhanti vedanā, anekā gandhasambhavā; Abhijjhā ca vihesā ca, cittamassūpahaññati; Evamācinato dukkhaṃ, ārā nibbāna vuccati.
「尝到味后失念」:尝到味道后,正念忘失;「对可爱相作意时」:对那可爱的「相」予以关注时。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Rasaṃ bhotvā sati muṭṭhā, piyaṃ nimittaṃ manasi karoto; Sārattacitto vedeti, tañca ajjhosa tiṭṭhati.
他的种种「受」增长,这些是从「味」而生的诸多感受;
当「贪欲」与「害心」生起时,他的心便受到损伤;
像这样积集的人,苦便随之而来,这就称为远离涅槃。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Tassa vaḍḍhanti vedanā, anekā rasasambhavā; Abhijjhā ca vihesā ca, cittamassūpahaññati; Evamācinato dukkhaṃ, ārā nibbāna vuccati.
「触被触及」:当触生起时,若忘失正念而作意于可爱相;
「心染着」者感受此触,且对其执着而住。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Phassaṃ phussa sati muṭṭhā, piyaṃ nimittaṃ manasi karoto; Sārattacitto vedeti, tañca ajjhosa tiṭṭhati.
贪欲(abhijjhā)和嗔害(vihesā)生起,他的心(cittam assa)就会因此受到损害(upahaññati)。
像这样积聚苦(dukkhaṃ)的人,就叫做远离涅槃(ārā nibbāna vuccati)。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Tassa vaḍḍhanti vedanā, anekā phassasambhavā; Abhijjhā ca vihesā ca, cittamassūpahaññati; Evamācinato dukkhaṃ, ārā nibbāna vuccati.
「了知法(dhammaṃ ñatvā)」:当正念已经忘失(sati muṭṭhā),却对可爱的相(piyaṃ nimittaṃ)加以作意(manasi karoto)时;
他的心因为染着(sārattacitto),便感受(vedeti)到了这个法,而且就那样执着其上,滞留不离(tañca ajjhosa tiṭṭhati)。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Dhammaṃ ñatvā sati muṭṭhā, piyaṃ nimittaṃ manasi karoto; Sārattacitto vedeti, tañca ajjhosa tiṭṭhati.
「Tassa」:对于他来说,各种感受(vedanā)增长,这些感受多种多样,都是从法(dhamma)中产生的。
「Abhijjhā」贪欲和「vihesā」恼害一旦生起,他的心(cittam assa)就会受到损害(upahaññati)。
「Evam ācinato dukkhaṃ」:像这样不断累积苦(dukkhaṃ)的人,就被称为远离涅槃(ārā nibbāna vuccati)。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Tassa vaḍḍhanti vedanā, anekā dhammasambhavā; Abhijjhā ca vihesā ca, cittamassūpahaññati; Evamācinato dukkhaṃ, ārā nibbāna vuccati.
「Na so rajjati rūpesu」:他对于诸色没有任何染着;「rūpaṃ disvā paṭissato」:具足正念者见到色之后。
「Virattacitto vedeti」:他以离欲的心去感受;「tañca nājjhosa tiṭṭhati」:并且对于那感受不执取、不贪着而安住。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Na so rajjati rūpesu, rūpaṃ disvā paṭissato; Virattacitto vedeti, tañca nājjhosa tiṭṭhati.
「Yathā assa passato rūpaṃ, sevato ca api vedanaṃ」:当他见到色(rūpaṃ),并且体验到感受(vedanaṃ)的时候,
他耗尽旧业而不积聚新业,如此正念而行。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yathāssa passato rūpaṃ, sevato cāpi vedanaṃ; Khīyati nopacīyati, evaṃ so caratī sato; Evaṃ apacinato dukkhaṃ, santike nibbāna vuccati.
‘‘Na so rajjati saddesu, saddaṃ sutvā paṭissato; Virattacitto vedeti, tañca nājjhosa tiṭṭhati.
当他听到声音、领受感受时,
他耗尽旧业而不积聚新业,如是正念而行。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yathāssa suṇato saddaṃ, sevato cāpi vedanaṃ; Khīyati nopacīyati, evaṃ so caratī sato; Evaṃ apacinato dukkhaṃ, santike nibbāna vuccati.
他于诸香不生贪染,嗅香之后保持正念;
他以离染之心感受,对那感受不执取而安住。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Na so rajjati gandhesu, gandhaṃ ghatvā paṭissato; Virattacitto vedeti, tañca nājjhosa tiṭṭhati.
如同他嗅‘香’时,以及感受‘受’时;
业已耗尽,不复增长,他即如此具念而行。
能这样损减诸苦的人,便称为“近于涅槃”,也就是趋近涅槃。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yathāssa ghāyato gandhaṃ, sevato cāpi vedanaṃ; Khīyati nopacīyati, evaṃ so caratī sato; Evaṃ apacinato dukkhaṃ, santike nibbāna vuccati.
他于诸味不贪著,尝味之后,安住正念;
他以离染之心觉知,对此不执取而住。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Na so rajjati rasesu, rasaṃ bhotvā paṭissato; Virattacitto vedeti, tañca nājjhosa tiṭṭhati.
正如他品尝味道、体验感受时,
业耗尽而不增长,他如此正念而行;
如此减损诸苦者,即说为邻近涅槃。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yathāssa sāyato rasaṃ, sevato cāpi vedanaṃ; Khīyati nopacīyati, evaṃ so caratī sato; Evaṃ apacinato dukkhaṃ, santike nibbāna vuccati.
他于诸触不起贪染,触触之时保持正念;
以离染之心去感受,于彼亦不耽著安住。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Na so rajjati phassesu, phassaṃ phussa paṭissato; Virattacitto vedeti, tañca nājjhosa tiṭṭhati.
正如他所触(phusato)之触,以及随之体验的受;
只是灭尽,不再积聚,他便这样具念而住;
如此「减损苦」(dukkha)的人,就被称为「接近涅槃」(nibbāna)。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yathāssa phusato phassaṃ, sevato cāpi vedanaṃ; Khīyati nopacīyati, evaṃ so caratī sato; Evaṃ apacinato dukkhaṃ, santike nibbāna vuccati.
彻知诸法已,具念者于法不染著;
心已离染而感受,却不执著其中。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Na so rajjati dhammesu, dhammaṃ ñatvā paṭissato; Virattacitto vedeti, tañca nājjhosa tiṭṭhati.
正如他了知法,以及随转的感受;
他灭尽而不积聚,如此具念而行;
如此损减众苦者,即说为邻近涅槃。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yathāssa vijānato dhammaṃ, sevato cāpi vedanaṃ; Khīyati nopacīyati, evaṃ so caratī sato; Evaṃ apacinato dukkhaṃ, santike nibbāna vuccatī’’ti. –
他宣说了这些偈颂。显示巴利原文
Imā gāthā abhāsi.
其中,「见色已」:通过眼门领受眼识所认知的色。「念失坏,作意于可爱的相」:当见到色时,若不保持念住,反而作意于净相,因执取净相而作意不如理,念便失坏。就这样,「心贪染而感受」:即心被贪所染,贪求、渴望、紧紧粘着于色所缘,而后领受、品尝、喜爱。「并且固持它」:进而以“快乐、快乐”的想法决意、沉溺、深固地执取色所缘,不肯放下。显示巴利原文
Tattha rūpaṃ disvāti cakkhuviññeyyaṃ rūpaṃ cakkhudvārena upalabhitvā. Sati muṭṭhā, piyaṃ nimittaṃ manasi karototi tasmiṃ rūpe diṭṭhamatte eva aṭṭhatvā subhanimittaṃ manasi karoto subhākāraggahaṇavasena ayoniso manasi karoto sati muṭṭhā hoti. Tathā ca sati sārattacitto vedeti taṃ rūpārammaṇaṃ ratto, giddho, gadhito hutvā anubhavati, assādeti, abhinandati. Tathābhūto ca tañca ajjhosa tiṭṭhatīti tañca rūpārammaṇaṃ ajjhosāya ‘‘sukhaṃ sukha’’nti abhinivissa gilitvā pariniṭṭhāpetvā tiṭṭhati.
「他的诸受增长,众多从色生起者」:对于这样的人,由色生起、以色为所缘的种种受——如乐受等,成为烦恼生起之因,不断增长。「贪欲与害意,其心为此所苦」:对于可意色,因爱著而生贪欲;对于不可意色,因嗔恚而生害意;又因可意色本身变易、成熟,而生起以忧等为特征的害意——此人的心便被这些所恼害、所逼迫。「如此积集者,苦……」:依上述方式,由对诸受的味著而积集有行之业,轮回之苦便流转不息。因此世尊说:「以受为缘,有爱……乃至……苦蕴集起。」(《分别论》225;《相应部·因缘相应》2.1)对于处于这种状态的人,涅槃被称为远、极远、遥远,意指对他而言难以获得。「闻声已」等偈颂的意义,也应依所说之理理解。其中,「嗅已」即嗅取;「尝已」即尝受;「触已」即触遇;「知法已」即了知法所缘。显示巴利原文
Tassa vaḍḍhanti vedanā, anekā rūpasambhavāti tassa evarūpassa puggalassa rūpasambhavā rūpārammaṇā sukhādibhedena anekā vedanā kilesuppattihetubhūtā vaḍḍhanti. Abhijjhā ca vihesā ca, cittamassūpahaññatīti piyarūpe sārajjanavasena uppajjamānāya abhijjhāya, apiyarūpe byāpajjanavasena piyarūpasseva vipariṇāmaññathābhāvāya uppajjamānāya sokādilakkhaṇāya vihesāya ca assa puggalassa cittaṃ upahaññati bādhīyati. Evamācinato dukkhanti vuttākārena taṃ taṃ vedanassādavasena bhavābhisaṅkhāraṃ ācinato vaṭṭadukkhaṃ pavattati. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘vedanāpaccayā taṇhā…pe… dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hotī’’ti (vibha. 225; saṃ. ni. 2.1). Tathābhūtassa ārā ārakā dūre nibbānaṃ vuccati, tassa taṃ dullabhanti attho. Saddaṃ sutvātiādigāthāsupi vuttanayeneva attho veditabbo. Tattha ghatvāti ghāyitvā. Bhotvāti sāyitvā. Phussāti phusitvā. Dhammaṃ ñatvāti dhammārammaṇaṃ vijānitvā.
如此,显示了于六门行境中贪染者的轮回之后,现在为显示于彼处离染者的还灭,而说「他不染著于诸色」等。其中,「他不染著于诸色,见色已而具念」:若有人见色后,以眼门识相续领纳现前之色所缘,因依四正知而行持,成为具念者,则于色所缘不染著,不生贪,唯以离染之心感受;如实了知色所缘由集起等法,因而厌离;厌离者,亦以离染之心感受于彼处生起之受;处于如此状态者,「不固持彼」:由于完全离染之心,不固持那色所缘,不以「这是我的,这是我,这是我的我」之爱、慢、见而执取。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ chadvāragocare sārajjantassa vaṭṭaṃ dassetvā idāni tattha virajjantassa vivaṭṭaṃ dassento ‘‘na so rajjati rūpesū’’tiādimāha. Tattha na so rajjati rūpesu, rūpaṃ disvā paṭissatoti yo puggalo rūpaṃ disvā āpāthagataṃ rūpārammaṇaṃ cakkhudvārikena viññāṇasantānena gahetvā catusampajaññavasena sampajānakāritāya paṭissato hoti, so rūpārammaṇesu na rajjati rāgaṃ na janeti, aññadatthu virattacitto vedeti, rūpārammaṇamhi samudayādito yathābhūtaṃ pajānanto nibbindati, nibbindanto taṃ tatthuppannavedanañca virattacitto vedeti, tathābhūto ca tañca najjhosa tiṭṭhatīti taṃ rūpārammaṇaṃ sammadeva virattacittatāya ajjhosāya na tiṭṭhati ‘‘etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’’ti taṇhāmānadiṭṭhivasena nābhinivisati.
「观色者」:谓那瑜伽行者,如其于彼处贪欲等不再现行那样,以无常等观察色。「并于受用中随受」:即缘彼而生起的受,以及与彼相应的诸法,因行境受用而随顺受用。「被灭尽」:一切烦恼轮转皆悉灭尽、穷尽无余。「不复积集」:不再积集,不走向积聚。「彼如是行,具念而住」:即依此去除烦恼之道,具念、正知而行、而住。「如此损减者,苦便……」:依所说之理,以趣向损减之道慧,损减一切轮回之苦者。「便说涅槃为近」:即说此为有余依、无余依涅槃界之近处,因已现证无为界。于「他不染著于诸声」等处,其义亦应依此理来理解。显示巴利原文
Yathāssa passato rūpanti assa yogino yathā tattha abhijjhādayo nappavattanti, evaṃ aniccādito rūpaṃ passantassa. Sevato cāpi vedananti taṃ ārabbha uppannaṃ vedanaṃ taṃsampayuttadhamme ca gocarasevanāya sevato cāpi. Khīyatīti sabbaṃ kilesavaṭṭaṃ parikkhayaṃ pariyādānaṃ gacchati. Nopacīyatīti na upaciyati na ācayaṃ gacchati. Evaṃ so caratī satoti evaṃ kilesāpanayanapaṭipattiyā sato sampajāno hutvā carati, viharati. Evaṃ apacinato dukkhanti vuttanayena apacayagāminiyā maggapaññāya sakalaṃ vaṭṭadukkhaṃ apacinantassa. Santike nibbāna vuccatīti saupādisesaanupādisesanibbānadhātusamīpe evāti vuccati asaṅkhatāya dhātuyā sacchikatattā. Na so rajjati saddesūtiādīsupi imināva nayena attho veditabbo.
如是,长老以此诸偈阐明了自身已善持大师教诫之义,即从座而起,礼敬大师后离去。未久,他便增长毗婆舍那,证得阿拉汉果。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ thero imāhi gāthāhi satthu ovādassa attanā upadhāritabhāvaṃ pavedetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā satthāraṃ vanditvā gato nacirasseva vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhetvā arahattaṃ pāpuṇīti.
六、施罗长老偈颂注释显示巴利原文
6. Selattheragāthāvaṇṇanā
“圆具身相”等偈颂,是具寿施罗长老之偈。其缘起为何?据说,此长老于莲花上佛之时,生于良家,及至成年,便成为三百人之首。他劝勉这三百人,一同为世尊建造香室。香室告竣之后,对世尊为首的比丘僧众大行布施,并以三衣供养世尊与诸比丘。藉此功德业,于整整一佛间隔期间,唯于天界受生,从那里死后,又流转于人间天界。至现在佛出世时,投生于上鸯伽国一处名为阿波那的婆罗门村中的婆罗门家,取名施罗。他长大后,精通三吠陀及各项婆罗门技艺,教导三百青年学童咒术,居于阿波那。其时,世尊与一千二百五十位比丘从舍卫城出发,于上鸯伽国游化,见施罗及其弟子们慧根成熟,便安住于某处丛林。那时,一位名叫肯尼耶的结发外道闻世尊至,便前往其处,邀请世尊与比丘僧团明日应供,并于自己的净修林中备办了丰盛的嚼食与啖食。当时,施罗婆罗门正与三百青年一同漫步经行,进入肯尼耶的净修林,见结发外道正在劈柴、生火,准备种种布施之物,便问:“肯尼耶,所为何事?莫非在筹办大祭祀?”等语。肯尼耶便告知他:“佛陀世尊……”显示巴利原文
Paripuṇṇakāyotiādikā āyasmato selattherassa gāthā. Kā uppatti? Ayaṃ kira padumuttarabhagavato kāle kulagehe nibbattitvā viññutaṃ patto gaṇapāmokkho hutvā tīṇi purisasatāni samādapetvā tehi saddhiṃ satthu gandhakuṭiṃ kāretvā katapariyositāya gandhakuṭiyā sabhikkhusaṅghassa bhagavato mahādānaṃ pavattetvā satthāraṃ bhikkhū ca ticīvarena acchādesi. So tena puññakammena ekaṃ buddhantaraṃ devaloke eva vasitvā tato cuto devamanussesu saṃsaranto imasmiṃ buddhuppāde aṅguttarāpesu āpaṇe nāma brāhmaṇagāme brāhmaṇakule nibbattitvā seloti laddhanāmo ahosi. So vayappatto tīsu vedesu, brāhmaṇasippesu ca nipphattiṃ gantvā tīṇi māṇavakasatāni mante vācento āpaṇe paṭivasati. Tena ca samayena satthā sāvatthito nikkhamitvā aḍḍhateḷasahi bhikkhusatehi saddhiṃ aṅguttarāpesu cārikaṃ caranto selassa, antevāsikānañca ñāṇaparipākaṃ disvā aññatarasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe viharati. Atha keṇiyo nāma jaṭilo satthu āgamanaṃ sutvā tattha gantvā saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena satthāraṃ svātanāya nimantetvā sake assame pahūtaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyādeti. Tasmiñca samaye selo brāhmaṇo saddhiṃ tīhi māṇavakasatehi jaṅghāvihāraṃ anuvicaranto keṇiyassa assamaṃ pavisitvā jaṭile kaṭṭhaphālanuddhanasampādanādinā dānūpakaraṇaṃ sajjente disvā, ‘‘kiṃ nu kho te, keṇiya, mahāyañño paccupaṭṭhito’’tiādiṃ pucchitvā tena ‘‘buddho bhagavā mayā svātanāya nimantito’’ti vutte ‘‘buddho’’ti vacanaṃ sutvāva haṭṭho udaggo pītisomanassajāto tāvadeva māṇavakehi saddhiṃ satthāraṃ upasaṅkamitvā katapaṭisanthāro ekamantaṃ nisinno bhagavato kāye bāttiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇāni disvā ‘‘imehi lakkhaṇehi samannāgato rājā vā hoti cakkavattī, buddho vā loke vivaṭṭacchado, ayaṃ pana pabbajito, no ca kho naṃ jānāmi ‘buddho vā, no vā’, sutaṃ kho pana metaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ vuddhānaṃ mahallakānaṃ ācariyapācariyānaṃ bhāsamānānaṃ ‘ye te bhavanti arahanto sammāsambuddhā , te sake vaṇṇe bhaññamāne attānaṃ pātukarontī’ti asammāsambuddho hi sammukhe ṭhatvā buddhaguṇehi abhitthavīyamāno sārajjati maṅkubhāvaṃ āpajjati avesārajjappattatāya ananuyogakkhamattā, yaṃnūnāhaṃ samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ sammukhā sāruppāhi gāthāhi abhitthaveyya’’nti evaṃ pana cintetvā –
便诵出此偈:“身体圆满,容光闪耀,善生端严,面相殊妙……”
世尊!您身呈金色,齿白无瑕,精进具足。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Paripuṇṇakāyo suruci, sujāto cārudassano; Suvaṇṇavaṇṇosi bhagavā, susukkadāṭhosi vīriyavā.
善生之人所具的一切相,
所有这些大人相,于您身上悉皆具足。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Narassa hi sujātassa, ye bhavanti viyañjanā; Sabbe te tava kāyasmiṃ, mahāpurisalakkhaṇā.
您的眼目明净,面容美好,身躯广大端直,具足光辉;
在沙门僧众之中,您犹如太阳般照耀。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Pasannanetto sumukho, brahā uju patāpavā; Majjhe samaṇasaṅghassa, ādiccova virocasi.
善见比丘,身色如金:
你既有如此殊胜的容貌,为何还要作沙门?
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kalyāṇadassano bhikkhu, kañcanasannibhattaco; Kiṃ te samaṇabhāvena, evaṃ uttamavaṇṇino.
你当成为国王,转轮王、车乘之主;
征服四方,为阎浮洲之主。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Rājā arahasi bhavituṃ, cakkavattī rathesabho; Cāturanto vijitāvī, jambusaṇḍassa issaro.
刹帝利、富有的国王们,都将成为您的臣属;
王中之王、人主,请统治王国吧,乔达摩!——
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Khattiyā bhogī rājāno, anuyantā bhavanti te; Rājābhirājā manujindo, rajjaṃ kārehi gotamā’’ti. –
他以六首偈颂赞颂世尊。显示巴利原文
Chahi gāthāhi bhagavantaṃ abhitthavi.
其中,“身圆满”是说:由于三十二大人相的圆满及诸肢节无缺,故为身圆满。“妙光”是说:身光殊妙。“善生”是说:因具足高宽之量与形相之成就,而身得善生。“美丽可观”是说:即便长久注视亦不感满足,无有厌逆,令人愉悦可爱,其容颜正是美丽可观。也有人说“美丽可观”是指美目。“金色”是说:肤色有如黄金。句中“你是”(asi)一词,应当与“身圆满”等全部短语联结而解。“善白牙”是说:牙齿极为洁白,因为世尊的牙齿放出如月光般的白色光芒。“具精进”是说:由精进巴拉密的圆满、具足四支的精进抉择,以及四种正勤的成就,而特别具足精进。显示巴利原文
Tattha paripuṇṇakāyoti abhibyattarūpānaṃ dvattiṃsāya mahāpurisalakkhaṇānaṃ paripuṇṇatāya ahīnaṅgapaccaṅgatāya ca paripuṇṇasarīro. Surucīti sundarasarīrappabho. Sujātoti ārohapariṇāhasampattiyā, saṇṭhānasampattiyā ca sunibbatto. Cārudassanoti sucirampi passantānaṃ atittijanakaṃ appaṭikkūlaṃ ramaṇīyaṃ cāru eva dassanaṃ assāti cārudassano. Keci panāhu ‘‘cārudassanoti sundaranetto’’ti. Suvaṇṇavaṇṇoti suvaṇṇasadisavaṇṇo. Asīti bhavasi, idaṃ padaṃ ‘‘paripuṇṇakāyo asī’’tiādinā sabbapadehi yojetabbaṃ. Susukkadāṭhoti suṭṭhu sukkadāṭho. Bhagavato hi dāṭhāhi candakiraṇā viya dhavalarasmiyo niccharanti. Vīriyavāti vīriyapāramīpāripūriyā caturaṅgasamannāgatavīriyādhiṭṭhānato catubbidhassa sammappadhānassa sampattiyā ca atisayayutto.
“善生之人”是说:因圆满了三十种波罗蜜,或因圆满了圣转轮王之行,而得真正善生的人,也就是大人。“所有那些”是说:那些标示着大人之性、世间最上人之位,而被称为“相”——即善安立足等三十二大人相,以及被称为“随形好”——即铜色指甲、圆润指甲等八十随形好的这一切色身功德,它们无所遗漏,都存在于你的身体中——这是补充说明的意思。显示巴利原文
Narassa hi sujātassāti samatiṃsāya pāramīnaṃ, ariyassa vā cakkavattīvattassa paripūritattā suṭṭhu sammadeva jātassa narassa, mahāpurisassāti attho. Sabbe teti ye mahāpurisabhāvaṃ loke aggapuggalabhāvaṃ byañjayantīti byañjanāti laddhavohārasuppatiṭṭhitapādatādibāttiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇasaṅkhātā tambanakhatuṅganakhatādiasītianubyañjanasaṅkhātā ca rūpaguṇā, te anavasesā, tava kāyasmiṃ santīti vacanaseso.
「大人相」即前文已述之诸相,此处只是换一种表述方式,予以总结重述。显示巴利原文
Mahāpurisalakkhaṇāti pubbe vuttabyañjanāneva vacanantarena nigamento āha.
接着,他从那些相中选取自己所喜爱的相来赞颂世尊,因而说出「眼净」等语。世尊因五种净色之成就而眼净;因面容犹如满月轮而妙面;因身高与体围之成就而魁伟;因上身端正如梵天而正直;因具足光辉而显赫。显示巴利原文
Idāni tesu lakkhaṇesu attanā abhirucitehi lakkhaṇehi bhagavantaṃ thomento ‘‘pasannanetto’’tiādimāha. Bhagavā hi pañca vaṇṇapasādasampattiyā pasannanetto. Paripuṇṇacandamaṇḍalasadisamukhatāya sumukho. Ārohapariṇāhasampattiyā brahā. Brahmujugattatāya uju. Jutimantatāya patāpavā.
接下来,为以太阳为喻阐明这种显赫,而说出「于沙门僧伽中」等语。其中,「照耀如同太阳」是指:犹如太阳升起时,驱散一切黑暗,放出光明而照耀;同样地,你也驱散内在与外在的一切无明黑暗,放出智慧光明而照耀。显示巴利原文
Idāni tameva patāpavantataṃ ādiccūpamāya vibhāvento ‘‘majjhe samaṇasaṅghassā’’tiādimāha. Tattha ādiccova virocasīti yathā ādicco uggacchanto sabbaṃ tamagataṃ vidhametvā ālokaṃ karonto virocati, evaṃ tvampi anto ceva bahi ca sabbaṃ avijjātamaṃ viddhaṃsetvā ñāṇālokaṃ karonto virocasi.
“美善可观”指:由于他能显现身体各部所具足的种种相好,又因具足五种美善的观见,故称美善可观。“最胜色者”指:具有最殊胜容貌的人。显示巴利原文
Dassanīyarūpatāya aṅgīgatānaṃ dassanasampattīnaṃ āvahanato, kalyāṇehi pañcahi dassanehi samannāgatattā ca kalyāṇadassano. Uttamavaṇṇinoti uttamavaṇṇasampannassa.
“转轮王”指:他转动轮宝;或以四种成就之轮运转,并以此带动他人。因他具有为利他而行的威仪轮,故称转轮王。又或者,由于具足四种稀有法与四摄事,拥有不为他人所征服的敕令之轮,也称转轮王。“车乘之雄”指:御者中最卓越的雄杰,即大车乘士。“四方之王”指:统治以四海为界的整个大地者。“征服者”指:战胜一切而获胜者。“赡部洲洲”指:赡部洲,此处称赡部洲,是为彰显其统治之显赫;而实际上转轮王乃是包摄小洲在内的四大洲之主。显示巴利原文
Cakkavattīti cakkaratanaṃ vatteti, catūhi sampatticakkehi vatteti, tehi ca pare vatteti. Parahitāya iriyāpathacakkānaṃ vatto etasmiṃ atthīti cakkavattī. Atha vā catūhi acchariyadhammehi ca saṅgahavatthūhi ca samannāgamena parehi anabhibhavanīyassa āṇācakkassa vatto etasmiṃ atthītipi cakkavattī. Rathesabhoti rathikesu ājānīyausabhapuriso, mahārathikoti attho. Cāturantoti catusamuddantāya pathaviyā issaro. Vijitāvīti vijitavijayo. Jambusaṇḍassāti jambudīpassa, pākaṭena hi issariyāni dassento evamāha. Cakkavattī pana saparittadīpānaṃ catunnampi mahādīpānaṃ issarova.
“刹帝利”指:生于刹帝利种姓之人。“拥有受用者”指:拥有财富者。“诸王”指:一切治理国土者。“随从”指:追随服侍的从者。“王中之王”指:受诸王恭敬的王,即转轮王。“人主”指:人类之主,人中最高的主宰。显示巴利原文
Khattiyāti jātikhattiyā. Bhogīti bhogiyā. Rājānoti ye keci rajjaṃ kārentā. Anuyantāti anugāmino sevakā. Rājābhirājāti rājūnaṃ pūjanīyo rājā hutvā, cakkavattīti adhippāyo. Manujindoti manussādhipati, manussānaṃ paramissaroti attho.
当施罗这样说后,世尊心想:“那些阿拉汉、正自觉者,在自身的功德被称扬时,便会显现自己。”为圆满施罗的这一心愿,——显示巴利原文
Evaṃ selena vutte bhagavā ‘‘ye te bhavanti arahanto sammāsambuddhā, te sake vaṇṇe bhaññamāne attānaṃ pātukarontī’’ti imaṃ selassa manorathaṃ pūrento –
824 「世人」:指生而具有善德之人;也指那些已修习波罗蜜多者;又指这位圣者曾为转轮王时,福德圆满,得以善生为世人,也就是伟大的人物。「一切」:所说伟大品格的种种特征,即在世间能引导众生的、宿世尊者者所具的种种特质,内含众多标志;若详加解说,则有如钝角、鱼钩形、钩爪等不同形状的痕迹之相,这些相皆具足形状与性质,在您身上无一缺失,恒常存在。这是语言的表达方式。显示巴利原文
824.
“施罗,我是王,”世尊说,“是无上的法王;
我依正法转动法轮,此轮不可退转。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Rājāhamasmi sela, (selāti bhagavā) dhammarājā anuttaro; Dhammena cakkaṃ vattemi, cakkaṃ appaṭivattiya’’nti. – imaṃ gāthamāha;
此处的意涵是:施罗,你向我请求:“你应成为转轮王。”对此,你无需生起欲求。我是王,但我虽具有王号,却不像其他国王那样——有的统治一百由旬,有的统治二、三、四、五百由旬,即使是转轮王,也仅以四大洲为边界——我的境界并非如此局限。因为我是无上的法王,以有顶天为上限、无间地狱为下限,横向遍及无量的世界领域而施行教导。对于无足等各类众生,我是他们之中的最上者。因为在戒……乃至解脱智见等功德方面,没有任何人与我相等,更何况更上?如此,作为无上的法王,我以那无上的、由四念处等菩提分法所构成的法,转动法轮——即通过“你们应当断除此,你们应当具足彼而安住”等方式的教敕之轮;或者,以“诸比丘,此是苦圣谛……”等教法,此即法轮本身。“不退转之轮”意谓:此轮是任何沙门……乃至世间任何一人,都无法使之退转的。显示巴利原文
Tatrāyaṃ adhippāyo – yaṃ maṃ tvaṃ, sela, yācasi, ‘‘rājā arahasi bhavituṃ cakkavattī’’ti, ettha appossukko hohi, rājāhamasmi, sati ca rājatte yathā añño rājā samānopi yojanasataṃ vā anusāsati, dve tīṇi cattāri pañca yojanasatāni vā yojanasahassaṃ vā cakkavattī hutvāpi catudīpapariyantamattaṃ vā, nāhamevaṃ paricchinnavisayo. Ahañhi dhammarājā anuttaro bhavaggato avīcipariyantaṃ katvā tiriyaṃ aparimeyyalokadhātuyo anusāsāmi. Yāvatā hi apadādibhedā sattā, ahaṃ tesaṃ aggo. Na hi me koci sīlena vā…pe… vimuttiñāṇadassanena vā sadiso natthi, kuto bhiyyo. Svāhaṃ evaṃ dhammarājā anuttaro, anuttareneva catusatipaṭṭhānādibhedabodhipakkhiyasaṅkhātena dhammena cakkaṃ vattemi, ‘‘idaṃ pajahatha, idaṃ upasampajja viharathā’’tiādinā āṇācakkaṃ. ‘‘Idaṃ kho pana, bhikkhave, dukkhaṃ ariyasacca’’ntiādinā (mahāva. 14; saṃ. ni. 5.1081) pariyattidhammena dhammacakkameva vā. Cakkaṃ appaṭivattiyanti yaṃ cakkaṃ appaṭivattiyaṃ hoti samaṇena vā…pe… kenaci vā lokasminti.
施罗见到世尊如此示现自己,心中生起喜悦,为了进一步确认,他——显示巴利原文
Evaṃ attānamāvikarontaṃ bhagavantaṃ disvā pītisomanassajāto selo puna daḷhīkaraṇatthaṃ –
“你自称是正自觉者,是无上的法王。”塞罗婆罗门这样说道。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sambuddho paṭijānāsi, (iti selo brāhmaṇo) dhammarājā anuttaro; Dhammena cakkaṃ vattemi, iti bhāsatha gotama.
“谁追随您,继续转动您所转起的法轮?”如此说了这两首偈颂。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ko nu senāpati bhoto, sāvako satthuranvayo; Ko tetamanuvatteti, dhammacakkaṃ pavattita’’nti. – gāthādvayamāha;
「谁是将军」(ko nu senāpatī)指:他向法王——那位依正法转起法轮的世尊——提问:谁能跟随转动这法轮,那位将军是谁?显示巴利原文
Tattha ko nu senāpatīti dhammarañño bhoto dhammena pavattitassa cakkassa anupavattanako senāpati ko nūti pucchi.
那时,尊者舍利弗坐在世尊的右侧,宛如一堆黄金,闪耀着光辉。世尊为指明他,而说:显示巴利原文
Tena ca samayena bhagavato dakkhiṇapasse āyasmā sāriputto nisinno hoti, suvaṇṇapuñjo viya siriyā sobhamāno. Taṃ dassento bhagavā –
“我所转动的轮,塞拉啊,是无上的法轮;”
“舍利弗随转法轮,是如来的随生者。”——世尊宣说了此偈。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Mayā pavattitaṃ cakkaṃ, (selāti bhagavā) dhammacakkaṃ anuttaraṃ; Sāriputto anuvatteti, anujāto tathāgata’’nti. – gāthamāha;
“如来的随生者”意思是:他随如来而生,即以如同如来那样的因缘,通过圣者的出生而诞生。显示巴利原文
Tattha anujāto tathāgatanti, tathāgataṃ anujāto, tathā gatena hetunā ariyāya jātiyā jātoti attho.
就这样,在回答塞拉所问“尊者的将军是谁”之后,对于塞拉所说“你自称是正自觉者”这番话,佛陀为使他不生疑惑,想表明:“我并非仅凭口头声称而自称,而是由于这样的缘故而为佛陀。”为阐明此理,他说道:显示巴利原文
Evaṃ ‘‘ko nu senāpati bhoto’’ti selena vuttapañhaṃ byākaritvā yaṃ selo āha ‘‘sambuddho paṭijānāsī’’ti tattha naṃ nikkaṅkhaṃ kātukāmo ‘‘nāhaṃ paṭiññāmatteneva paṭijānāmi, api cāhaṃ iminā kāraṇena buddho’’ti ñāpetuṃ –
“所应断除的,我已断除,是故,婆罗门,我为佛陀。”——他说了此偈。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Abhiññeyyaṃ abhiññātaṃ, bhāvetabbañca bhāvitaṃ; Pahātabbaṃ pahīnaṃ me, tasmā buddhosmi brāhmaṇā’’ti. – gāthamāha;
其中,“应证知者”指四谛、四圣谛。因为“应证知者”这个词,是对四谛与四圣谛的总称。在圣谛中,应修习者为道谛,应断除者为集谛;通过总摄此二者,作为其果的灭谛与苦谛便已被含摄在内,因为提到了因,果即成立。因此,在这里,“应证得者我已证得、应遍知者我已遍知”这一含义也已得到宣说。或者,通过“应证知者已被证知”一句,以总说的方式明示一切应知之法皆已证知、成为正自觉的状态后,再以分说的方式指出其中一分,而说“应修习者已修习”等语。又或者,通过“应修习者我已修习,应断除者我已断除”,以赞叹自己的智慧成就与断除成就为入口,由于这些是佛陀一切功德的根本,因此一切佛陀功德皆得赞叹,故说“是故,婆罗门,我为佛陀”。这样说是因为:以“应证知者已被证知”这一句的含摄力,总摄了一切明与解脱,从而显示出带有果位的四圣谛连同因的成就。他正是以此理、以此因而阐明了自己的佛陀身份:“觉悟了一切所应觉悟者,我成为佛陀。”显示巴利原文
Tattha abhiññeyyanti cattāri saccāni cattāri ariyasaccāni. Catunnañhi saccānaṃ ariyasaccānañca sāmaññaggahaṇametaṃ yadidaṃ abhiññeyyanti. Tattha ariyasaccesu yaṃ bhāvetabbaṃ maggasaccaṃ, yañca pahātabbaṃ samudayasaccaṃ, tadubhayaggahaṇena tesaṃ phalabhūtāni nirodhasaccadukkhasaccānipi gahitāneva honti hetuggahaṇeneva phalasiddhito. Tena tattha ‘‘sacchikātabbaṃ sacchikataṃ, pariññeyyaṃ pariññāta’’nti idampi vuttameva hoti. ‘‘Abhiññeyyaṃ abhiññāta’’nti vā iminā ca sabbassapi ñeyyassa abhiññātasambuddhabhāvaṃ uddesavasena pakāsetvā tadekadesaṃ niddesavasena dassento ‘‘bhāvetabbañca bhāvita’’ntiādimāha. Atha vā ‘‘bhāvetabbaṃ bhāvitaṃ, pahātabbaṃ pahīna’’nti iminā attano ñāṇapahānasampadākittanamukhena taṃmūlakattā sabbepi buddhaguṇā kittitā hontīti āha ‘‘tasmā buddhosmi, brāhmaṇā’’ti. Abhiññeyyaabhiññātaggahaṇena hi sabbaso vijjāvimuttīnaṃ gahitattā saphalaṃ catusaccabhāvaṃ saddhiṃ hetusampattiyā dassento bujjhitabbaṃ sabbaṃ bujjhitvā buddho jātosmīti ñāyena hetunā attano buddhabhāvaṃ vibhāveti.
如此,他以无余的方式展示了自己之后,为拔除那位婆罗门心中对自己的疑惑,便鼓励他:显示巴利原文
Evaṃ nippariyāyena attānaṃ pātukaritvā attani kaṅkhāvitaraṇatthaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ ussāhento –
‘‘Vinayassu mayi kaṅkhaṃ, adhimuccassu brāhmaṇa; Dullabhaṃ dassanaṃ hoti, sambuddhānaṃ abhiṇhaso.
「那些在世间极难出现、不常现起的人;
婆罗门,我即是那位佛陀,是无上的拔除烦恼刺者。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yesaṃ ve dullabho loke, pātubhāvo abhiṇhaso; Sohaṃ brāhmaṇa buddhosmi, sallakatto anuttaro.
已成梵天,无与伦比,摧破魔军者;
降伏一切怨敌已,我安稳喜悦,无所畏惧。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Brahmabhūto atitulo, mārasenappamaddano; Sabbāmitte vase katvā, modāmi akutobhayo’’ti. – gāthattayamāha;
其中,“vinayassu”意为:你应当调伏,应当断除。“kaṅkhaṃ”即疑。“adhimuccassu”意为:应当生起胜解,相信“这是正自觉者”。“见到正自觉者是难得的”,因为纵然历经无量劫,世间也常无佛陀出世。“拔刺者”指拔除贪欲等烦恼之刺的人。“成为梵天者”指成为最殊胜者。“超越衡量者”指超越一切衡量,无可比拟。“征服魔罗军者”指征服所说的魔军,即“欲是你的第一支军队……”(等)。“一切敌人”指称为蕴、烦恼、行、死、天子魔罗的一切怨敌。“征服”意为将其置于自己的掌控之下。“我欢喜,无所畏惧”意为:从一切处皆无恐惧,我以定的安乐以及果与涅槃的安乐而欢喜。显示巴利原文
Tattha vinayassūti vinehi chinda. Kaṅkhanti vicikicchaṃ. Adhimuccassūti adhimokkhaṃ kara ‘‘sammāsambuddho’’ti saddaha. Dullabhaṃ dassanaṃ hoti, sambuddhānanti yato kappānaṃ asaṅkhyeyyampi buddhasuñño loko hoti. Sallakattoti, rāgādisallakattano. Brahmabhūtoti seṭṭhabhūto. Atituloti tulaṃ atīto, nirupamoti attho. Mārasenappamaddanoti ‘‘kāmā te paṭhamā senā’’ti (su. ni. 438; mahāni. 28; cūḷani. nandamāṇavapucchāniddesa 47) evaṃ āgatāya mārasenāya pamaddano. Sabbāmitteti khandhakilesābhisaṅkhāramaccudevaputtamārasaṅkhāte sabbapaccatthike . Vase katvāti attano vase katvā. Modāmi akutobhayoti kutoci nibbhayo samādhisukhena, phalanibbānasukhena ca modāmi.
如是说时,塞罗婆罗门当下便对世尊生起净信,希求出家,于是——显示巴利原文
Evaṃ vutte selo brāhmaṇo tāvadeva bhagavati sañjātapasādo pabbajjāpekkho hutvā –
诸尊者,请聆听具眼者如何说;
拔刺的大雄,犹如狮子在林中吼叫。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Idaṃ bhonto nisāmetha, yathā bhāsati cakkhumā; Sallakatto mahāvīro, sīhova nadatī vane.
成为梵天者,无与伦比,摧破魔军者;
有谁见了会不生净信呢?即便是黑生种姓者——即出身低贱之人。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Brahmabhūtaṃ atitulaṃ, mārasenappamaddanaṃ; Ko disvā nappasīdeyya, api kaṇhābhijātiko.
‘‘Yo maṃ icchati anvetu, yo vā nicchati gacchatu; Idhāhaṃ pabbajissāmi, varapaññassa santike’’ti. –
他宣说了这三首偈颂,正如被已经成熟的亲近依止成就所鞭策一般。显示巴利原文
Gāthattayamāha. Yathā taṃ paripākagatāya upanissayasampattiyā codiyamāno.
其中,「黑生类者」指出身低贱者,即停滞于从暗趣暗的状态。显示巴利原文
Tattha kaṇhābhijātikoti, nīcajātiko, tamotamaparāyaṇabhāve ṭhito.
于是,那些年轻人也因因缘具足,当即在那里生起了出家之念——显示巴利原文
Tato tepi māṇavakā hetusampannatāya tattheva pabbajjāpekkhā hutvā –
若此正自觉者的教法得蒙尊者垂许,
我等亦愿出家,在最胜慧者的座前。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Etaṃ ce ruccati bhoto, sammāsambuddhasāsanaṃ; Mayampi pabbajissāma, varapaññassa santike’’ti. –
他们说了此偈,正如那些曾与他共种善根的善男子们那样。显示巴利原文
Gāthamāhaṃsu, yathā taṃ tena saddhiṃ katādhikārā kulaputtā.
那时,塞罗对诸青年心生欢喜,一边向他们指示,一边乞求出家——显示巴利原文
Atha selo tesu māṇavakesu tuṭṭhacitto te dassento pabbajjañca yācamāno –
这三百位婆罗门,合掌乞求:
他诵出此偈:“世尊!我们将在您的座下修习梵行。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Brāhmaṇā tisatā ime, yācanti pañjalīkatā; Brahmacariyaṃ carissāma, bhagavā tava santike’’ti. – gāthamāha;
于是,世尊因塞罗于莲花上佛的时代,依前述方式,曾为此三百人之首领而种下善根;今于此最后一生,他又成为他们的导师而出生,其与他们之智慧皆已成熟,且具足成为善来比丘的因缘,故即以善来比丘的方式令他们全部出家。显示巴利原文
Tato bhagavā yasmā selo heṭṭhā vuttanayena padumuttarassa bhagavato kāle tesaṃyeva tiṇṇaṃ purisasatānaṃ gaṇajeṭṭho hutvā ropitakusalamūlo, idāni pacchimabhavepi tesaṃyeva ācariyo hutvā nibbatto, ñāṇañcassa tesañca paripakkaṃ, ehibhikkhubhāvassa ca upanissayo atthi, tasmā te sabbeva ehibhikkhubhāvena pabbajjāya pabbājento –
世尊称塞勒道:“梵行已善说,是现见、非时的;”
于彼,不放逸修学者,出家必不空过。’——他诵出此偈。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Svākhātaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, (selāti bhagavā) sandiṭṭhikamakālikaṃ; Yattha amoghā pabbajjā, appamattassa sikkhato’’ti. – gāthamāha;
其中,「现见的」指可直接亲证的。「非时的」指在证道后随即得果,而非经过一段时间才得果。「在那里」意为“以此为缘”。因为以道梵行为目的的出家不会徒劳无功,所以说“以此为缘”;又或者,「在那里」是指在那种教法中,对于不放逸、不忘失正念、修习三学的人。显示巴利原文
Tattha sandiṭṭhikanti paccakkhaṃ. Akālikanti maggānantaraphaluppattito na kālantare pattabbaphalaṃ. Yatthāti yaṃnimittā . Maggabrahmacariyanimittā hi pabbajjā amoghā anipphalā, yatthāti vā yasmiṃ sāsane appamattassa sativippavāsarahitassa tīsu sikkhāsu sikkhato.
说完此言,世尊道:“来吧,比丘们。”就在那一刹那,他们全都持着由神通所化的衣钵,宛如六十戒腊的长老一般,顶礼世尊后,围绕世尊而立。塞罗如此出家后,修习观禅,于第七日便与随众一同证得阿拉汉果。是故,《譬喻经》(《长老譬喻》1.40.208-303)中说:显示巴利原文
Evañca vatvā ‘‘etha, bhikkhavo’’ti bhagavā avoca. Tāvadeva te sabbe iddhimayapattacīvaradharā hutvā saṭṭhivassikattherā viya bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā parivāresuṃ. So evaṃ pabbajitvā vipassanāya kammaṃ karonto sattame divase sapariso arahattaṃ pāpuṇi. Tena vuttaṃ apadāne (apa. thera 1.40.208-303) –
在汉舍卫城中,我曾为一街之主;
我召集亲属,对他们说了这番话:
佛陀出现于世间,是无上福田;
他是世间一切供养的受者。
刹帝利、市民,及大富婆罗门;
他们心生净信,心怀欢喜,一同举行了集体法事。
象兵、阵列兵、战车兵、步兵;
他们心生净信,心怀欢喜,一同举行了集体法事。
郁伽、王子、吠舍与婆罗门
他们心生净信,意悦欣喜,共同举行了大众法事。
厨师、理发师、沐浴工与花环匠
他们生起净信,满怀喜悦,共同行持了集体的法事。
洗衣工、织工、皮匠与理发师
他们生起净信,满怀喜悦,共同行持了集体的法事。
制箭者、陶匠、皮匠、木匠;
他们心生净信、心意欣悦,共同行持了集体的法事。
铁匠、金匠,以及锻冶三种金属的工匠;
他们心生净信,满心欢喜,共同作了集体的法事。
雇工、侍从,以及众多仆役与作务人;
他们各尽己力,共同作了集体的法事。
运水者、运柴者、农夫、运草者
他们各尽其力,共同举行了团体的法事。
采花者、制花鬘者、贩菜者、运果者
她们各尽所能,共同完成了团体的法事。
妓女、陶器女奴,以及卖糕饼的妇女和卖鱼的妇女;
她们各尽所能,共同完成了团体的法事。
近诣正自觉者、世间庇护者、人中最胜者;
礼敬导师双足之后,我说了以下这番话。
英雄啊,这三百人作为一个整体,
将这座精心建造的集会堂奉献给您,牟尼。
在比丘僧团前,这位具眼者接受之后,
于三百人前,宣说如是偈颂:
三百人与那位年长的上座,也都一同追随。
及至最后生到来时,将证得无上的清凉;
你们将触证那不衰老、不死、恒常寂静的涅槃。
三万劫中,我于天界享受快乐;
五百次为天界之主,执掌天王之治;
又千次作国王,成为转轮王。
在人间的王国中,臣民皆是我的亲属;
到了最后这一生,我是一位名为婆悉吒的婆罗门。
为利一切世间,为诸众生带来安乐;
我今日邀请了他,此供养正是为他而设。
如山顶上之火焰,又如满月之月轮;
身色如芦苇之火,我所邀请的佛陀已至。
他无所畏惧,已超越恐惧,是令有终结的牟尼;
如狮子般的大雄,我的佛陀,已受邀请。
他通达佛法,不为他人所胜伏;
如龙象般的大雄,我的那位佛陀已受邀请。
他是正法行的善巧者、无与伦比的佛陀龙象;
如牛王般的大雄,我的那位佛陀已受邀请。
他具足无边的容貌、无量的名声、种种一切相;
犹如帝释般的大雄,我的那位佛陀已接受我邀请。
他是自在者,众中之尊,威光炽盛,具足光辉,难以接近;
如梵天般的大雄,我的佛陀已接受邀请。
他是得法者、十力者,已超越力与胜力;
如大地般的大雄,我的佛陀已接受邀请。
他戒波遍满,为法识所激荡;
如海的大雄,我的那位佛陀已接受邀请。
难近、难胜,不动、高耸、广大;
那位如须弥山般的大雄——佛陀,我已邀请。
无边智者、无等等者、无与伦比者,已达最上;
那位如虚空般的大雄——佛陀,我已邀请。
是心怀恐惧者的依止,是寻求皈依者的庇护所;
那位安慰者、大雄——佛陀,已由我迎请。
是智者的依止处,是寻求安乐者的福田;
宝生大雄,彼佛陀已为我所迎请。
他是安慰者、令知者、赐予沙门果者;
如云大雄,彼佛陀已为我所迎请。
他是世间眼,具大光辉,驱除一切黑暗者;
犹如太阳的大雄,那位佛陀已被我邀请;
于所缘与解脱中,彻见自性的牟尼;
如月般的圣雄,那位佛陀,我已邀请。
佛陀于世间受尊崇,具足诸相庄严;
不可计量的圣雄,那位佛陀,我已邀请。
他的智慧不可测量,戒德无与伦比;
他的解脱无等比,那位佛陀我已迎请。
他的慧无等伦,威力不可思议;
那位精进最为殊胜的佛陀,已被我邀请。
贪、瞋、痴,一切诸毒皆已拔除;
犹如良药一般的大雄,那位佛陀已被我邀请。
驱除一切烦恼、疾病与诸苦者;
犹如大医王般的大雄,那位佛陀我已迎请。
朋友,你称“佛陀”,此音声极为稀有难得;
听闻“佛陀、佛陀”之声后,我心中生起了喜悦。
喜悦无法容纳于内,便从我身中满溢而出;
我满怀喜悦,说出了这句话。
他高举右臂,心生胜解,合掌作礼;
他为我开示了那位驱除忧箭的法王。
如同升起的青色大云,宛如眼膏一般;
它望去犹如大海;你看这片大森林。
那位调伏未调伏者的牟尼佛陀,就住在这里;
他调伏应受调伏者,令应觉悟者觉悟菩提分法。
犹如口渴者寻求水,饥饿者寻求食物;
犹如母牛恋念其犊,我亦如是寻求胜者。
通达行仪与近行,具足随法之律仪;
我教导自己的弟子众,当他们前往胜者座前时。
世尊们难以接近,犹如独行的雄狮;
青年们,你们应当步步轻放,徐徐而来。
如同可怖的毒蛇,又如兽王雄狮;
犹如调顺的醉象,诸佛同样难以接近。
青年们,应克制咳嗽与喷嚏;
步步徐行,走近佛陀近前。
诸佛珍重隐栖,寂默少声,难以亲近;
诸佛难可亲近,于诸天世间中,至为尊贵。
当我有所请问,或相互致意交谈时;
那时你们应保持安静,如同牟尼一般安住。
正自觉者所宣说的,是为证得涅槃的安稳之法;
善听此法义,谛听正法即是乐。
伸出舌头,触到耳孔与鼻孔;
又触到额端,胜者完全覆盖无余。
我见他诸相圆满,具足一切相与随好;
我即断定‘他是佛陀’,便与弟子们一同出家。
我与三百人一同出家,过无家的生活;
半月尚未圆满,我们悉皆证得了涅槃。
我们一同在无上福田造作福业,
一同流转轮回,一同出离轮回。
我布施了椽子,安住于团体的法中,
凭此善行,我获得了八种因。
我于诸方受人敬,我的财富不可量;
我为一切众生之依怙,我无有恐惧。
我无诸病,且守护长寿;
我皮肤细滑,安住于所愿之居处。
我布施了八根椽子,安住于团体法中;
无碍解与阿拉汉,这也是我的另一安住处。
一切已达究竟,即已达到最圆满的境地;所作已办,即所应作皆已圆满;他是无漏者,漏尽之人。
他是「具足恭敬」(sagāravo)——怀有敬意的人,也是「尊顺」(sappatisso)——随顺教导的人,他已「所作已作」(katakicco)——完成了该做的修行,是「无漏者」(anāsavo)——断尽一切烦恼的人。
「大雄」(mahāvīra,大勇猛者)啊,您的「声闻弟子」(sāvako,听闻教法的弟子),这位「比丘」(bhikkhu,出家人)礼敬您,「牟尼」(muni)——寂静的圣者。
我造作了「善行的结跏趺座」(sukatapallaṅkaṃ)——由善行所成的坐具,然后把它铺设在大厅中。
凭借那「善行所造之业」(tena kammena sukatena),我获得了「五种因」(pañca hetū)——五种善果的因。
「生于高贵之家」(ucce kule pajāyitvā)之后,我成为了「大受用者」(mahābhogo)——拥有广大财富的人。
我「具足一切成就」(sabbasampattiko homi),内心没有丝毫「吝啬」(maccheraṃ)。
当我「想要出行」(gamane patthite)时,「结跏趺座」(pallaṅko)就自动出现在面前。
我乘着这「最胜的结跏趺座」(pallaṅkaseṭṭhena),前往「我所愿之处」(mama patthitaṃ)。
应作皆已作,一切所作皆已成就;
凭借此善行,我进入了无畏城。
世间所有调御师,那些调伏象马之人;
他们巧用种种方法,以严厉手段调伏之。
大雄啊!您调伏男女,并非如此调伏;
您不用棍棒、不施刀剑,而以‘最上的调伏’调御他们。
赞叹布施功德、善巧开示的牟尼;
仅凭解答一个问题,牟尼便令三百人觉悟。
早在十万劫前,我那时所行的布施;
一切怖畏皆已超越,此即施舍厅堂之果报。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Nagare haṃsavatiyā, vīthisāmī ahosahaṃ; Mama ñātī samānetvā, idaṃ vacanamabraviṃ. ‘‘Buddho loke samuppanno, puññakkhetto anuttaro; Āsi so sabbalokassa, āhutīnaṃ paṭiggaho. ‘‘Khattiyā negamā ceva, mahāsālā ca brāhmaṇā; Pasannacittā sumanā, pūgadhammaṃ akaṃsu te. ‘‘Hatthārohā anīkaṭṭhā, rathikā pattikārakā; Pasannacittā sumanā, pūgadhammaṃ akaṃsu te. ‘‘Uggā ca rājaputtā ca, vesiyānā ca brāhmaṇā; Pasannacittā sumanā, pūgadhammaṃ akaṃsu te. ‘‘Āḷārikā kappakā ca, nhāpakā mālakārakā; Pasannacittā sumanā, pūgadhammaṃ akaṃsu te. ‘‘Rajakā pesakārā ca, cammakārā ca nhāpitā; Pasannacittā sumanā, pūgadhammaṃ akaṃsu te. ‘‘Usukārā bhamakārā, cammakārā ca tacchakā; Pasannacittā sumanā, pūgadhammaṃ akaṃsu te. ‘‘Kammārā soṇṇakārā ca, tipulohakarā tathā; Pasannacittā sumanā, pūgadhammaṃ akaṃsu te. ‘‘Bhatakā ceṭakā ceva, dāsakammakarā bahū; Yathāsakena thāmena, pūgadhammaṃ akaṃsu te. ‘‘Udahārā kaṭṭhahārā, kassakā tiṇahārakā; Yathāsakena thāmena, pūgadhammaṃ akaṃsu te. ‘‘Pupphikā mālikā ceva, paṇṇikā phalahārakā; Yathāsakena thāmena, pūgadhammaṃ akaṃsu te. ‘‘Gaṇikā kumbhadāsī ca, pūvikā macchikāpi ca; Yathāsakena thāmena, pūgadhammaṃ akaṃsu te. ‘‘Etha sabbe samāgantvā, gaṇaṃ bandhāma ekato; Adhikāraṃ karissāma, puññakkhette anuttare. ‘‘Te me sutvāna vacanaṃ, gaṇaṃ bandhiṃsu tāvade; Upaṭṭhānasālaṃ sukataṃ, bhikkhusaṅghassa kārayuṃ. ‘‘Niṭṭhāpetvāna taṃ sālaṃ, udaggo tuṭṭhamānaso; Pareto tehi sabbehi, sambuddhamupasaṅkamiṃ. ‘‘Upasaṅkamma sambuddhaṃ, lokanāthaṃ narāsabhaṃ; Vanditvā satthuno pāde, idaṃ vacanamabraviṃ. ‘‘Ime tīṇi satā vīra, purisā ekato gaṇā; Upaṭṭhānasālaṃ sukataṃ, niyyādenti tuvaṃ muni. ‘‘Bhikkhusaṅghassa purato, sampaṭicchatva cakkhumā; Tiṇṇaṃ satānaṃ purato, imā gāthā abhāsatha. ‘‘Tisatāpi ca jeṭṭho ca, anuvattiṃsu ekato; Sampattiñhi karitvāna, sabbe anubhavissatha. ‘‘Pacchime bhave sampatte, sītibhāvamanuttaraṃ; Ajaraṃ amataṃ santaṃ, nibbānaṃ phassayissatha. ‘‘Evaṃ buddho viyākāsi, sabbaññū samaṇuttaro; Buddhassa vacanaṃ sutvā, somanassaṃ pavedayiṃ. ‘‘Tiṃsakappasahassāni, devaloke ramiṃ ahaṃ; Devādhipo pañcasataṃ, devarajjamakārayiṃ. ‘‘Sahassakkhattuṃ rājā ca, cakkavattī ahosahaṃ; Devarajjaṃ karontassa, mahādevā avandisuṃ. ‘‘Idha mānusake rajjaṃ, parisā honti bandhavā; Pacchime bhave sampatte, vāseṭṭho nāma brāhmaṇo. ‘‘Asītikoṭi nicayo, tassa putto ahosahaṃ; Selo iti mamaṃ nāmaṃ, chaḷaṅge pāramiṃ gato. ‘‘Jaṅghāvihāraṃ vicaraṃ, sasissehi purakkhato; Jaṭābhārikabharitaṃ, keṇiyaṃ nāma tāpasaṃ. ‘‘Paṭiyattāhutiṃ disvā, idaṃ vacanamabraviṃ; Āvāho vā vivāho vā, rājā vā te nimantito. ‘‘Āhutiṃ yiṭṭhukāmohaṃ, brāhmaṇe devasammate; Na nimantemi rājānaṃ, āhutī me na vijjati. ‘‘Na catthi mayhamāvāho, vivāho me na vijjati; Sakyānaṃ nandijanano, seṭṭho loke sadevake. ‘‘Sabbalokahitatthāya , sabbasattasukhāvaho; So me nimantito ajja, tassetaṃ paṭiyādanaṃ. ‘‘Timbarūsakavaṇṇābho, appameyyo anūpamo; Rūpenāsadiso buddho, svātanāya nimantito. ‘‘Ukkāmukhapahaṭṭhova, khadiraṅgārasannibho; Vijjūpamo mahāvīro, so me buddho nimantito. ‘‘Pabbatagge yathā acci, puṇṇamāyeva candimā; Naḷaggivaṇṇasaṅkāso, so me buddho nimantito. ‘‘Asambhīto bhayātīto, bhavantakaraṇo muni; Sīhūpamo mahāvīro, so me buddho nimantito. ‘‘Kusalo buddhadhammehi, apasayho parehi so; Nāgūpamo mahāvīro, so me buddho nimantito. ‘‘Saddhammācārakusalo, buddhanāgo asādiso; Usabhūpamo mahāvīro, so me buddho nimantito. ‘‘Anantavaṇṇo amitayaso, vicittasabbalakkhaṇo; Sakkūpamo mahāvīro, so me buddho nimantito. ‘‘Vasī gaṇī patāpī ca, tejassī ca durāsado; Brahmūpamo mahāvīro, so me buddho nimantito. ‘‘Pattadhammo dasabalo, balātibalapārago; Dharaṇūpamo mahāvīro, so me buddho nimantito. ‘‘Sīlavīcisamākiṇṇo, dhammaviññāṇakhobhito; Udadhūpamo mahāvīro, so me buddho nimantito. ‘‘Durāsado duppasaho, acalo uggato brahā; Nerūpamo mahāvīro, so me buddho nimantito. ‘‘Anantañāṇo asamasamo, atulo aggataṃ gato; Gaganūpamo mahāvīro, so me buddho nimantito. ‘‘Patiṭṭhā bhayabhītānaṃ, tāṇo saraṇagāminaṃ; Assāsako mahāvīro, so me buddho nimantito. ‘‘Āsayo buddhimantānaṃ, puññakkhettaṃ sukhesinaṃ; Ratanākaro mahāvīro, so me buddho nimantito. ‘‘Assāsako vedakaro, sāmaññaphaladāyako; Meghūpamo mahāvīro, so me buddho nimantito. ‘‘Lokacakkhu mahātejo, sabbatamavinodano; Sūriyūpamo mahāvīro, so me buddho nimantito. ‘‘Ārammaṇavimuttīsu, sabhāvadassano muni; Candūpamo mahāvīro, so me buddho nimantito. ‘‘Buddho samussito loke, lakkhaṇehi alaṅkato; Appameyyo mahāvīro, so me buddho nimantito. ‘‘Yassa ñāṇaṃ appameyyaṃ, sīlaṃ yassa anūpamaṃ; Vimutti asadisā yassa, so me buddho nimantito. ‘‘Yassa dhīti asadisā, thāmo yassa acintiyo; Yassa parakkamo jeṭṭho, so me buddho nimantito. ‘‘Rāgo doso ca moho ca, visā sabbe samūhatā; Agadūpamo mahāvīro, so me buddho nimantito. ‘‘Klesabyādhibahudukkha-sabbatamavinodano; Vejjūpamo mahāvīro, so me buddho nimantito. ‘‘Buddhoti bho yaṃ vadesi, ghosopeso sudullabho; Buddho buddhoti sutvāna, pīti me udapajjatha. ‘‘Abbhantaraṃ agaṇhantaṃ, pīti me bahi nicchare; Sohaṃ pītimano santo, idaṃ vacanamabraviṃ. ‘‘Kahaṃ nu kho so bhagavā, lokajeṭṭho narāsabho; Tattha gantvā namassissaṃ, sāmaññaphaladāyakaṃ. ‘‘Paggayha dakkhiṇaṃ bāhuṃ, vedajāto katañjalī; Ācikkhi me dhammarājaṃ, sokasallavinodanaṃ. ‘‘Udentaṃva mahāmeghaṃ, nīlaṃ añjanasannibhaṃ; Sāgaraṃ viya dissantaṃ, passasetaṃ mahāvanaṃ. ‘‘Ettha so vasate buddho, adantadamako muni; Vinayanto ca veneyye, bodhento bodhipakkhiye. ‘‘Pipāsitova udakaṃ, bhojanaṃva jighacchito; Gāvī yathā vacchagiddhā, evāhaṃ viciniṃ jinaṃ. ‘‘Ācāraupacāraññū, dhammānucchavisaṃvaraṃ; Sikkhāpemi sake sisse, gacchante jinasantikaṃ. ‘‘Durāsadā bhagavanto, sīhāva ekacārino; Pade padaṃ nikkhipantā, āgaccheyyātha māṇavā. ‘‘Āsīviso yathā ghoro, migarājāva kesarī; Mattova kuñjaro dantī, evaṃ buddhā durāsadā. ‘‘Ukkāsitañca khipitaṃ, ajjhupekkhiya māṇavā; Pade padaṃ nikkhipantā, upetha buddhasantikaṃ. ‘‘Paṭisallānagarukā, appasaddā durāsadā; Durūpasaṅkamā buddhā, garū honti sadevake. ‘‘Yadāhaṃ pañhaṃ pucchāmi, paṭisammodayāmi vā; Appasaddā tadā hotha, munibhūtāva tiṭṭhatha. ‘‘Yaṃ so deseti sambuddho, khemaṃ nibbānapattiyā; Tamevatthaṃ nisāmetha, saddhammasavanaṃ sukhaṃ. ‘‘Upasaṅkamma sambuddhaṃ, sammodiṃ muninā ahaṃ; Taṃ kathaṃ vītisāretvā, lakkhaṇe upadhārayiṃ. ‘‘Lakkhaṇe dve ca kaṅkhāmi, passāmi tiṃsalakkhaṇe; Kosohitavatthaguyhaṃ, iddhiyā dassayī muni. ‘‘Jivhaṃ ninnāmayitvāna, kaṇṇasote ca nāsike; Paṭimasi nalāṭantaṃ, kevalaṃ chādayī jino. ‘‘Tassāhaṃ lakkhaṇe disvā, paripuṇṇe sabyañjane; Buddhoti niṭṭhaṃ gantvāna, saha sissehi pabbajiṃ. ‘‘Satehi tīhi sahito, pabbajiṃ anagāriyaṃ; Aḍḍhamāse asampatte, sabbe pattāmha nibbutiṃ. ‘‘Ekato kammaṃ katvāna, puññakkhette anuttare; Ekato saṃsaritvāna, ekato vinivattayuṃ. ‘‘Gopānasiyo datvāna, pūgadhamme vasiṃ ahaṃ Tena kammena sukatena, aṭṭha hetū labhāmahaṃ. ‘‘Disāsu pūjito homi, bhogā ca amitā mama; Patiṭṭhā homi sabbesaṃ, tāso mama na vijjati. ‘‘Byādhayo me na vijjanti, dīghāyuṃ pālayāmi ca; Sukhumacchaviko homi, āvāse patthite vase. ‘‘Aṭṭha gopānasī datvā, pūgadhamme vasiṃ ahaṃ; Paṭisambhidārahattañca, etaṃ me aparaṭṭhamaṃ. ‘‘Sabbavositavosāno, katakicco anāsavo; Aṭṭha gopānasī nāma, tava putto mahāmuni. ‘‘Pañca thambhāni datvāna, pūgadhamme vasiṃ ahaṃ; Tena kammena sukatena, pañca hetū labhāmahaṃ. ‘‘Acalo homi mettāya, anūnaṅgo bhavāmahaṃ; Ādeyyavacano homi, na dhaṃsemi yathā ahaṃ. ‘‘Abhantaṃ hoti me cittaṃ, akhilo homi kassaci; Tena kammena sukatena, vimalo homi sāsane. ‘‘Sagāravo sappatisso, katakicco anāsavo; Sāvako te mahāvīra, bhikkhu taṃ vandate muni. ‘‘Katvā sukatapallaṅkaṃ, sālāyaṃ paññapesahaṃ; Tena kammena sukatena, pañca hetū labhāmahaṃ. ‘‘Ucce kule pajāyitvā, mahābhogo bhavāmahaṃ; Sabbasampattiko homi, maccheraṃ me na vijjati. ‘‘Gamane patthite mayhaṃ, pallaṅko upatiṭṭhati; Saha pallaṅkaseṭṭhena, gacchāmi mama patthitaṃ. ‘‘Tena pallaṅkadānena, tamaṃ sabbaṃ vinodayiṃ; Sabbābhiññābalappatto, thero vandati taṃ muni. ‘‘Parikiccattakiccāni, sabbakiccāni sādhayiṃ; Tena kammena sukatena, pāvisiṃ abhayaṃ puraṃ. ‘‘Pariniṭṭhitasālamhi , paribhogamadāsahaṃ; Tena kammena sukatena, seṭṭhattaṃ ajjhupāgato. ‘‘Ye keci damakā loke, hatthiasse damenti ye; Karitvā kāraṇā nānā, dāruṇena damenti te. ‘‘Na hevaṃ tvaṃ mahāvīra, damesi naranāriyo; Adaṇḍena asatthena, damesi uttame dame. ‘‘Dānassa vaṇṇe kittento, desanākusalo muni; Ekapañhaṃ kathentova, bodhesi tisate muni. ‘‘Dantā mayaṃ sārathinā, suvimuttā anāsavā; Sabbābhiññābalapattā, nibbutā upadhikkhaye. ‘‘Satasahassito kappe, yaṃ dānamadadiṃ tadā; Atikkantā bhayā sabbe, sālādānassidaṃ phalaṃ. ‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsana’’nti.
证得阿拉汉果后,他来到导师世尊面前,作如是宣说——显示巴利原文
Arahattaṃ pana patvā satthāraṃ upasaṅkamitvā aññaṃ byākaronto –
具眼者!从那天算起,于第八日,我等便皈依了您;
世尊!仅仅七天,我们便在您的教法中得到了调伏。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yaṃ taṃ saraṇamāgamha, ito aṭṭhame cakkhuma; Sattarattena bhagavā, dantāmha tava sāsane’’ti. –
他诵出此偈。偈颂的意义是:世尊是具足五眼的具眼者。我们于过去第八日皈依了您。因此,仅仅七天,我们便被您教法中的调御者所调伏。啊!这便是皈依的威力!此后——显示巴利原文
Gāthamāha . Tassattho – pañcahi cakkhūhi cakkhuma bhagavā yasmā mayaṃ ito atīte aṭṭhame divase taṃ saraṇaṃ agamimha. Tasmā sattarattena tava sāsane damakena dantā amha, aho te saraṇagamanassa ānubhāvoti. Tato paraṃ –
您是佛陀,您是导师,您是降伏魔罗的牟尼;
您已断除随眠,自己得渡,复能度化这些众生。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Tuvaṃ buddho tuvaṃ satthā, tuvaṃ mārābhibhū muni; Tuvaṃ anusaye chetvā, tiṇṇo tāresimaṃ pajaṃ.
你已超越依著,你已破除诸漏;
犹如狮子无所取著,已舍离怖畏与恐惧。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Upadhī te samatikkantā, āsavā te padālitā; Sīhova anupādāno, pahīnabhayabheravo’’ti. –
以这两首偈颂赞叹之后,又以最后偈颂请求向导师顶礼——显示巴利原文
Imāhi dvīhi gāthāhi abhitthavitvā osānagāthāya satthāraṃ vandanaṃ yācati –
这三百位比丘,合掌而立;
英雄啊,请伸出双足,让龙象们顶礼导师的双足。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Bhikkhavo tisatā ime, tiṭṭhanti pañjalīkatā; Pāde vīra pasārehi, nāgā vandantu satthuno’’ti.
其中,「你是佛陀」:即你便是此世间的一切知佛陀。「导师」:因你以现法利益等义理教导众生,故为导师。「胜魔者」:因战胜一切魔,故为胜魔者。「牟尼」:因成就牟尼性,故为牟尼。「断除随眠」:即以圣道之剑斩断欲贪等随眠。「已度」:自己已度脱轮回大瀑流,又以说法之手度脱这些众生。「依著」:即指蕴依著等一切依著。「无取著」:即彻底舍弃欲取著等。如此说已,长老与随从大众顶礼导师。显示巴利原文
Tattha tuvaṃ buddhoti tvameva imasmiṃ loke sabbaññubuddho. Diṭṭhadhammikādiatthena sattānaṃ anusāsanato tvameva satthā. Sabbesaṃ mārānaṃ abhibhavanato mārābhibhū. Munibhāvato muni. Anusayechetvāti kāmarāgādike anusaye ariyamaggasatthena chinditvā. Tiṇṇoti sayaṃ saṃsāramahoghaṃ tiṇṇo, desanāhatthena imaṃ pajaṃ sattakāyaṃ tāresi. Upadhīti khandhūpadhiādayo sabbe upadhī. Adupādānoti sabbaso pahīnakāmupādānādiko. Evaṃ vatvā thero sapariso satthāraṃ abhivandatīti.
7. 黑瞿昙之子跋地亚长老偈的注释显示巴利原文
7. Kāḷigodhāputtabhaddiyattheragāthāvaṇṇanā
以“来到我象颈”等偈颂开始的,是尊者跋地亚长老的偈颂。他的身世是怎样的呢?这位长老在过去诸佛那里积有善业。在莲花上佛的时代,他投生于大富家族。成年后,有一天他到导师跟前听法,见导师将一位比丘安置在高贵家族中位列第一的位置,自己也想获得那位,于是向以佛陀为首的比丘僧团作了七日大布施,并发愿。导师见他未来无障碍而能成就,便为他授记。他听闻授记后,询问能导向高贵家族的业,随后尽其一生广修福德:令人闻法,在法堂布施座位,布施扇子,供养恭敬说法者,在布萨堂布施卧具等。从那里命终后,他流转于天与人之间。在迦叶佛的教法之后、我们的世尊出世之前,他投生于波罗奈城的一个居士家中。他见到许多独觉佛乞食后聚在一处用斋,便在那里铺设石板,备好洗脚水等,尽其一生服侍他们。显示巴利原文
Yātaṃme hatthigīvāyātiādikā āyasmato bhaddiyattherassa gāthā. Kā uppatti? Ayampi purimabuddhesu katādhikāro padumuttarassa bhagavato kāle mahābhogakule nibbattitvā viññutaṃ patto ekadivasaṃ satthu santike dhammaṃ suṇanto satthārā ekaṃ bhikkhuṃ uccākulikānaṃ aggaṭṭhāne ṭhapiyamānaṃ disvā sayampi taṃ ṭhānantaraṃ patthetvā sattāhaṃ buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusaṅghassa mahādānaṃ datvā paṇidhānaṃ akāsi. Satthāpissa anantarāyena samijjhanabhāvaṃ disvā byākāsi. Sopi taṃ byākaraṇaṃ sutvā uccākulikasaṃvattanikaṃ kammaṃ pucchitvā dhammassavanassa kārāpanaṃ, dhammamaṇḍape āsanadānaṃ, bījanīdānaṃ, dhammakathikānaṃ pūjāsakkārakaraṇaṃ, uposathāgāre paṭissayadānanti evamādiṃ yāvajīvaṃ bahupuññaṃ katvā tato cuto devamanussesu saṃsaranto kassapassa bhagavato aparabhāge amhākaṃ bhagavato uppattiyā puretaraṃ bārāṇasiyaṃ kuṭumbiyaghare nibbatto sambahule paccekabuddhe piṇḍāya caritvā ekasmiṃyeva ṭhāne samāgantvā bhattavissaggaṃ karonte disvā tattha pāsāṇaphalakāni attharitvā pādodakādiṃ upaṭṭhapento yāvajīvaṃ upaṭṭhahi.
他经历了一佛间隔,在天界与人世间流转。到了此佛出世时,于迦毗罗卫城的释迦王族家中诞生,取名跋地亚。成年后,他与阿那律等五位刹帝利一起,在导师住于阿奴毗耶的芒果林时,来到导师跟前出家,证得了阿拉汉果。后来导师在祇园中,圣众会坐时,将他安置在出身高贵家族的比丘中位列第一的位置。他以果定之乐与涅槃之乐度日,有时在林中,有时在树下,有时在空旷处,频频发出感叹:‘啊,真是快乐!啊,真是快乐!’比丘们听闻后,向导师报告:‘黑瞿昙之子尊者跋地亚频频说“啊,真是快乐!啊,真是快乐!”恐怕是心不乐于梵行,勉强修梵行吧。’导师将他唤来,问道:‘跋地亚,听说你频频说“啊,真是快乐!啊,真是快乐!”这是真的吗?’他承认说:‘是真的,世尊。’然后他说:‘世尊!过去我治理国家时,虽然布置了周密的守卫,内心依然恐惧、紧张、疑虑。如今出家以后,我不恐惧、不紧张、无疑虑而安住。’这样说完之后——显示巴利原文
So ekaṃ buddhantaraṃ devamanussesu saṃsaritvā imasmiṃ buddhuppāde kapilavatthunagare sākiyarājakule nibbatti, bhaddiyotissa nāmaṃ ahosi. So vayappatto anuruddhādīhi pañcahi khattiyehi saddhiṃ satthari anupiyambavane viharante satthu santike pabbajitvā arahattaṃ pāpuṇi. Taṃ satthā aparabhāge jetavane ariyagaṇamajjhe nisinno uccākulikānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ aggaṭṭhāne ṭhapesi. So phalasukhena nibbānasukhena ca vītināmento araññagatopi rukkhamūlagatopi suññāgāragatopi ‘‘aho sukhaṃ, aho sukha’’nti abhikkhaṇaṃ udānaṃ udānesi. Taṃ sutvā bhikkhū satthu ārocesuṃ – ‘‘āyasmā bhaddiyo kāḷigodhāya putto abhikkhaṇaṃ ‘aho sukhaṃ, aho sukha’nti vadati, anabhirato maññe brahmacariyaṃ caratī’’ti. Satthā taṃ pakkosāpetvā ‘‘saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, bhaddiya, abhikkhaṇaṃ ‘aho sukhaṃ, aho sukha’nti vadasī’’ti pucchi. So ‘‘saccaṃ bhagavā’’ti paṭijānitvā ‘‘pubbe me, bhante, rajjaṃ kārentassa susaṃvihitārakkho ahosiṃ, tathāpi bhīto ubbiggo ussaṅkito vihāsiṃ. Idāni pana pabbajito abhīto anubbiggo anussaṅkito viharāmī’’ti vatvā –
昔日,我骑在象颈上,身披柔软的衣服;
食用的是浇上纯净肉汁的粳米饭。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yātaṃ me hatthigīvāya, sukhumā vatthā padhāritā; Sālīnaṃ odano bhutto, sucimaṃsūpasecano.
如今,这位贤善、恒常精勤者,乐于以拾取遗物为生;
他无所执取,修习禅那——他是瞿昙弥之子跋地亚。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sojja bhaddo sātatiko, uñchāpattāgate rato; Jhāyati anupādāno, putto godhāya bhaddiyo.
他身着粪扫衣,恒常精勤,乐于以捡拾的遗弃之物为食;
他无取著地修习禅那——他是瞿昙弥之子跋地亚。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Paṃsukūlī sātatiko, uñchāpattāgate rato; Jhāyati anupādāno, putto godhāya bhaddiyo.
‘‘Piṇḍapātī sātatiko…pe….
‘‘Sapadānacārī sātatiko…pe….
‘‘Pattapiṇḍī sātatiko…pe….
‘‘Khalupacchābhattī sātatiko…pe….
‘‘Rukkhamūliko sātatiko…pe….
‘‘Abbhokāsī sātatiko…pe….
‘‘Yathāsanthatiko sātatiko…pe….
‘‘Nesajjiko sātatiko…pe….
‘‘Santuṭṭho sātatiko…pe….
‘‘Pavivitto sātatiko…pe….
‘‘Asaṃsaṭṭho sātatiko…pe….
‘‘Āraddhavīriyo sātatiko…pe….
我舍弃了价值一百帕拉的铜器,与那饰有百条纹路的金器;
我取来这只陶钵,这便是我的“第二次灌顶”。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Hitvā satapalaṃ kaṃsaṃ, sovaṇṇaṃ satarājikaṃ; Aggahiṃ mattikāpattaṃ, idaṃ dutiyābhisecanaṃ.
在高耸的圆形围墙内,在坚固的塔楼堡垒中;
昔日,我安住在那被持剑卫士重重守护的、城中最为殊胜之处。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ucce maṇḍalipākāre, daḷhamaṭṭālakoṭṭhake; Rakkhito khaggahatthehi, uttamaṃ vihariṃ pure.
此贤善者今已无畏,断尽恐惧与怖畏;
瞿昙弥之子跋地亚,深入林中修习禅那。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sojja bhaddo anutrāsī, pahīnabhayabheravo; Jhāyati vanamogayha, putto godhāya bhaddiyo.
安住于戒蕴,修习念与慧……
他次第证得一切结的灭尽。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sīlakkhandhe patiṭṭhāya, satiṃ paññañca bhāvayaṃ; Pāpuṇiṃ anupubbena, sabbasaṃyojanakkhaya’’nti. –
以这些偈颂,他在大师面前作狮子吼。显示巴利原文
Imāhi gāthāhi satthu purato sīhanādaṃ nadi.
此中,“我曾乘坐象颈而行”意为:尊者啊,从前我出行时,曾坐于象颈、象肩上行。即便是穿衣,也穿着精细、触感舒适的迦尸衣特制品。即便是进食,也吃着存贮三年的陈年香米,并以鹧鸪、孔雀等净肉浇淋的米饭。然而那种快乐,不如现今这远离之乐能令我心满足——为显示此义,故说“如今我是幸运者”等。在此,以“象”一词兼摄马、车等一切乘具;以“衣”一词总括一切王室妆饰;以“饭”一词统收一切种类食物。应如此了知。“如今”:指他今日、现在,处于出家状态。“幸运”:因具足戒等功德,故称幸运。“精勤”:指于沙门法中、于现法安乐住上恒常精勤之人。“乐于落入钵中的乞食”:对通过乞食行持落入钵中、属于钵内的食物感到欢喜,即指少欲知足。“禅修”:以果等至之禅那而修习。“乔达弥之子”:是一位名为迦离乔达弥的刹帝利女所生之子。“跋地亚”:长老如此自称,如同称呼他人一般。显示巴利原文
Tattha yātaṃ me hatthigīvāyāti, bhante, pubbe mayā gacchantenāpi hatthigīvāya hatthikkhandhe nisīditvā yātaṃ caritaṃ. Vatthāni pariharantenāpi sukhumā sukhasamphassā kāsikavatthavisesā dhāritā. Odanaṃ bhuñjantenāpi tivassikānaṃ purāṇagandhasālīnaṃ odano tittirakapiñjarādinā sucinā maṃsena upasittatāya sucimaṃsūpasecano bhutto, tathāpi taṃ sukhaṃ na mayhaṃ cittaparitosakaraṃ ahosi, yathā etarahi vivekasukhanti dassento āha ‘‘sojja bhaddo’’tiādi. Ettha ca hatthiggahaṇeneva assarathayānāni, vatthaggahaṇena sabbarājālaṅkārā, odanaggahaṇena sabbabhojanavikati gahitāti veditabbaṃ. Sojjāti so ajja etarahi pabbajjāyaṃ ṭhito. Bhaddoti sīlādiguṇehi samannāgatattā bhaddo. Sātatikoti samaṇadhamme diṭṭhadhammasukhavihāre sātaccayutto. Uñchāpattāgate ratoti uñchācariyāya patte āgate pattapariyāpanne abhirato, teneva santuṭṭhoti adhippāyo. Jhāyatīti phalasamāpattijhānena jhāyati. Putto godhāyāti kāḷigodhāya nāma khattiyāya putto. Bhaddiyoti evaṃnāmo attānameva thero aññaṃ viya katvā vadati.
他舍弃居士衣,受持粪扫衣支,成为粪扫衣者。他舍弃僧团食,受持常乞食支,成为常乞食者。他舍弃多余之衣,受持三衣支,成为三衣者。他舍弃贪游之行,受持次第乞食支,成为次第乞食者。他舍弃种种座食,受持一座食支,成为一座食者。他舍弃第二器皿,受持钵食支,成为钵食者。他舍弃残食,受持过午后不食支,成为过午后不食者。他舍弃村落边的坐卧处,受持林野住支,成为林野住者。他舍弃有遮蔽的住处,受持树下住支,成为树下住者。他舍弃有遮蔽的树下,受持露地住支,成为露地住者。他舍弃非冢墓之地,受持冢间住支,成为冢间住者。他舍弃对坐卧处的贪着,受持随处住支,成为随处住者。他舍弃躺卧,受持常坐支,成为常坐者。以上是此处的概要。至于详细解释,应依《清净道论》(Visuddhi. 1.22 等)中讲述头陀支的方式来理解。显示巴利原文
Gahapaticīvaraṃ paṭikkhipitvā paṃsukūlikaṅgasamādānena paṃsukūliko. Saṅghabhattaṃ paṭikkhipitvā piṇḍapātikaṅgasamādānena piṇḍapātiko. Atirekacīvaraṃ paṭikkhipitvā tecīvarikaṅgasamādānena tecīvariko. Loluppacāraṃ paṭikkhipitvā sapadānacārikaṅgasamādānena sapadānacārī. Nānāsanabhojanaṃ paṭikkhipitvā ekāsanikaṅgasamādānena ekāsaniko. Dutiyakabhājanaṃ paṭikkhipitvā pattapiṇḍikaṅgasamādānena pattapiṇḍiko. Atirittabhojanaṃ paṭikkhipitvā khalupacchābhattikaṅgasamādānena khalupacchābhattiko. Gāmantasenāsanaṃ paṭikkhipitvā āraññikaṅgasamādānena āraññiko. Channavāsaṃ paṭikkhipitvā rukkhamūlikaṅgasamādānena rukkhamūliko. Channarukkhamūlāni paṭikkhipitvā abbhokāsikaṅgasamādānena abbhokāsiko. Nasusānaṃ paṭikkhipitvā sosānikaṅgasamādānena sosāniko. Senāsanaloluppaṃ paṭikkhipitvā yathāsanthatikaṅgasamādānena yathāsanthatiko. Sayanaṃ paṭikkhipitvā nesajjikaṅgasamādānena nesajjiko. Ayamettha saṅkhepo. Vitthārato pana dhutaṅgakathā visuddhimagge (visuddhi. 1.22 ādayo) vuttanayeneva gahetabbā.
“高”:指处在高处,或因是楼上的缘故而称为高。“有圆环墙”:指以圆形环绕的围墙。“有坚固的望楼和城楼”:指具备坚固的望楼和城门楼,这就是指城市。显示巴利原文
Ucceti uccādiṭṭhāne, uparipāsādatāya vā ucce. Maṇḍalipākāreti maṇḍalākārena pākāraparikkhitte. Daḷhamaṭṭālakoṭṭhaketi thirehi aṭṭālehi dvārakoṭṭhakehi ca samannāgate, nagareti attho.
“念与慧”:此处以念为首,而实际说的是定。这是针对果等至与灭等至而言,故说“你应当修习念与慧”。其余各处的内容,因前文已释,故容易明了。显示巴利原文
Satiṃ paññañcāti ettha satisīsena samādhiṃ vadati. Phalasamāpattinirodhasamāpattiyo sandhāya ‘‘satiṃ paññañca bhāvaya’’nti vutto. Sesaṃ tattha tattha vuttanayattā uttānameva.
就这样,这位长老在导师面前作狮子吼。在场的比丘们听闻之后,皆深生净信。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ thero satthu sammukhā sīhanādaṃ nadi. Taṃ sutvā bhikkhū abhippasannā ahesuṃ.
8. 央掘魔罗长老偈的注释显示巴利原文
8. Aṅgulimālattheragāthāvaṇṇanā
“你行走时,你说……”等开头的偈颂,便是具寿央掘魔罗长老的。他的出身因缘是怎样的呢?此人同样在过去诸佛面前广积福业,于流转诸趣的生命状态中,积集了能导向出离的善业。至现在佛陀出世之际,他生于舍卫城,成为憍萨罗王那位名叫婆伽的国师婆罗门的儿子。在他出生的当天,全城兵器大放光芒,连国王置于卧榻上的那把吉祥兵器也发光了。国王见此极为恐惧,整夜惊恐,不得安眠。那晚,国师观察星宿运行,断定他是在盗贼星宿下出生的。天亮之后,国师来到国王面前问安。国王说:“老师啊,哪里还能睡得安稳?夜里我的吉祥兵器无故发光,这会带来什么果报?”国师答:“大王不必恐惧,我家中刚刚生下一名男孩。正是凭借他的威势,全城兵器才都发出了光。”国王又问:“老师,那他将来会如何?”国师说:“这孩子将来会成为一名大盗。”国王问:“是独行盗,还是盗徒首领?”国师答:“是独行者,陛下。”国王又问:“那么我们是否应该杀掉他?”国师说:“如果只是独行者的话,不妨暂且养育着他吧。”于是,到了为他取名的时候,因他一出生便让显示巴利原文
Gacchaṃ vadesītiādikā āyasmato aṅgulimālattherassa gāthā. Kā uppatti? Ayampi purimabuddhesu katādhikāro tattha tattha bhave vivaṭṭūpanissayaṃ kusalaṃ upacinitvā imasmiṃ buddhuppāde sāvatthiyaṃ kosalarañño purohitassa bhaggavassa nāma brāhmaṇassa putto hutvā nibbatti. Tassa jātadivase sakalanagare āvudhāni pajjaliṃsu, rañño ca maṅgalāvudhaṃ sayanapīṭhe ṭhapitaṃ pajjali, taṃ disvā rājā bhīto saṃviggo niddaṃ na labhi. Purohito tāyaṃ velāyaṃ nakkhattayogaṃ ullokento ‘‘coranakkhattena jāto’’ti sanniṭṭhānamakāsi. So vibhātāya rattiyā rañño santikaṃ gato sukhaseyyaṃ pucchi. Rājā ‘‘kuto, ācariya, sukhaseyyaṃ, rattiyaṃ mayhaṃ maṅgalāvudhaṃ pajjali, tassa ko nu kho vipāko bhavissatī’’ti? ‘‘Mā bhāyi, mahārāja, mayhaṃ ghare dārako jāto. Tassa ānubhāvena sakalanagarepi āvudhāni pajjaliṃsū’’ti. ‘‘Kiṃ bhavissati, ācariyā’’ti? ‘‘Dārako coro bhavissatī’’ti. ‘‘Kiṃ ekacārī coro, udāhu gaṇajeṭṭhako’’ti? ‘‘Ekacāriko, deva’’. ‘‘Kiṃ naṃ māremā’’ti? ‘‘Ekacāriko ce, paṭijaggatha tāva na’’nti āha. Tassa nāmaṃ karontā yasmā jāyamāno rañño cittaṃ vihesento jāto, tasmā hiṃsakoti katvā pacchā diṭṭhaṃ adiṭṭhanti viya ahiṃsakoti vohariṃsu.
他成年之后,由于过去业力的缘故,拥有相当于七头大象的力气。他这过去的业,是这样的:在无佛出世的时代,他生为一个农人。一天,他见到一位独觉佛,被雨水淋得浑身湿透,袈裟尽湿,正受着寒冷的逼迫,来到他的田地里。他见到后,心中生起极大的喜悦,心想:“福田现在我的面前了。”于是便生起火来,供那位独觉佛取暖。由这一业的果报,他在所出生的每一处,都具足体力、速度与力量,而在这一世,也就是他最后一生,他便具有了七头大象的力气。后来他前往塔迦尸喇,在一位名闻四方的师长门下,成为他的内弟子学习技艺。他极为恭敬地奉侍那位老师婆罗门及其妻子。正是因此,那位婆罗门的妻子总是用家中能弄到的食物等来照料他。这令其他青年弟子无法忍受,便设法在老师与他之间进行离间。那位婆罗门起初对他们的话两三次都不肯相信,但后来终究信了,心想:“这个青年力大无穷,无人能杀得了他,我得想个法子将他除去。”当这青年学成技艺,向老师告辞,准备返回自己的城邑时,老师对他说:“孩子,无害者!依规矩,一位完成学业的内弟子,理应供养显示巴利原文
So vayappatto pubbakammabalena sattannaṃ hatthīnaṃ balaṃ dhāreti. Tassidaṃ pubbakammaṃ – buddhasuññe loke kassako hutvā nibbatto ekaṃ paccekabuddhaṃ vassodakena tintaṃ allacīvaraṃ sītapīḷitaṃ attano khettabhūmiṃ upagataṃ disvā ‘‘puññakkhettaṃ me upaṭṭhita’’nti somanassajāto aggiṃ katvā adāsi. So tassa kammassa balena nibbattanibbattaṭṭhāne thāmajavabalasampanno ca hutvā imasmiṃ pacchimattabhāve sattannaṃ hatthīnaṃ balaṃ dhāreti. So takkasilaṃ gantvā disāpāmokkhassa ācariyassa santike dhammantevāsī hutvā sippaṃ uggaṇhato ācariyabrāhmaṇaṃ tassa bhariyañca sakkaccaṃ paṭijaggati. Tenassa sā brāhmaṇī gehe labbhamānena bhattādinā saṅgahaṃ karoti. Taṃ asahamānā aññe māṇavā ācariyena saddhiṃ bhedaṃ akaṃsu. Brāhmaṇo tesaṃ vacanaṃ dve tayo vāre asaddahanto hutvā pacchā saddahitvā ‘‘mahābalo māṇavo, na sakkā kenaci mārāpetuṃ, upāyena naṃ māressāmī’’ti cintetvā niṭṭhitasippaṃ attano nagaraṃ gantuṃ āpucchantaṃ māṇavaṃ āha – ‘‘tāta ahiṃsaka, niṭṭhitasippena nāma antevāsinā ācariyassa garudakkhiṇā dātabbā, taṃ mayhaṃ dehī’’ti. ‘‘Sādhu, ācariya, kiṃ dassāmī’’ti? ‘‘Manussānaṃ sahassadakkhiṇahatthaṅgaliyo ānehī’’ti. Brāhmaṇassa kira ayamassa adhippāyo – bahūsu māriyamānesu ekantato eko naṃ māreyyāti . Taṃ sutvā ahiṃsako attano ciraparicitaṃ nikkaruṇataṃ purakkhatvā sannaddhapañcāvudho kosalarañño vijite jālinaṃ vanaṃ pavisitvā mahāmaggasamīpe pabbatantare vasanto pabbatasikhare ṭhatvā maggena gacchante manusse oloketvā vegena gantvā aṅguliyo gahetvā rukkhagge olambesi. Tā gijjhāpi kākāpi khādiṃsu, bhūmiyaṃ nikkhittā pūtibhāvaṃ agamaṃsu. Evaṃ gaṇanāya aparipūramānāya laddhā laddhā aṅguliyo suttena ganthitvā mālaṃ katvā yaññopacitaṃ viya aṃse olambesi. Tato paṭṭhāya aṅgulimālotvevassa samaññā ahosi.
正当他如此残害人命之际,那条道路便无人敢行了。他在大路上寻找不到人,便去到村落附近潜伏,将往来的人都杀害,再取走他们的手指。人们知道此事后,都离开了村落,村落就这样空了,市镇乃至各个地区也都是同样情形。如此,那一带地方被他弄到荒无人烟。那时,央掘魔罗所收集的手指,只差一根便满一千。于是,人们将这次贼患报告了憍萨罗王。国王清晨便命人在城中击鼓宣告:“速去捉拿央掘魔罗此贼,一切军队集合!”听到这个消息,央掘魔罗的母亲,一位名叫曼陀尼的婆罗门女,便对央掘魔罗的父亲说:“听说你的儿子成了大盗,在各地做种种恶事,你去劝劝他,说‘切勿再作这些事’,把他带回来吧。否则,国王定会将他杀掉的。”婆罗门却说:“我不需要这样的儿子,国王想怎么办就怎么办吧。”这位婆罗门女出于爱子之心,带上干粮,说:“我去劝我的儿子,把他领回来。”便就这样上路了。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ tasmiṃ manusse mārente maggo avaḷañjo ahosi. So magge manusse alabhanto gāmūpacāraṃ gantvā nilīyitvā āgatāgate manusse māretvā aṅguliyo gahetvā gacchati. Taṃ ñatvā manussā gāmato apakkamiṃsu, gāmā suññā ahesuṃ, tathā nigamā janapadā ca. Evaṃ tena so padeso ubbāsito ahosi. Aṅgulimālassa ca ekāya ūnā sahassaaṅguliyo saṅgahā ahesuṃ. Atha manussā taṃ corupaddavaṃ kosalarañño ārocesuṃ. Rājā pātova nagare bheriṃ carāpesi, ‘‘sīghaṃ aṅgulimālacoraṃ gaṇhāma, balakāyo āgacchatū’’ti. Taṃ sutvā aṅgulimālassa mātā mantāṇī nāma brāhmaṇī tassa pitaraṃ āha – ‘‘putto kira te coro hutvā idañcidañca karoti, taṃ ‘īdisaṃ mā karī’ti saññāpetvā ānehi, aññathā naṃ rājā ghāteyyā’’ti. Brāhmaṇo ‘‘na mayhaṃ tādisehi puttehi attho, rājā yaṃ vā taṃ vā karotū’’ti āha . Atha brāhmaṇī puttasinehena pātheyyaṃ gahetvā ‘‘mama puttaṃ saññāpetvā ānessāmī’’ti maggaṃ paṭipajji.
世尊了知:“这个女人正要去把央掘魔罗带回来。如果她真去了,央掘魔罗一定会为了凑满千指而杀害自己的母亲。而央掘魔罗已是最后生者,我若不出面,必将酿成无可挽回的大损失。”于是,在午后托钵乞食归来、用过斋饭后,世尊亲自取了衣钵,以央掘魔罗的所在为目的地,踏上了三十由旬的路程。途中虽被牧牛人等种种人劝阻,世尊仍进入了阇林森林。那时,央掘魔罗已望见了他的母亲。他从远处一见到母亲,便立即举剑冲去,心想:“今日我便杀了母亲,凑满这缺的一指。”世尊便在他们二人之间显现身形。央掘魔罗见到世尊,心想:“我杀母取指又有何用?不如让母亲活命,我杀掉这沙门,取他的手指。”于是举剑从后紧追世尊。此时,世尊示现如此神通,令央掘魔罗虽全力疾奔,也无法追上以常仪行走的世尊。他跑得气尽力竭,喘息不止,腋下汗如雨下,最终连脚也抬不起来,如木桩般僵立不动,对世尊喊道:“站住,站住,沙门!”世显示巴利原文
Bhagavā ‘‘ayaṃ ‘aṅgulimālaṃ ānessāmī’ti gacchati, sace sā gamissati, aṅgulimālo ‘aṅgulisahassaṃ pūressāmī’ti mātarampi māressati. So ca pacchimabhaviko, sacāhaṃ na gamissaṃ, mahājāni abhavissā’’ti ñatvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto sayameva pattacīvaraṃ gahetvā aṅgulimālaṃ uddissa tiṃsayojanikaṃ maggaṃ padasāva paṭipajjamāno antarāmagge gopālakādīhi vāriyamānopi jālinaṃ vanaṃ upagacchi. Tasmiñca khaṇe tassa mātā tena diṭṭhā, so mātaraṃ dūratova disvā ‘‘mātarampi māretvā ajja ūnaṅguliṃ pūressāmī’’ti asiṃ ukkhipitvā upadhāvi. Tesaṃ ubhinnaṃ antare bhagavā attānaṃ dassesi. Aṅgulimālo bhagavantaṃ disvā ‘‘kiṃ me mātaraṃ vadhitvā aṅguliyā gahitena? Jīvatu me mātā, yaṃnūnāhaṃ imaṃ samaṇaṃ jīvitā voropetvā aṅguliṃ gaṇheyya’’nti ukkhittāsiko bhagavantaṃ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhi. Atha kho bhagavā tathārūpaṃ iddhābhisaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkhāsi, yathā pakatiiriyāpathena gacchantampi attānaṃ aṅgulimālo sabbathāmena dhāvantopi na sakkoti sampāpuṇituṃ. So parihīnajavo ghurughurupassāsī kacchehi sedaṃ muñcanto padaṃ uddharitumpi asakkonto khāṇu viya ṭhito bhagavantaṃ ‘‘tiṭṭha tiṭṭha, samaṇā’’ti āha. Bhagavā gacchantova ‘‘ṭhito ahaṃ, aṅgulimāla, tvañca tiṭṭhā’’ti āha. So ‘‘ime kho samaṇā sakyaputtiyā saccavādino, ayaṃ samaṇo gacchantoyeva ‘ṭhito ahaṃ, aṅgulimāla, tvañca tiṭṭhā’ti āha, ahañcamhi ṭhito, ko nu kho imassa adhippāyo, pucchitvā naṃ jānissāmī’’ti bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi –
866 “念与慧”:这里所说的“念”与“慧”,是指与禅定相应的念与慧的修习。由于在果的证见、烦恼的断除以及诸法群的止息中成就,故称为“令念慧生”。其余部分如前所述,于各处皆有详释。显示巴利原文
866.
你正走着,沙门,却说“我已站住”,反说我这个站着的是未站住的。
沙门,我且问你此事:你何以说‘我已站住’,而我却是‘未站住’?
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Gacchaṃ vadesi samaṇa ṭhitomhi, mamañca brūsi ṭhitamaṭṭhitoti; Pucchāmi taṃ samaṇa etamatthaṃ, kathaṃ ṭhito tvaṃ ahamaṭṭhitomhī’’ti.
此处,“沙门”是对世尊的称呼。“我”即指我。“如何”意为以何种方式。此句的意涵是:沙门,你正行走,却说“我已站住”;而我明明站着,你却说“未站住”。这其中必有缘由,因此,沙门,我这样问你:你以何种方式站住,我以何种方式未站住?如此说完,世尊——显示巴利原文
Tattha samaṇāti bhagavantaṃ ālapati. Mamanti maṃ. Kathanti kenākārena. Ayañhettha attho – samaṇa, tvaṃ gacchantova samāno ‘‘ṭhitomhī’’ti vadesi. Mamañca ṭhitaṃyeva ‘‘aṭṭhito’’ti brūsi, vadesi. Kāraṇenettha bhavitabbaṃ, tasmā taṃ samaṇaṃ ahaṃ evamatthaṃ pucchāmi. Kathaṃ kenākārena tvaṃ ṭhito ahosi, ahañca aṭṭhitomhīti. Evaṃ vutte bhagavā –
我已住立,央掘魔罗,于一切时,对一切众生放下棍杖;
而你于众生却不收摄其心,是故我住立,你未住立。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ṭhito ahaṃ aṅgulimāla sabbadā, sabbesu bhūtesu nidhāya daṇḍaṃ; Tuvañca pāṇesu asaññatosi, tasmā ṭhitohaṃ tuvamaṭṭhitosī’’ti. –
世尊以此偈回应他。显示巴利原文
Gāthāya taṃ ajjhabhāsi.
此处,“我已站住,央掘魔罗,于一切时对一切众生放下棍杖”的意思是:央掘魔罗,我在一切时、一切处,于过去、现在、未来,对一切蠕动或不动的众生,都已放下棍杖,也就是舍离了刀杖,心怀惭愧,具足悲悯。我正是以此状态安住,绝不转向其他方式。而“你对有情却不调伏”是指:你对众生毫无调伏,残暴嗜杀,血手斑斑,耽溺杀戮与破坏,全无悲悯。因此,由于不调伏、背离离欲之道,你才是“未站住”的。所以,即使你现在的身形看似站着,但因你在种种生命形态中辗转轮回,依然是未站住的;而我,由于前述的缘故,才是真正站住的。那时,央掘魔罗早已听闻世尊的声名,那名声犹如滴在湖面的油一般,遍覆整个世界;再加上他善根具足、智慧成熟,心中便涌起了喜悦与满足,他想:“这就是世尊本人!这是伟大的‘狮子吼’,这是雄壮的咆哮,除了乔达摩沙门,绝不会出自他者之口。我确实被这位大圣者、正自觉者看见了。世尊是为了摄受我、利益我才来到这里的。”这样想后显示巴利原文
Tattha ṭhito ahaṃ, aṅgulimāla, sabbadā, sabbesu bhūtesu nidhāya daṇḍanti, aṅgulimāla, ahaṃ sabbadā sabbakāle ādimajjhapariyosānesu tasathāvarabhedesu sabbesu sattesu daṇḍaṃ nidhāya nihitadaṇḍo nihitasattho lajjī dayāpanno, tato aññathā avattanato evarūpeneva ṭhito. Tuvañca pāṇesu asaññatosīti tvaṃ pana sattesu saññamarahito asi, luddo lohitapāṇi hatapahate niviṭṭho adayāpanno, tasmā asaññato virativasena aṭṭhito. Tato eva tāsu tāsu gatīsu paribbhamanatopi tuvaṃ idāni iriyāpathena ṭhitopi aṭṭhito asi, ahaṃ pana vuttappakārena ṭhitoti. Tato aṅgulimālo yathābhuccaguṇappabhāvitassa jalatale telassa viya sakalaṃ lokaṃ abhibyāpetvā ṭhitassa bhagavato kittisaddassa sutapubbattā hetusampattiyā ñāṇassa ca paripākagatattā ‘‘ayaṃ so bhagavā’’ti sañjātapītisomanasso ‘‘mahā ayaṃ sīhanādo, mahantaṃ gajjitaṃ, nayidaṃ aññassa bhavissati, samaṇassa maññe gotamassa etaṃ gajjitaṃ, diṭṭho vatamhi mahesinā sammāsambuddhena, mayhaṃ saṅgahakaraṇatthaṃ bhagavā idhāgato’’ti cintetvā –
“长久以来,我崇仰的大圣者、这位沙门,终于来到这大林;
我听闻了您那与法相应的偈颂,必将舍弃这千种罪恶。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Cirassaṃ vata me mahito mahesī, mahāvanaṃ samaṇo paccapādi; Sohaṃ cajissāmi sahassapāpaṃ, sutvāna gāthaṃ tava dhammayutta’’nti. –
他说出了这首偈颂。显示巴利原文
Imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi.
其中,“久远以来啊”指经过了极长的时间。“我”意为“为了摄受我、利益我”。“被尊崇”是指受包括天神在内的世间以崇高敬礼所尊崇的人。“大圣者”是指在伟大的戒蕴等功德中寻求、探索的人。“沙门进入大林”是指已止息一切罪恶的世尊,进入这片广大的森林。“我听了你那与法相应的偈颂后,将舍弃千种罪恶”的意思是:我听闻了您与法相应、与法相连的偈颂。听闻之后,我心中思惟:“即便是长久以来、经过极长时间所累积、习以为常的千种罪恶,我也要舍弃。”如今,我将必定彻底断除它——这就是这句话的意涵。为了显示他如此说后如何实践,以及世尊如何摄受他,于是接着说道:显示巴利原文
Tattha cirassaṃ vatāti cirakālena vata. Meti mayhaṃ anuggahatthāya. Mahitoti sadevakena lokena mahatiyā pūjāya pūjito. Mahante sīlakkhandhādiguṇe esi, gavesīti mahesī. Mahāvanaṃ samaṇo paccapādīti imaṃ mahāraññaṃ samitasabbapāpo bhagavā paṭipajji. Sohaṃ cajissāmi sahassapāpaṃ, sutvāna gāthaṃ tava dhammayuttanti sohaṃ dhammayuttaṃ dhammūpasaṃhitaṃ tava gāthaṃ suṇiṃ. Sohaṃ taṃ sutvāna ‘‘cirassampi cirakālenapi saṅgataṃ paricitaṃ pāpasahassaṃ pajahissa’’nti cintetvā idāni naṃ aññadatthu pariccajissāmīti attho. Evaṃ pana vatvā yathā paṭipajji, yathā ca bhagavatā anuggahito, taṃ dassetuṃ –
那盗贼便将剑与所有武器,弃于深坑、悬崖与地缝之中;
那盗贼顶礼善逝的双足,即于彼处向佛陀乞求出家。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Icceva coro asimāvudhañca, sobbhe papāte narake anvakāsi; Avandi coro sugatassa pāde, tattheva pabbajjamayāci buddhaṃ.
悲悯的大圣者、一切含天神世界的导师——佛陀,
当时世尊便对他说:“来,比丘!”此言一出,便成就了他的比丘身份。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Buddho ca kho kāruṇiko mahesi, yo satthā lokassa sadevakassa; Tamehi bhikkhūti tadā avoca, eseva tassa ahu bhikkhubhāvo’’ti.
结集者们安立了此二偈颂。显示巴利原文
Saṅgītikārā imā dve gāthā ṭhapesuṃ.
此处,「就这样」(icceva)指“iti eva”,意为这样说后,随即……。「强盗」(cora)指央掘魔罗。「剑」(asi)指剑。「武器」(āvudha)指其余各种武器。「深坑」(sobbhe)指四周皆为陡峭断崖之处。「悬崖」(papāte)指一侧有断崖之处。「地裂」(narake)指地面裂开的缝隙。然而,此处此三词同指一类山间深坳,人若坠入,他人便无法取出。「丢弃」(anvakāsi)指作“随弃”之举:他将自己的五种武器尽数顺势弃舍、抛下;弃舍之后,他以头顶礼世尊双足,说道:“尊者,请度我出家。”因此偈颂中说:“强盗顶礼善逝的双足,就在那里向佛陀乞求出家。”当他如此乞求出家时,导师观察其过去的业,见他获得“善来比丘”身份的因缘已然具足,便伸出右手,说道:“来,比丘!善说之法已宣说,为彻底灭尽苦而修习梵行!”这句话既成了他的出家,也成了他的具足戒。因此,经中说:“当时对他说:‘来,比丘!’这便成了他的比丘身份。”显示巴利原文
Tattha iccevāti iti eva evaṃ vatvā anantarameva. Coroti aṅgulimālo. Asinti khaggaṃ. Āvudhanti sesāvudhaṃ. Sobbheti samantato chinnataṭe. Papāteti ekato chinnataṭe. Naraketi bhūmiyā phalitavivare. Idha pana tīhipi padehi yattha patitaṃ aññena gahetuṃ na sakkā, tādisaṃ pabbatantarameva vadati. Anvakāsīti anu akāsi, pañcavidhampi attano āvudhaṃ anu khipi chaḍḍesi, tāni chaḍḍetvā bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā ‘‘pabbājetha maṃ, bhante’’ti āha. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘avandi coro sugatassa pāde, tattheva pabbajjamayāci buddha’’nti. Evaṃ tena pabbajjāya yācitāya satthā tassa purimakammaṃ olokento ehibhikkhubhāvāya hetusampattiṃ disvā dakkhiṇahatthaṃ pasāretvā – ‘‘ehi, bhikkhu, svākhāto dhammo, cara brahmacariyaṃ, sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā’’ti āha. Sā eva ca tassa pabbajjā upasampadā ca ahosi. Tenāha ‘‘tamehi bhikkhūti tadā avoca, eseva tassa ahu bhikkhubhāvo’’ti.
如此,那位长老于导师面前,以“善来比丘”的方式获得了出家与具足戒,之后修习观,证得阿拉汉果,感受解脱之乐,生起喜悦,便以优陀那颂宣说:显示巴利原文
Evaṃ thero satthu santike ehibhikkhubhāvena pabbajjaṃ upasampadañca labhitvā vipassanāya kammaṃ karonto arahattaṃ patvā vimuttisukhaṃ paṭisaṃvedento pītisomanassajāto udānavasena –
从前放逸的人,之后不再放逸;
他照耀此世间,犹如月天子出离云翳。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yo ca pubbe pamajjitvā, pacchā so nappamajjati; Somaṃ lokaṃ pabhāseti, abbhā muttova candimā.
若有人造了恶业,却以善法加以覆蔽;
他便照耀此世间,犹如脱出云翳的月天子。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yassa pāpaṃ kataṃ kammaṃ, kusalena pidhīyati; Somaṃ lokaṃ pabhāseti, abbhā muttova candimā.
若年少比丘,精勤于佛陀的教法,
他照亮此世间,犹如从云翳中脱出的明月。如是以三偈颂说。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yo have daharo bhikkhu, yuñjati buddhasāsane; Somaṃ lokaṃ pabhāseti, abbhā muttova candimā’’ti. – gāthattayaṃ abhāsi;
意思是:无论在家或出家,有人过去或因亲近恶友,或因自身缺乏如理思择而放逸,于正行道中陷入懈怠;后来因亲近善知识,如理出离,便不再放逸,如法修习,致力于止与观,证得三明与六神通。他便如同摆脱云层遮蔽的月亮,以所证得的明与神通,照亮这个由蕴等所构成的世界。显示巴利原文
Tassattho – yo puggalo gahaṭṭho vā pabbajito vā kalyāṇamittasaṃsaggato pubbe pāpamittasaṃsaggena vā attano vā paṭisaṅkhānābhāvena pamajjitvā sammāpaṭipattiyaṃ pamādaṃ āpajjitvā , pacchā kalyāṇamittasaṃsaggena yoniso ummujjanto nappamajjati, sammā paṭipajjati, samathavipassanaṃ anuyuñjanto tisso vijjā cha abhiññā pāpuṇāti, so abbhādīhi mutto cando viya okāsalokaṃ attanā adhigatāhi vijjābhiññāhi imaṃ khandhādilokaṃ obhāsetīti.
某补特伽罗已造作并累积的恶业,由于能灭尽业力的出世间善法,使其成为不感果报的状态,从而关闭了果报生起之门,被遮蔽、被覆藏。余义如前所述。显示巴利原文
Yassa puggalassa kataṃ upacitaṃ pāpakammaṃ kammakkhayakarena lokuttarakusalena avipākārahabhāvassa āharitattā vipākuppādane dvārapidhānena pidhīyati thakīyati. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva.
daharo,意为年轻,借此表示他具备适合精勤修行的身体。因为年轻者能够克服风、热等外在的危难,从而有能力精进修习。yuñjati buddhasāsaneti,意为于佛陀教法中精勤:即是在佛陀的教法中,于三学上全身心投入与实践,也就是恭敬地圆满成办。显示巴利原文
Daharoti taruṇo, tenassa yogakkhamasarīrataṃ dasseti. So hi uppannaṃ vātātapaparissayaṃ abhibhavitvā yogaṃ kātuṃ sakkoti. Yuñjati buddhasāsane sikkhattaye yuttappayutto hoti, sakkaccaṃ sampādetīti attho.
他如此充满喜悦与欢喜,安住于解脱之乐中。当他入城托钵时,有人掷来的土块落在这位长老身上,另有人掷来的棍棒也打在他身上。他带着破钵回到寺院,来到导师面前。导师教导他说:“忍耐吧,婆罗门,忍耐吧,婆罗门。婆罗门,你本会因这个业的果报在地狱中经历数千年,婆罗门,但现在你就在当下承受了那个业的果报。”于是,那位长老对一切众生无差别地修习慈心——显示巴利原文
Evaṃ pītisomanassajāto vimuttisukhena viharanto yadā nagaraṃ piṇḍāya pavisati, tadā aññenapi khitto leḍḍu therassa kāye nipatati, aññenapi khitto daṇḍo tasseva kāye nipatati. So bhinnena pattena vihāraṃ pavisitvā satthu santikaṃ gacchati. Satthā taṃ ovadati ‘‘adhivāsehi, tvaṃ brāhmaṇa, adhivāsehi, tvaṃ brāhmaṇa, yassa kho, tvaṃ brāhmaṇa, kammassa vipākena bahūni vassasahassāni niraye pacceyyāsi, tassa, tvaṃ brāhmaṇa, kammassa vipākaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme paṭisaṃvedesī’’ti. Atha thero anodhiso sabbasattesu mettacittaṃ upaṭṭhapetvā –
愿各方众生听闻我所说的法,愿各方众生致力于佛陀的教法。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Disāpi me dhammakathaṃ suṇantu, disāpi me yuñjantu buddhasāsane; Disāpi me te manuje bhajantu, ye dhammamevādapayanti santo.
‘‘Disā hi me khantivādānaṃ, avirodhappasaṃsinaṃ; Suṇantu dhammaṃ kālena, tañca anuvidhīyantu.
证得最上寂静之后,他应当护持一切已得安稳或未得安稳的众生。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Na hi jātu so mamaṃ hiṃse, aññaṃ vā pana kañci naṃ; Pappuyya paramaṃ santiṃ, rakkheyya tasathāvare.
犹如治水者引导水流,犹如造箭者调伏箭杆,
木匠调直木材,智者调伏自我。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Udakañhi nayanti nettikā, usukārā damayanti tejanaṃ; Dāruṃ damayanti tacchakā, attānaṃ damayanti paṇḍitā.
有人以棍棒、钩子和鞭子来调伏;
而我,被如来不用棍棒、不用刀剑便已调伏。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Daṇḍeneke damayanti, aṅkusebhi kasāhi ca; Adaṇḍena asatthena, ahaṃ dantomhi tādinā.
我的名字虽叫“无害”,过去却是造恶之人;
如今我已名副其实,不再伤害任何众生。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ahiṃsakoti me nāmaṃ, hiṃsakassa pure sato; Ajjāhaṃ saccanāmomhi, na naṃ hiṃsāmi kañci naṃ.
过去我曾为盗贼,以‘央掘魔罗’之名广为人知;
我被巨大的洪流冲卷,便皈依了佛陀。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Coro ahaṃ pure āsiṃ, aṅgulimāloti vissuto; Vuyhamāno mahoghena, buddhaṃ saraṇamāgamaṃ.
从前我是个血手者,以‘央掘魔罗’之名著称;
请观看此皈依,有之导引已彻底断除。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Lohitapāṇi pure āsiṃ, aṅgulimāloti vissuto; Saraṇagamanaṃ passa, bhavanetti samūhatā.
造作了众多导向恶趣的业之后,
业报成熟时,我无债而享用食物。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Tādisaṃ kammaṃ katvāna, bahuṃ duggatigāminaṃ; Phuṭṭho kammavipākena, anaṇo bhuñjāmi bhojanaṃ.
那些愚痴无智之人,耽著于放逸;
智者守护不放逸,如同守护至上财富。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Pamādamanuyuñjanti, bālā dummedhino janā; Appamādañca medhāvī, dhanaṃ seṭṭhaṃva rakkhati.
莫耽著放逸,莫亲近欲乐;
不放逸而勤修禅那者,必证最上之乐。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Mā pamādamanuyuñjetha, mā kāmaratisanthavaṃ; Appamatto hi jhāyanto, pappoti paramaṃ sukhaṃ.
‘‘Svāgataṃ nāpagataṃ, netaṃ dummantitaṃ mama; Savibhattesu dhammesu, yaṃ seṭṭhaṃ tadupāgamaṃ.
‘‘Svāgataṃ nāpagataṃ, netaṃ dummantitaṃ mama; Tisso vijjā anuppattā, kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.
或在阿兰若、树下,或在山中洞窟;
那时,我惊惧不安,四处站立。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Araññe rukkhamūle vā, pabbatesu guhāsu vā; Tattha tattheva aṭṭhāsiṃ, ubbiggamanaso tadā.
我安乐地躺卧、站立,安乐地度过生命;
我已脱离魔罗的圈套,啊!导师竟如此慈悲地顾念着我!
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sukhaṃ sayāmi ṭhāyāmi, sukhaṃ kappemi jīvitaṃ; Ahatthapāso mārassa, aho satthānukampito.
过去,我属于梵天种姓,出身北方,父母双方的血统都清净。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Brahmajacco pure āsiṃ, udicco ubhato ahu. Sojja putto sugatassa, dhammarājassa satthuno.
‘‘Vītataṇho anādāno, guttadvāro susaṃvuto; Aghamūlaṃ vadhitvāna, patto me āsavakkhayo.
「Pariciṇṇo mayā satthā」指我侍奉导师已圆满;「kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ」指完成了佛陀教法之实践。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Pariciṇṇo mayā satthā, kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ; Ohito garuko bhāro, bhavanetti samūhatā’’ti. – imā gāthā abhāsi;
其中,'disāpi'意为'方向,乃至':我的方向,即是怨敌与反对者,他们这样指责我:'犹如我等因央掘魔罗而失亲受苦,愿央掘魔罗亦同受此苦。''me dhammakathaṃ suṇantu'意为'愿他们听闻我的法语':即愿他们听闻我在导师座前所听闻的、与四谛法相应的法语。'yuñjantu'意为'应致力':即听闻之后,愿他们为此义理而精勤修行。'te manuje bhajantu'意为'应亲近那种人':即应亲近、依止那样的善士、善知识。'ye dhammamevādapayanti santoti'意为'那些贤善者,唯安住于法':即那些贤善者,唯安住于善法,唯安住于超人法,唯安住于所证得的出世间法。显示巴利原文
Tattha disāpīti mayhaṃ disāpi amittā paccatthikāpi ye maṃ evaṃ upavadanti ‘‘yathā mayaṃ aṅgulimālassa vasena ñātiviyogadukkhaparetā dukkhaṃ pāpuṇāma, evaṃ aṅgulimālopi dukkhaṃ pāpuṇātū’’ti. Me dhammakathaṃ suṇantūti mayā satthu santike sutaṃ catusaccadhammapaṭisaṃyuttaṃ kathaṃ suṇantu . Yuñjantūti sutvā ca tadatthāya paṭipajjantu. Te manuje bhajantūti tādise sappurise kalyāṇamitte bhajantu sevantu. Ye dhammamevādapayanti santoti ye sappurisā kusaladhammameva, uttarimanussadhammameva, nibbattitalokuttaradhammameva ca ādapenti samādapenti gaṇhāpenti.
'Khantivādānaṃ'指'那些宣说安忍者':即那些只宣说安忍、忍耐的人。由此而'赞叹无违者':即赞叹那不对任何人起冲突的慈心。'Suṇantu dhammaṃ kālena'指'应适时听闻其法':即应在恰当、合适的时机,于他们跟前听闻正法。'Tañca anuvidhīyantu'指'且应随学彼法':即如所听闻的法那样,正确地领受之后,应当随学,修习法随法行——这便是其含义所在。显示巴利原文
Khantivādānanti adhivāsanakhantimeva vadantānaṃ tato eva avirodhappasaṃsinanti kenaci avirodhabhūtāya mettāya eva pasaṃsanasīlānaṃ. Suṇantu dhammaṃkālenāti yuttappayuttakāle tesaṃ santike dhammaṃ suṇantu. Tañca anuvidhīyantūti tañca yathāsutaṃ dhammaṃ sammadeva uggahitvā anukarontu dhammānudhammaṃ paṭipajjantūti attho.
“他绝不可能伤害我”(Na hi jātu so mamaṃ hiṃse):指我那个方向、那个敌对者,绝无可能、确定不会伤害我、损害我。“或其他任何众生”(Aññaṃ vā pana kañci naṃ):不仅是我,其他任何众生他也不会伤害。“证得最上寂静”(Pappuyya paramaṃ santiṃ):应证得那最上、最殊胜的寂静,即涅槃;证得之后,应同样以最上的保护,护佑一切“弱与强的众生”(tasa thāvare)——意思是,应如护弟子、护儿子般,护佑一切众生。显示巴利原文
Na hi jātu so mamaṃ hiṃseti so mayhaṃ diso paccatthiko jātu, ekaṃseneva maṃ na hiṃse, na bādheyya. Aññaṃ vā pana kañci nanti na kevalaṃ maṃyeva, aññaṃ vāpi kañci sattaṃ na hiṃseyya, pappuyya paramaṃ santinti, paramaṃ uttamaṃ santiṃ nibbānaṃ pāpuṇeyya, pāpuṇitvā ca rakkheyya tasathāvareti sabbe ca satte paramāya rakkhāya rakkheyya, sissaṃ puttaṃ viya paripāleyyāti attho.
于是,尊者以这些偈颂令他人远离恶行,行持了名为“小作行”(parittakiriyaṃ)的业后,为了开显自己的修行之道,说出了“犹如引水……”(udakaṃ hīti)一偈。其中,那些通过掘高填低、开凿水渠,或安置木槽,将水引至任意所需之处的人,称为“引水者”(nettikā, udakahārino)。“tejananti”指箭竹,即箭。其意是说:引水者随己意引导水流;制箭者加热后拗直弯曲之处,调伏箭竹,令其笔直;木匠为制作轮辋等削木时,亦调伏木材,随己意使其或直或弯。同样,具智慧者以种种所缘为禅修业处,生起圣道,如是调御自身;而证得阿拉汉果者,则被称为“绝对已调御者”(ekantadantā nāma honti)。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ thero imāhi gāthāhi pare pāpato parimocento parittakiriyaṃ nāma katvā attano paṭipattiṃ pakāsento ‘‘udakaṃ hī’’ti gāthamāha. Tattha pathaviyā thalaṭṭhānaṃ khaṇitvā ninnaṭṭhānaṃ pūretvā mātikaṃ vā katvā rukkhadoṇiṃ vā ṭhapetvā attanā icchikicchitaṭṭhānaṃ udakaṃ nentīti nettikā, udakahārino. Tejananti kaṇḍaṃ. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – nettikā attano ruciyā udakaṃ nayanti, usukārāpi tāpetvā vaṅkābhāvaṃ harantā tejanaṃ usuṃ damayanti, ujukaṃ karonti, tacchakāpi nemiādīnaṃ atthāya tacchantā dāruṃ damayanti attano ruciyā ujuṃ vā vaṅkaṃ vā karonti. Evaṃ ettakaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā paṇḍitā sappaññā ariyamaggaṃ uppādentā attānaṃ damenti, arahattappattā pana ekantadantā nāma hontīti.
现在,身为“调御丈夫的御者”的导师,开示自己如何被调御及感恩之情,说出“以杖……”(daṇḍeneke)等五首偈颂。此处,“有些人以杖调伏”(daṇḍeneke damayantīti):指国王、大臣等以惩罚,或象兵、马兵等军队调伏敌人等;牧牛人等则以木杖、木条调伏牛等。驯象师用钩调伏大象,驯马师用鞭调伏马。“无杖、无刀,我已被调御,已成为如是者”(Adaṇḍena asatthena, ahaṃ dantomhi tādināti):然而我,却是被那位已证得对可爱、不可爱等境界平等一如之“如是”(tādi)状态的正自觉者所调御,完全不用杖,亦不用刀,在放下刀杖的状态中,我被调御、被驯服了,已达无系缚的境地。显示巴利原文
Idāni purisadammasārathinā satthārā attano damitākāraṃ kataññutañca pakāsento ‘‘daṇḍeneke’’tiādikā pañca gāthā abhāsi. Tattha daṇḍeneke damayantīti rājarājamahāmattādayo daṇḍena, hatthiassādinā balakāyena ca paccatthikādike damenti, gopālādayo ca gāvādike daṇḍena yaṭṭhiyā damenti. Hatthācariyā hatthiṃ aṅkusehi, assācariyā asse kasāhi ca damenti. Adaṇḍena asatthena, ahaṃ dantomhi tādināti ahaṃ pana iṭṭhādīsu tādibhāvappattena sammāsambuddhena vinā eva daṇḍena, vinā satthena, nihitadaṇḍanihitasatthabhāvena danto damito nibbisevano gato amhi.
“无害者是我的名字”:在过去曾为害人者时,未遇导师之前,于我这害人者而言,“无害者”不过徒有虚名而已。“而今日”:如今,我才是真正的“无害者”,拥有此真实不虚之名。因此,“我不伤害任何众生”:我不伤害、不侵扰任何众生。此处的“naṃ”只是一个语助词。显示巴利原文
Ahiṃsakotime nāmaṃ, hiṃsakassa pure satoti satthārā samāgamato pubbe hiṃsakassa me samānassa ahiṃsakoti nāmamattaṃ ahosi. Ajjāhanti idāni panāhaṃ ‘‘ahiṃsako’’ti saccanāmo avitathanāmo amhi. Tasmā na naṃ hiṃsāmi kañcipi sattaṃ na hiṃsāmi na bādhemi, nanti nipātamattaṃ.
“闻名遐迩”:指他以“杀生者、凶暴者、血污双手者”等恶名而广为人知。“为大瀑流所淹没”:即被欲流等巨大的瀑流所淹没。为断除那瀑流,我已皈依佛,即以佛陀为皈依处。显示巴利原文
Vissutoti ‘‘pāṇātipātī luddo lohitapāṇī’’tiādinā paññāto. Mahoghenāti kāmoghādinā mahatā oghena, tassa oghassa vicchedakaraṃ buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ buddhasaṅkhātaṃ saraṇaṃ agamaṃ upagacchiṃ.
“血污双手者”:因杀害生命,双手沾满他人之血,为鲜血所涂污。“请看我皈依所带来之大果”:请看我这个皈依所带来之大果——他如此赞叹自己。显示巴利原文
Lohitapāṇīti pāṇamatipātanena paresaṃ lohitena ruhirena makkhitapāṇi. Saraṇagamanaṃ passāti mahapphalaṃ mama saraṇagamanaṃ passāti attānamevālapati.
「像那样的业」(Tādisaṃ kammanti):指杀害数百人那般残酷、那般可怕的恶业。「被业异熟所触」(Phuṭṭho kammavipākenāti):被过去所造恶业的异熟所触——虽然他的诸业已彻底断尽,只是随受剩余的果报。或者也可这样理解:「被业异熟所触」,是指被他作为亲依止缘的善业之果——也就是出世间圣道所触,或者指被出世间之业自身的果——也就是解脱之乐所触。由于一切烦恼都已灭尽,他无债无累,受用食物;他以食物为话头,实则指四种资具。显示巴利原文
Tādisaṃ kammanti anekasatapurisavadhaṃ dāruṇaṃ tathārūpaṃ pāpakammaṃ. Phuṭṭho kammavipākenāti pubbe katassa pāpakammassa vipākena phuṭṭho, sabbaso pahīnakammo vipākamattaṃ paccanubhonto. Atha vā phuṭṭho kammavipākenāti upanissayabhūtassa kusalakammassa phalabhūtena lokuttaramaggena, lokuttarakammasseva vā phalena vimuttisukhena phuṭṭho. Sabbaso kilesānaṃ khīṇattā anaṇo bhuñjāmi bhojanaṃ, bhojanāpadesena cattāropi paccaye vadati.
现在,他为了呵责自己过去住于放逸,转而赞叹后来不放逸的修行,并激励他人精进,而说出「愚者耽著放逸……」等偈颂。其中,「愚者」(bālā):指具足愚痴、不知此世与他世利益的人。「无慧者」(Dummedhinoti):即没有智慧的人;他们见不到放逸的过患,耽著放逸,沉迷其中,纯以放逸虚度光阴。而「有慧者」(Medhāvīti):指具足法觉之慧的智者;他守护不放逸,如同守护传承中最为殊胜的七宝财富。就好比人们见到财富的利益,想着「依靠这最胜财富,我们将获得资具成就,养活妻儿,铺平通往善趣的道路」,于是善加守护;同样,智者见到不放逸的利益,想着「依靠不放逸,我将证得初禅等,证得道果,圆满三明与六神通」,便守护不放逸,如同守护最胜财富。这就是其中的含义。显示巴利原文
Idāni pubbe attano pamādavihāraṃ garahāmukhena pacchā appamādapaṭipattiṃ pasaṃsanto tattha ca paresaṃ ussāhaṃ janento ‘‘pamādamanuyuñjantī’’tiādikā gāthā abhāsi. Tattha bālāti bālyena samannāgatā idhalokaparalokatthaṃ ajānantā. Dummedhinoti nippaññā, te pamāde ādīnavaṃ apassantā pamādaṃ anuyuñjanti pavattenti, pamādeneva kālaṃ vītināmenti. Medhāvīti dhammojapaññāya samannāgato pana paṇḍito kulavaṃsāgataṃ seṭṭhaṃ uttamaṃ sattaratanadhanaṃ viya appamādaṃ rakkhati. Yathā hi ‘‘uttamaṃ dhanaṃ nissāya bhogasampattiṃ pāpuṇissāma, puttadāraṃ posessāma, sugatimaggaṃ sodhessāmā’’ti dhane ānisaṃsaṃ passantā dhanaṃ rakkhanti; evaṃ paṇḍitopi ‘‘appamādaṃ nissāya paṭhamajjhānādīni paṭilabhissāmi , maggaphalāni pāpuṇissāmi, tisso vijjā cha abhiññā sampādessāmī’’ti appamāde ānisaṃsaṃ passanto dhanaṃ seṭṭhaṃva appamādaṃ rakkhatīti attho.
「莫放逸」(Mā pamādanti):莫耽著放逸,莫以放逸虚度光阴。「莫耽著于欲乐的亲近」(Kāmaratisanthavanti):对于所依欲与烦恼欲中,那种名为乐著的渴爱亲近,也不应耽著、不应感受、不应获得。「因不放逸者」(Appamatto hīti):一个保持现前正念、不放逸的人,精勤于禅修,便能证得最殊胜、最上的涅槃之乐。显示巴利原文
Mā pamādanti pamādaṃ mā anuyuñjetha pamādena kālaṃ mā vītināmayittha. Kāmaratisanthavanti vatthukāmesu, kilesakāmesu ca ratisaṅkhātaṃ taṇhāsanthavampi mā anuyuñjetha mā vindittha mā paṭilabhittha. Appamatto hīti upaṭṭhitasatitāya appamatto puggalo jhāyanto jhāyanappasuto paramaṃ uttamaṃ nibbānasukhaṃ pāpuṇāti.
「善来,未曾离去」(Svāgataṃ nāpagatanti):那时我来到导师跟前,或者说导师来到那片大林,那是善来、善妙的到来,且未曾离去;从意义上说,没有背离,没有消失。「这并非我的恶思虑」(Netaṃ dummantitaṃ mamāti):那时我心中所想——“我将在导师跟前出家”,这并非恶思虑,而是善思虑。为什么呢?「于已分别开示的诸法中」(Savibhattesu dhammesūti):在依有罪、无罪等方式分类而详细开示的诸法当中,涅槃最胜、最高、最上。我亲证了它,意思就是我到达、证得了涅槃本身。显示巴利原文
Svāgataṃ nāpagatanti yaṃ tadā mama satthu santike āgataṃ āgamanaṃ, satthu vā tasmiṃ mahāvane āgamanaṃ, taṃ svāgataṃ svāgamanaṃ nāpagataṃ, atthato apetaṃ vigataṃ na hoti. Netaṃ dummantitaṃ mamāti yaṃ tadā mayā ‘‘satthu santike pabbajissāmī’’ti mantitaṃ, idampi mama na dummantitaṃ, sumantitameva. Kasmā? Savibhattesu dhammesūti sāvajjānavajjādivasena pakārato vibhattesu dhammesu yaṃ seṭṭhaṃ uttamaṃ pavaraṃ nibbānaṃ. Tadupāgamaṃ tadeva upagacchinti attho.
他为了表明:“过去在凡夫时期,由于修行方法与内心志向有缺陷,我在山林等处过得很苦;现在修行方法与内心志向皆已圆满,我在那里过得安乐。”也为了表明:“过去仅凭出身就算是婆罗门,如今因成为导师的亲生子,才是真正的婆罗门”——即同时显示自己的安乐住状态与究竟义上的婆罗门状态,于是说出“在林中……”等句子。其中,「我安乐地躺着」(sukhaṃ sayāmīti):即便躺着,我也是安乐、快乐的,没有痛苦。因内心没有惊恐等,所以远离了心灵之苦。「我站立」(Ṭhāyāmīti):我就是站着。「魔罗抓不到把柄」(Ahatthapāso mārassāti):指他已不在烦恼魔等魔罗的掌握之中。「啊!受到导师的怜悯」(Aho satthānukampitoti):啊!蒙受导师的怜悯!显示巴利原文
‘‘Tadā puthujjanakāle payogāsayavipannatāya araññādīsu dukkhaṃ vihāsiṃ, idāni payogāsayasampannatāya tattha sukhaṃ viharāmī’’ti sukhavihārabhāvañceva ‘‘pubbe jātimattena brāhmaṇo, idāni satthu orasaputtatāya brāhmaṇo’’ti paramatthabrāhmaṇabhāvañca dassento ‘‘araññe’’tiādimāha. Tattha sukhaṃ sayāmīti sayantopi sukhaṃ sukhena nidukkhena cittutrāsādīnaṃ abhāvena cetodukkharahito sayāmi. Ṭhāyāmīti ṭhāmi . Ahatthapāso mārassāti kilesamārādīnaṃ agocaro. Aho satthānukampitoti satthārānukampito aho.
「Brahmajacco」意为婆罗门种姓者。「Udicco ubhato」是指从母系和父系两方面都是清净高贵的出身。其余各处皆依前文所说之理理解。显示巴利原文
Brahmajaccoti brāhmaṇajātiko. Udicco ubhatoti mātito ca pitito ca ubhato udito saṃsuddhagahaṇiko. Sesaṃ tattha tattha vuttanayameva.
九、阿那律长老偈的注释显示巴利原文
9. Anuruddhattheragāthāvaṇṇanā
以“Pahāyamātāpitaro”为首的一组偈颂,是尊者阿那律长老所诵。他的生平因缘如何呢?他宿世于往昔诸佛处累积善行,在莲花上佛的时代,转生为一位家财丰厚的居士。一日,他前往寺院,于世尊前听法,见世尊将一位比丘安置于天眼第一之位,自己亦渴求此位。于是,他为有千二百五十比丘随行的世尊,举办了七日盛大的布施。第七日,他供养世尊与比丘僧团最殊胜的衣服,并发了愿。世尊预见他的成就将无有障碍,便授记道:“未来在乔达摩正自觉者的教法中,他将是天眼第一者。”他于彼处继续行持善法。待世尊般涅槃后,他为已落成的七由旬黄金塔,以数千计的灯树与灯盏举办了盛大灯供,并祈愿:“愿此成为证得天眼智的亲近助缘。”显示巴利原文
Pahāyamātāpitarotiādikā āyasmato anuruddhattherassa gāthā. Kā uppatti? Ayampi purimabuddhesu katādhikāro padumuttarassa bhagavato kāle vibhavasampanno kuṭumbiko hutvā nibbatti. So ekadivasaṃ vihāraṃ gantvā satthu santike dhammaṃ suṇanto satthāraṃ ekaṃ bhikkhuṃ dibbacakkhukānaṃ aggaṭṭhāne ṭhapentaṃ disvā sayampi taṃ ṭhānantaraṃ patthetvā satasahassabhikkhuparivārassa bhagavato sattāhaṃ mahādānaṃ pavattetvā sattame divase bhagavato, bhikkhusaṅghassa ca uttamāni vatthāni datvā paṇidhānamakāsi. Satthāpissa anantarāyena samijjhanabhāvaṃ disvā ‘‘anāgate gotamassa nāma sammāsambuddhassa sāsane dibbacakkhukānaṃ aggo bhavissatī’’ti byākāsi. Sopi tattha puññāni karonto satthari parinibbute niṭṭhite sattayojanike suvaṇṇacetiye anekasahassehi dīparukkhehi dīpakapallikāhi ca ‘‘dibbacakkhuñāṇassa upanissayapaccayo hotū’’ti uḷāraṃ dīpapūjaṃ akāsi.
他如此尽形寿广积善业,流转于人天善道。在迦叶世尊的时代,投生于波罗奈城一居士家。成年时,世尊已般涅槃。他为已建成的一由旬金塔,制作了许多铜钵,内中盛满熟酥,每个钵正中放置一块糖团,并将钵口彼此相触,围绕塔身而安置。他自己又制作一个大铜钵,装满熟酥,点燃千数灯芯,顶戴于头,整夜绕塔而行。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ yāvajīvaṃ puññāni katvā devamanussesu saṃsaranto kassapassa bhagavato kāle bārāṇasiyaṃ kuṭumbikagehe nibbattitvā viññutaṃ patto satthari parinibbute niṭṭhite yojanike kanakathūpe bahū kaṃsapātiyo kāretvā sappimaṇḍassa pūretvā majjhe ekekaṃ guḷapiṇḍaṃ ṭhapetvā mukhavaṭṭiyā mukhavaṭṭiṃ phusāpento cetiyaṃ parikkhipāpetvā attanā ekaṃ mahatiṃ kaṃsapātiṃ kāretvā sappimaṇḍassa pūretvā sahassavaṭṭiyo jālāpetvā sīse ṭhapetvā sabbarattiṃ cetiyaṃ anupariyāyi.
就这样,于彼生中,他也尽形寿行持善法。死后生于天界,享尽寿数后,又在无佛出世的时代,投生于波罗奈一个贫穷的家庭,取名“担食”。他在一位名叫须摩那的商主家打工维生。一日,他见名为优波离吒的独觉佛从灭尽定出定后,自香山腾空飞来,降落在波罗奈城门口,搭衣入城乞食。担食心生净信,取钵将自己储存的一份食物放进钵中,欲供养独觉佛;他的妻子也把自己的那份食物放入同一钵中。随后他将此钵捧至独觉佛手中。独觉佛接受后,给予了随喜祝福便离去。入夜,住在须摩那商主伞盖上的天神睹见此景,大声随喜道:“啊!布施!最上的布施!善安置于优波离吒!”须摩那商主闻声心想:“天神如此随喜,必定是最殊胜的布施。”于是恳请分享功德,担食便回向给他。商主因此心生净信,给了担食一千钱,说道:“从今以后,你不必再亲手劳作。去建一所合适的住所,就此安稳长住吧。”显示巴利原文
Evaṃ tasmimpi attabhāve yāvajīvaṃ kusalaṃ katvā tato cuto devaloke nibbattitvā tattha yāvatāyukaṃ ṭhatvā tato cuto anuppanne buddhe bārāṇasiyaṃyeva duggatakule nibbatti, annabhārotissa nāmaṃ ahosi. So sumanaseṭṭhissa nāma gehe kammaṃ karonto jīvati. So ekadivasaṃ upariṭṭhaṃ nāma paccekabuddhaṃ nirodhasamāpattito vuṭṭhāya gandhamādanapabbatato ākāsenāgantvā bārāṇasīnagaradvāre otaritvā cīvaraṃ pārupitvā nagare piṇḍāya pavisantaṃ disvā pasannacitto pattaṃ gahetvā attano atthāya ṭhapitaṃ ekaṃ bhāgabhattaṃ patte pakkhipitvā paccekabuddhassa dātukāmo ārabhi. Bhariyāpissa attano bhāgabhattaṃ tattheva pakkhipi. So taṃ netvā paccekabuddhassa hatthe ṭhapesi. Paccekabuddho taṃ gahetvā anumodanaṃ katvā pakkāmi. Taṃ disvā rattiṃ sumanaseṭṭhissa chatte adhivatthā devatā ‘‘aho dānaṃ paramadānaṃ, upariṭṭhe, suppatiṭṭhita’’nti mahāsaddena anumodi. Taṃ sutvā sumanaseṭṭhi ‘‘evaṃ devatāya anumoditaṃ idameva uttamadāna’’nti cintetvā tattha pattiṃ yāci. Annabhāro pana tassa pattiṃ adāsi. Tena pasannacitto sumanaseṭṭhi tassa sahassaṃ datvā ‘‘ito paṭṭhāya tuyhaṃ sahatthena kammakaraṇakiccaṃ natthi, patirūpaṃ gehaṃ katvā niccaṃ vasāhī’’ti āha.
因供养给出灭尽定的独觉佛的施食,当天便会感得极为殊胜的果报。因此,那天须摩那商主去见国王时,也带着担食一同前往。国王以敬意注视担食。商主便说:“大王,此人确实值得您注目。”接着讲述了担食所造的善业,以及自己给他一千钱的事。国王听后欢喜,也赐予一千钱,并下令:“在某处为他建造房屋居住。”担食让人清理那块地时,地下涌出了许多装满宝藏的大罐。他见后禀告国王。国王命人取出所有财物,堆聚一处后问道:“在这城中,谁家有如此多的财富?”答:“陛下,没有谁。”国王便说:“那么,从今天起,这位担食就是本城的大富商主。”当天便为他举行了商主伞盖的就任仪式。显示巴利原文
Yasmā nirodhato vuṭṭhitassa paccekabuddhassa dinnapiṇḍapāto taṃdivasameva uḷārataravipāko hoti, tasmā taṃdivasaṃ sumanaseṭṭhi rañño santikaṃ gacchanto taṃ gahetvā agamāsi. Rājā pana taṃ ādaravasena olokesi. Seṭṭhi ‘‘mahārāja, ayaṃ oloketabbayuttoyevā’’ti vatvā tadā tena katapuññaṃ attanāpissa sahassaṃ dinnabhāvaṃ kathesi. Taṃ sutvā rājā tussitvā sahassaṃ datvā asukasmiṃ nāma ṭhāne gehaṃ katvā vasā’’ti gehaṭṭhānamassa āṇāpesi. Tassa taṃ ṭhānaṃ sodhāpentassa mahantiyo nidhikumbhiyo uṭṭhahiṃsu. Tā disvā so rañño ārocesi. Rājā sabbaṃ dhanaṃ uddharāpetvā rāsikataṃ disvā ‘‘ettakaṃ dhanaṃ imasmiṃ nagare kassa gehe atthī’’ti? ‘‘Na kassaci, devā’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi ayaṃ annabhāro imasmiṃ nagare mahādhanaseṭṭhi nāma hotū’’ti taṃdivasameva tassa seṭṭhichattaṃ ussāpesi.
此后,他尽形寿行于善法,死后在人天中流转,至现今佛陀出世之时,于迦毗罗卫城白饭王释迦家中结生,名为阿那律。他是摩诃男释迦的幼弟、世尊的叔父之子,身极细软,广具福德,住于三座适宜三季的宫殿中,由盛装舞女环绕,享受如天人般的快乐。净饭大王鼓励释迦族王子们随侍世尊,他便与跋地亚王子等人一同前往住在阿那律芒果林的世尊处,在世尊面前出家。雨安居期间,他便成就了天眼。之后又到法将座前领受业处,至支提国东竹林修行沙门法。他思惟了七种大人之思惟,却未能了达第八种。世尊知晓他的情况后,便为他开示了第八大人之思惟,并演说以知足于四资具、好乐修习为庄严的大圣种行。他随顺着开示增长观智,证得了具有神通与无碍解庄严的阿拉汉果。因此,他在《譬喻经》中说:显示巴利原文
So tato paṭṭhāya yāvajīvaṃ kusalakammaṃ katvā tato cuto devamanussesu saṃsaritvā imasmiṃ buddhuppāde kapilavatthunagare sukkodanasakkassa gehe paṭisandhiṃ gaṇhi, anuruddhotissa nāmaṃ ahosi. So mahānāmassa sakkassa kaniṭṭhabhātā, satthu cūḷapitu putto paramasukhumālo mahāpuñño tiṇṇaṃ utūnaṃ anucchavikesu tīsu pāsādesu alaṅkatanāṭakitthīhi parivuto devo viya sampattiṃ anubhavanto suddhodanamahārājena ussāhitehi sakyarājūhi satthu parivāratthaṃ pesitehi bhaddiyakumārādīhi anupiyambavane viharantaṃ satthāraṃ upasaṅkamitvā satthu santike pabbajitvā antovasseyeva dibbacakkhuṃ nibbattetvā, puna dhammasenāpatissa santike kammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvā cetiyaraṭṭhe pācīnavaṃsadāyaṃ gantvā samaṇadhammaṃ karonto sattamahāpurisavitakke vitakketvā aṭṭhamaṃ jānituṃ nāsakkhi. Tassa taṃ pavattiṃ ñatvā satthā aṭṭhamaṃ mahāpurisavitakkaṃ kathetvā catupaccayasantosabhāvanārāmapaṭimaṇḍitaṃ mahāariyavaṃsapaṭipadaṃ deseti. So desanānusārena vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhetvā abhiññāpaṭisambhidāparivāraṃ arahattaṃ sacchākāsi. Tena vuttaṃ apadāne (apa. thera 1.1.421-433) –
我见善慧世尊,世间最胜人牛王,独处而住,我见世间导师。
我来到正自觉者、具足善慧的世间导师面前;
我举起合掌,向最胜佛乞求。
凭借那净信心,以及思与誓愿,
我舍弃人身之后,往生于天宫。
投生为天神时,我的宫殿化现得极为美妙;
它向四周放射光明,这便是供灯布施的果报。
那时,我于方圆百由旬间,周遍照耀,大放光明;
我胜过一切天神,这也是供灯布施的果报。
三十劫中,我为天王,统御天界;
无人轻视我,这便是供灯布施的果报。
我又曾经二十八次成为转轮王;
那时,我无论昼夜,皆能看见周遭一由旬内的一切。
在导师的教法中,我以智慧得见一千个世界;
我证得了天眼,这便是供灯布施的果报。
名为善慧的正自觉者,于三万劫前出现;
我以清净心,为他供养了一盏灯。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sumedhaṃ bhagavantāhaṃ, lokajeṭṭhaṃ narāsabhaṃ; Vūpakaṭṭhaṃ viharantaṃ, addasaṃ lokanāyakaṃ. ‘‘Upagantvāna sambuddhaṃ, sumedhaṃ lokanāyakaṃ; Añjaliṃ paggahetvāna, buddhaseṭṭhamayācahaṃ. ‘‘Anukampa mahāvīra, lokajeṭṭha narāsabha; Padīpaṃ te padassāmi, rukkhamūlamhi jhāyato. ‘‘Adhivāsesi so dhīro, sayambhū vadataṃ varo; Dumesu vinivijjhitvā, yantaṃ yojiyahaṃ tadā. ‘‘Sahassavaṭṭiṃ pādāsiṃ, buddhassa lokabandhuno; Sattāhaṃ pajjalitvāna, dīpā vūpasamiṃsu me. ‘‘Tena cittappasādena, cetanāpaṇidhīhi ca; Jahitvā mānusaṃ dehaṃ, vimānamupapajjahaṃ. ‘‘Upapannassa devattaṃ, byamhaṃ āsi sunimmitaṃ; Samantato pajjalati, dīpadānassidaṃ phalaṃ. ‘‘Samantā yojanasataṃ, virocesimahaṃ tadā; Sabbe deve abhibhomi, dīpadānassidaṃ phalaṃ. ‘‘Tiṃsakappāni devindo, devarajjamakārayiṃ; Na maṃ kecītimaññanti, dīpadānassidaṃ phalaṃ. ‘‘Aṭṭhavīsatikkhattuñca, cakkavattī ahosahaṃ; Divā rattiñca passāmi, samantā yojanaṃ tadā. ‘‘Sahassalokaṃ ñāṇena, passāmi satthu sāsane; Dibbacakkhumanuppatto, dīpadānassidaṃ phalaṃ. ‘‘Sumedho nāma sambuddho, tiṃsakappasahassito; Tassa dīpo mayā dinno, vippasannena cetasā. ‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsana’’nti.
后来,世尊在祇园精舍的圣众中坐定,将阿那律尊者确立为天眼第一,说道:“诸比丘,在我的比丘弟子中,天眼第一者,即是阿那律。”显示巴利原文
Atha naṃ satthā aparabhāge jetavanamahāvihāre ariyagaṇamajjhe nisinno dibbacakkhukānaṃ aggaṭṭhāne ṭhapesi ‘‘etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, mama sāvakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dibbacakkhukānaṃ yadidaṃ anuruddho’’ti (a. ni. 1.180, 192).
他安住于解脱之乐中。一天,他省察自己的修行后,生起喜悦与意乐,便以自说偈说出了“舍去母亲与父亲”等为首的偈颂。然而,有些人说:“阐明长老出家及证阿罗汉果的前四首偈颂,是结集者所说。之后的偈颂,是世尊因对长老的圣种修行感到满意而说。其余所有偈颂,都是长老因各种不同的因缘而自己说的。”因此,无论如何,这些偈颂不论是长老亲口所说,还是为长老而说,都应知皆为长老的偈颂。具体如下:显示巴利原文
So vimuttisukhaṃ paṭisaṃvedī viharanto ekadivasaṃ attano paṭipattiṃ paccavekkhitvā pītisomanassajāto udānavasena ‘‘pahāya mātāpitaro’’tiādikā gāthā abhāsi. Keci pana ‘‘therassa pabbajjaṃ arahattappattiñca pakāsentehi saṅgītikārehi ādito catasso gāthā bhāsitā. Tato parā therassa ariyavaṃsapaṭipattiyā ārādhitacittena bhagavatā bhāsitā. Itarā sabbāpi tena tena kāraṇena thereneva bhāsitā’’ti vadanti. Iti sabbathāpi imā gāthā therena bhāsitāpi, theraṃ uddissa bhāsitāpi therassa cetā gāthāti veditabbā. Seyyathidaṃ –
舍弃了母亲与父亲,以及姊妹和亲族兄弟;
舍离五种欲乐之后,阿那律便这样修习禅那。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Pahāya mātāpitaro, bhaginī ñātibhātaro; Pañca kāmaguṇe hitvā, anuruddhova jhāyati.
往昔耽著歌舞,随节拍与音乐而醒;
然而贪著魔罗境界者,不能依此获得清净。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sameto naccagītehi, sammatāḷappabodhano; Na tena suddhimajjhagaṃ, mārassa visaye rato.
‘‘Etañca samatikkamma, rato buddhassa sāsane; Sabboghaṃ samatikkamma, anuruddhova jhāyati.
令人愉悦的色、声、香、味、触,
超越这些之后,阿那律便独自修习禅那。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Rūpā saddā rasā gandhā, phoṭṭhabbā ca manoramā; Ete ca samatikkamma, anuruddhova jhāyati.
‘‘Piṇḍapātamatikkanto, eko adutiyo muni; Esati paṃsukūlāni anuruddho anāsavo.
牟尼挑选、拾取、清洗、染色,而后穿着,
具足智慧的漏尽者阿那律,穿着粪扫衣。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Vicinī aggahī dhovi, rajayī dhārayī muni; Paṃsukūlāni matimā, anuruddho anāsavo.
多欲、不知足、好混杂而掉举者,
他的这些法是恶、杂染的。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Mahiccho ca asantuṭṭho, saṃsaṭṭho yo ca uddhato; Tassa dhammā ime honti, pāpakā saṃkilesikā.
他具念、少欲、知足、无忧恼,
乐远离、知足,恒常精进。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sato ca hoti appiccho, santuṭṭho avighātavā; Pavivekarato vitto, niccamāraddhavīriyo.
他所具足的这些法,正是善的、菩提分法;
他成为无漏者,这是大仙所宣说的。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Tassa dhammā ime honti, kusalā bodhipakkhikā; Anāsavo ca so hoti, iti vuttaṃ mahesinā.
了知我的意图后,世间无上导师,
以意生身,依神通力来至面前。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Mama saṅkappamaññāya, satthā loke anuttaro; Manomayena kāyena, iddhiyā upasaṅkami.
当我生起这样的意念时,他便进一步为我开示;
乐于无戏论的佛陀,将无戏论法教导于我。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yadā me ahu saṅkappo, tato uttari desayi; Nippapañcarato buddho, nippapañcamadesayi.
我通达了他的法,安住于教法中,满怀喜悦;
三明已证得,佛陀的教法已成就。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Tassāhaṃ dhammamaññāya, vihāsiṃ sāsane rato; Tisso vijjā anuppattā, kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.
我保持常坐不卧,至今五十五年;
我已断除睡眠,至今二十五年;
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Pañcapaññāsavassāni, yato nesajjiko ahaṃ; Pañcavīsativassāni, yato middhaṃ samūhataṃ.
‘‘Nāhu assāsapassāsā, ṭhitacittassa tādino; Anejo santimārabbha, cakkhumā parinibbuto.
‘‘Asallīnena cittena, vedanaṃ ajjhavāsayi; Pajjotasseva nibbānaṃ, vimokkho cetaso ahu.
‘‘Ete pacchimakā dāni, munino phassapañcamā; Nāññe dhammā bhavissanti, sambuddhe parinibbute.
迦离啊,如今天神之身,我已不再有再生;
生之轮回已灭尽,如今不再有后有。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Natthi dāni punāvāso, devakāyasmi jālini; Vikkhīṇo jātisaṃsāro, natthi dāni punabbhavo.
他于刹那之间,以千种方式了知了含梵天界在内的世间;
那位于神通功德得自在的比丘,在死时与生时,能适时照见天神。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yassa muhuttena sahassadhā, loko saṃvidito sabrahmakappo; Vasī iddhiguṇe cutūpapāte, kāle passati devatā sa bhikkhu.
‘‘Annabhāro pure āsiṃ, daliddo ghāsahārako; Samaṇaṃ paṭipādesiṃ, upariṭṭhaṃ yasassinaṃ.
‘‘Somhi sakyakule jāto, anuruddhoti maṃ vidū; Upeto naccagītehi, sammatāḷappabodhano.
‘‘Athaddasāsiṃ sambuddhaṃ, satthāraṃ akutobhayaṃ; Tasmiṃ cittaṃ pasādetvā, pabbajiṃ anagāriyaṃ.
我知晓宿世住处,了知过去我曾住在何处;
在三十三天的天神中,我曾作为帝释天而存在。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Pubbenivāsaṃ jānāmi, yattha me vusitaṃ pure; Tāvatiṃsesu devesu, aṭṭhāsiṃ sakkajātiyā.
我七度为人间帝王,统御王国;
我是四边的征服者,阎浮林之主宰;
不施刑罚,不用刀剑,唯以正法教诫。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sattakkhattuṃ manussindo, ahaṃ rajjamakārayiṃ; Cāturanto vijitāvī, jambusaṇḍassa issaro; Adaṇḍena asatthena, dhammena anusāsayiṃ.
由此七世,由彼七世,共十四个轮回;
那时,我立于天界,证知了宿世住处。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ito satta tato satta, saṃsārāni catuddasa; Nivāsamabhijānissaṃ, devaloke ṭhito tadā.
在具足五支、寂静且心一境性修习圆满的定中;
在获得止息轻安时,我的天眼便清净了。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Pañcaṅgike samādhimhi, sante ekodibhāvite; Paṭippassaddhiladdhamhi, dibbacakkhu visujjhi me.
我了知众生的死与生、来处与趣向;
安住于五支禅那中,了知此有与彼有。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Cutūpapātaṃ jānāmi, sattānaṃ āgatiṃ gatiṃ; Itthabhāvaññathābhāvaṃ, jhāne pañcaṅgike ṭhito.
‘‘Pariciṇṇo mayā satthā…pe… bhavanetti samūhatā.
在跋耆族的竹村,当我寿命终尽时;
就在下方的竹丛中,我将以无漏般涅槃。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Vajjīnaṃ veḷuvagāme, ahaṃ jīvitasaṅkhayā; Heṭṭhato veḷugumbasmiṃ, nibbāyissaṃ anāsavo’’ti.
此处「pahāya」意为舍弃了(pajahitvā)。「mātāpitaro」意为母亲与父亲(mātarañca pitarañca)。此处意为:正如有些人或因亲族衰败、或因财富衰败所逼迫而出家,出家后又耽著于其他事务而住,我们并非如此。我们是在舍弃了庞大的亲族眷属和大量的财富积聚之后,对诸般欲乐无所期待而出家的。「jhāyati」指所缘近观(ārammaṇūpanijjhāna)与特相近观(lakkhaṇūpanijjhāna),即全心从事这两种禅那而安住。显示巴利原文
Tattha pahāyāti pajahitvā. Mātāpitaroti mātarañca pitarañca. Ayañhettha adhippāyo – yathā aññe keci ñātipārijuññena vā bhogapārijuññena vā abhibhūtā pabbajanti, pabbajitā ca kiccantarapasutā viharanti, na evaṃ mayaṃ. Mayaṃ pana mahantaṃ ñātiparivaṭṭaṃ, mahantañca bhogakkhandhaṃ pahāya kāmesu nirapekkhā pabbajitāti. Jhāyatīti ārammaṇūpanijjhānaṃ lakkhaṇūpanijjhānañcāti, duvidhampi jhānaṃ anuyutto viharati.
“Sameto naccagītehīti”意为具足舞蹈与歌曲,即观看舞蹈、聆听歌曲的意思。也有读作“Sammato”的,意思是受舞蹈与歌曲所崇敬。“Sammatāḷappabodhano”指以协调的节拍声在黎明时分被唤醒。“Na tena suddhimajjhagaṃ”指我不通过那种欲乐受用而获得轮回的清净。“Mārassa visaye rato”指沉溺于属于烦恼魔罗领域的五欲之中。其意思是:并不持“通过享受属于烦恼魔罗领域的五欲,便能得到轮回清净”这样的见解。因此他说:“并且超越了这……”等等。在这里,“etaṃ”即指这五种欲。“Samatikkammā”即超越之后,毫无牵挂地舍弃。“Sabboghaṃ”则指欲流等一切流。显示巴利原文
Sameto naccagītehīti naccehi ca gītehi ca samaṅgībhūto, naccāni passanto gītāni suṇantoti attho. ‘‘Sammato’’ti ca paṭhanti, naccagītehi pūjitoti attho. Sammatāḷappabodhanoti sammatāḷasaddehi paccūsakāle pabodhetabbo. Na tena suddhimajjhaganti tena kāmabhogena saṃsārasuddhiṃ nādhigacchiṃ. Mārassa visaye ratoti kilesamārassa visayabhūte kāmaguṇe rato. ‘‘Kilesamārassa visayabhūtena kāmaguṇabhogena saṃsārasuddhi hotī’’ti evaṃdiṭṭhiko ahutvāti attho. Tenāha ‘‘etañca samatikkammā’’tiādi. Tattha etanti etaṃ pañcavidhampi kāmaguṇaṃ. Samatikkammāti samatikkamitvā, anapekkho chaḍḍetvāti attho. Sabboghanti kāmoghādikaṃ sabbampi oghaṃ.
为显示五欲的各自体相,而说了“色、声……”等。其中,“可意”是因为具有能诱人的意味,能使心意感到欢乐,故称为“可意”,也就是“可意的”意思。正如经中所说:“哪五种是可意的色、可意的声……”等(《中部》3.328,义同)。显示巴利原文
Pañca kāmaguṇe sarūpato dassetuṃ ‘‘rūpā saddā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha manoramāti lobhanīyaṭṭhena manaṃ ramayantīti manoramā, manāpiyāti vuttaṃ hoti. Yathāha ‘‘katame pañca manāpiyā rūpā, manāpiyā saddā’’tiādi (ma. ni. 3.328 atthato samānaṃ).
“Piṇḍapātamatikkanto”意为已过了取用团食的时候,即从取用团食中返回。“Eko”意为独一,即没有跟随在后的沙门。“Adutiyo”意为无第二,也就是没有渴爱;因为渴爱被称为人的第二同伴,如说:“以渴爱为第二同伴的人”(《如是语》15, 105; 《大经》191)。“Esatī”意为寻求。显示巴利原文
Piṇḍapātamatikkantoti piṇḍapātaggahaṇaṃ atikkanto, piṇḍapātaggahaṇato nivattentoti attho. Ekoti ekākī apacchāsamaṇo. Adutiyoti nittaṇho. Taṇhā hi purisassa dutiyo nāma. Yathāha ‘‘taṇhādutiyo puriso’’ti (itivu. 15, 105; mahāni. 191). Esatīti pariyesati.
他一边寻找,一边在各处的垃圾堆等粪扫衣产生地仔细挑选。挑选后,即使那衣服被不净物所染,也不起厌恶,就这样拿起。接着加以清洗,清洗后,把所得之衣缝制好,再用如法染料染色。染色后,为它点上净点,然后受持,即用作下衣和上衣。显示巴利原文
Vicinīti esantova tattha tattha saṅkārakūṭādike paṃsukūluppattiṭṭhāne vicini. Aggahīti vicinitvā asucimakkhitampi ajigucchanto gaṇhi. Dhovīti, vikkhālesi. Rajayīti dhovitvā gahitaṃ sibbitvā kappiyarajanena rajayi. Dhārayīti rajitvā kappabinduṃ datvā dhāresi, nivāsesi ceva pārupi ca.
而后,为了显示在东方竹林时导师所给予的教诫,以及他自己已达究竟的状况,便诵出了“多欲而且不满足”等偈颂。其中,“多欲”是指具有强烈的资具欲求,即想要众多、殊胜的资具;“不满足”是指不知足,即缺少对所获之物感到满足等心态;“混杂而住”是指与在家众和出家众以不合宜的方式混杂交往;“高举”是指心被抬高,浮动不定。那个被称为“多欲”等的人,他的这些多欲、不满足、混杂、散乱等法,依下劣义而言是恶的;由于会使他的心成为染污的状态,故称为杂染法。显示巴利原文
Idāni pācīnavaṃsadāye satthārā dinnaovādaṃ tassa ca attanā matthakappattabhāvaṃ dīpento ‘‘mahiccho ca asantuṭṭho’’tiādikā gāthā abhāsi. Tattha mahicchoti mahatiyā paccayicchāya samannāgato, uḷāruḷāre bahū ca paccaye icchantoti attho. Asantuṭṭhoti nissantuṭṭho, yathālābhasantosādinā santosena virahito. Saṃsaṭṭhoti gihīhi ceva pabbajitehi ca ananulomikena saṃsaggena saṃsaṭṭho. Uddhatoti ukkhitto. Tassāti ‘‘mahiccho’’tiādinā vuttapuggalassa. Dhammāti mahicchatā asantoso, saṃsaṭṭhatā vikkhepoti īdisā. Lāmakaṭṭhena pāpakā. Saṃkilesikāti tassa cittassa malīnabhāvakaraṇato saṃkilesikā dhammā honti.
然而,当此人亲近善知识、交往、承事,听闻正法,如理作意,具备正念时,他便舍弃多欲,成为少欲者;舍弃不知足,成为知足者;舍弃那种令心生苦恼的散乱,成为无恼、不散乱、心得安稳者;舍弃聚会杂处,成为乐于远离者;他以远离之乐、厌离心及对法的喜悦,变得振奋、欢喜、心意满足;彻底舍弃懈怠,成为精进不懈者。显示巴利原文
Satoca hoti appicchoti yadā panāyaṃ puggalo kalyāṇamitte sevanto bhajanto payirupāsanto saddhammaṃ suṇanto yoniso manasi karonto satimā ca mahicchataṃ pahāya appiccho ca hoti. Asantosaṃ pahāya santuṭṭho, cittassa vighātakaraṃ vikkhepaṃ pahāya avighātavā avikkhitto samāhito, gaṇasaṅgaṇikaṃ pahāya pavivekarato, vivekābhiratiyā nibbidāya dhammapītiyā vitto sumano tuṭṭhacitto, sabbaso kosajjapahānena āraddhavīriyo.
对于这样具足少欲等功德的人,这些念处等三十七菩提分法,涵盖三种观,因从善巧而生,故称为善;它们属于圣道,成为菩提分法。他具足这些法,由于断尽一切烦恼,自证得最上道果的刹那起,便成为无漏者。以上便是大仙、正自觉者于东方竹林,将大人思惟推至究竟的用意所在。显示巴利原文
Tassa evaṃ appicchatādiguṇasamannāgatassa ime satipaṭṭhānādayo sattatiṃsappabhedā tividhavipassanāsaṅgahā kosallasambhūtaṭṭhena kusalā, maggapariyāpannā bodhipakkhikā dhammā honti. So tehi samannāgato sabbaso āsavānaṃ khepanena aggamaggakkhaṇato paṭṭhāya anāsavo ca hoti. Iti evaṃ vuttaṃ mahesinā sammāsambuddhena pācīnavaṃsadāye mahāpurisavitakke matthakaṃ pāpanavasenāti adhippāyo.
“知我思惟”:即了知我的思惟。那是以大人思惟的方式,如“诸比丘!此法为少欲者而说,非为多欲者而说”等(《增支部》8.30),开始后却因尚未能抵达究竟而停住的思惟。“以意所成”:犹如以意所造,即由心意化作相似物般所转化,此为其义。“以神变”:即“愿此身如心一般”的决意神通。显示巴利原文
Mamasaṅkappamaññāyāti ‘‘apicchassāyaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammo, nāyaṃ dhammo mahicchassā’’tiādinā (a. ni. 8.30) mahāpurisavitakkavasena āraddhaṃ, te ca matthakaṃ pāpetuṃ asamatthabhāvena ṭhitaṃ mama saṅkappaṃ jānitvā. Manomayenāti manomayena viya, manasā nimmitasadisena pariṇāmitenāti attho. Iddhiyāti ‘‘ayaṃ kāyo idaṃ cittaṃ viya hotū’’ti evaṃ pavattaadhiṭṭhāniddhiyā.
“当我生起思惟时”:即在那时,我心中生起这样的寻思:“第八大人思惟究竟是何?”随后,那位天神以神通了知我的思惟后前来——应如此连接。“更上而开示”:为圆满第八大人思惟,他进一步开示道:“诸比丘!此法乃为不喜戏论、好乐无戏论者而说,非为喜好戏论、耽着戏论者而说。”(《增支部》8.30)而在开示所教导的法时,他说道:“佛陀乐于无戏论,开示了无戏论。”所谓“戏论”,即贪等烦恼;由于他们烦恼的止灭及无彼烦恼的状态,出世间法称为“无戏论”。正自觉者于无戏论中乐住、极喜,如我所证得那般,开示了如是之法,宣说了所自赞的四圣谛教法——此为其义。显示巴利原文
Yadāme ahu saṅkappoti yasmiṃ kāle mayhaṃ ‘‘kīdiso nu kho aṭṭhamo mahāpurisavitakko’’ti parivitakko ahosi. Tato mama saṅkappamaññāya iddhiyā upasaṅkamīti yojanā. Uttari desayīti ‘‘nippapañcārāmassāyaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammo nippapañcaratino, nāyaṃdhammo papañcārāmassa papañcaratino’’ti (a. ni. 8.30) imamaṭṭhamaṃ mahāpurisavitakkaṃ pūrento upari desayi. Taṃ pana desitaṃ dhammaṃ desento āha ‘‘nippapañcarato buddho, nippapañcamadesayī’’ti. Papañcā nāma rāgādayo kilesā, tesaṃ vūpasamatāya, tadabhāvato ca lokuttaradhammā nippapañcā nāma. Tasmiṃ nippapañce rato abhirato sammāsambuddho yathā taṃ pāpuṇāmi, tathā tādisaṃ dhammaṃ adesayi, sāmukkaṃsikaṃ catusaccadhammadesanaṃ pakāsayīti attho.
‘我了知彼法后’:意思是,我明了那位导师所教导的法之后,便依教奉行,安住于含摄三学的教法中,于中欣乐、深心喜悦。显示巴利原文
Tassāhaṃ dhammamaññāyāti tassā satthu desanāya dhammaṃ jānitvā yathānusiṭṭhaṃ paṭipajjanto vihāsiṃ sikkhattayasaṅgahe sāsane rato abhirato hutvāti attho.
先点明由值遇导师而成就义利,接着为了显示从出家之时即已发起精进,对身体无顾恋而舍弃卧床之乐与触乐享受,并从减少睡眠之时即已发起精进,而说出‘五十五年’一颂。其中,‘自何时我成为常坐者’:即自从见到‘瑜伽相应、禅修所熏的善士行、严峻苦行’等功德后,我便成为常坐不卧者,这些岁月是五十五年。‘自何时睡眠被断除’:即从断除睡眠开始,那些年是二十五年。据传:长老在五十五年的常坐与正念中,最初二十五年完全没有睡眠,此后由于身体疲劳,后夜才有睡眠。显示巴利原文
Satthārā attano samāgamaṃ tena sādhitamatthaṃ dassetvā idāni attano pabbajitakālato paṭṭhāya āraddhavīriyataṃ, kāye anapekkhatāya seyyasukhapassasukhānaṃ pariccāgaṃ, appamiddhakālato paṭṭhāya āraddhavīriyatañca dassento ‘‘pañcapaññāsavassānī’’ti gāthamāha. Tattha yato nesajjiko ahanti yato paṭṭhāya ‘‘yogānukūlatā kammaṭṭhānapariyuṭṭhitasappurisacariyā sallekhavuttī’’ti evamādiguṇe disvā nesajjiko ahosiṃ tāni pañcapaññāsa vassāni. Yato middhaṃ samūhatanti yato paṭṭhāya mayā niddā pariccattā tāni pañcavīsativassāni. ‘‘Therassa pañcapaññāsāya vassesu nesajjikassa sato ādito pañcavīsativassāni niddā nāhosi, tato paraṃ sarīrakilamathena pacchimayāme niddā ahosī’’ti vadanti.
‘无出入息’等三首偈颂,是世尊般涅槃时,比丘们问:‘世尊已般涅槃了吗?’为了说明般涅槃的状态而说。其中,‘无出入息,心住于如者’:世尊以顺、逆等种种方式进入一切等至后出定,最后心住于第四禅,作为如者,此时便无出入息。这显示:入第四禅者,身行息灭;而身行即是出入息,因此从第四禅那刹那起,就没有出入息了。‘无动’:因为名为渴爱的动摇已不存在,故称无动;又或因安住于定,故称无动。‘缘寂静’:即缘取、依止于无余涅槃。‘具眼者’:以五种眼而具足。‘般涅槃’:即已般涅槃。这里面的要义是:进入以涅槃为所缘的第四禅果等至之后,紧接着便于无余涅槃界般涅槃了。显示巴利原文
‘‘Nāhu assāsapassāsā’’ tiādikā tisso gāthā satthu parinibbānakāle bhikkhūhi ‘‘kiṃ bhagavā parinibbuto’’ti puṭṭho parinibbānabhāvaṃ pavedento āha. Tattha nāhu assāsapassāsā, ṭhitacittassa tādinoti anulomapaṭilomato anekākāravokārā sabbā samāpattiyo samāpajjitvā vuṭṭhāya sabbapacchā catutthajjhāne ṭhitacittassa tādino buddhassa bhagavato assāsapassāsā nāhu nāhesunti attho. Etena yasmā catutthajjhānaṃ samāpannassa kāyasaṅkhārā nirujjhanti. Kāyasaṅkhārāti ca assāsapassāsā vuccanti, tasmā catutthajjhānakkhaṇato paṭṭhāya assāsapassāsā nāhesunti dasseti. Taṇhāsaṅkhātāya ejāya abhāvato anejo, samādhismiṃ ṭhitattā vā anejo. Santimārabbhāti anupādisesaṃ nibbānaṃ ārabbha paṭicca sandhāya. Cakkhumāti pañcahi cakkhūhi cakkhumā. Parinibbutoti parinibbāyi. Ayañhettha attho – nibbānārammaṇacatutthajjhānaphalasamāpattiṃ samāpajjitvā tadanantarameva anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbutoti.
「以不退缩」:即以不退缩、不蜷缩、完全舒展的心。「他忍受了感受」:他保持正念正知,忍受临终的感受,而不被感受所左右,辗转翻覆。「心的解脱寂灭,如灯焰之灭尽」:犹如依油与灯芯而燃的灯焰、灯光,在油与灯芯耗尽时便熄灭,熄灭之后并不会去往某处而停驻,唯是消失,归于不可见;同样地,依烦恼与诸行而流转的蕴相续,在它们耗尽时便熄灭,熄灭之后亦不会去往某处而停驻,唯是消失,归于不可见——这是为了说明此义理。因此说:「诸贤者寂灭,犹如斯灯」(《小诵》6.15),「如风灭火焰」(《经集》1080)等。显示巴利原文
Asallīnenāti alīnena asaṃkuṭitena suvikasiteneva cittena. Vedanaṃ ajjhavāsayīti sato sampajāno hutvā māraṇantikaṃ vedanaṃ adhivāsesi, na vedanānuvattī hutvā ito cito ca samparivatti. Pajjotasseva nibbānaṃ, vimokkho cetaso ahūti yathā telañca paṭicca, vaṭṭiñca paṭicca pajjalanto pajjoto padīpo tesaṃ parikkhaye nibbāyati. Nibbuto ca katthaci gantvā na tiṭṭhati, aññadatthu antaradhāyati, adassanameva gacchati; evaṃ kilesābhisaṅkhāre nissāya pavattamāno khandhasantāno tesaṃ parikkhaye nibbāyati, nibbuto ca katthaci gantvā na tiṭṭhati, aññadatthu antaradhāyati, adassanameva gacchatīti dasseti. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘nibbanti dhīrā yathāyaṃ padīpo’’ti (khu. pā. 6.15), ‘‘accī yathā vātavegena khittā’’ti (su. ni. 1080) ca ādi.
「这些」:是指在世尊般涅槃刹那,于其相续中现行的诸法,这是基于亲自现见而说。「最后」:因为从此之后,便无心的生起。「现在」:即此时。「触为第五」:因以触为第五的诸法显著,故如此说。正如在论述心生起时,也是从触为第五开始说起。「其他法」:即与所依共起的其他心心所法,而非般涅槃心的心所法。难道那些法也不会存在吗?的确,它们将不复存在;但对此既无疑惑,便不应说它们「将不存在」。然而,其余有学与凡夫等或许会疑惑:「它们还会存在吗?」为了断除那种疑惑,故说「其他法将不存在」。显示巴利原文
Eteti parinibbānakkhaṇe satthu santāne pavattamānānaṃ dhammānaṃ attano paccakkhatāya vuttaṃ. Pacchimakā tato paraṃ cittuppādābhāvato. Dānīti etarahi. Phassapañcamāti phassapañcamakānaṃ dhammānaṃ pākaṭabhāvato vuttaṃ. Tathā hi cittuppādakathāyampi phassapañcamakāva ādito vuttā. Aññe dhammāti saha nissayena aññe cittacetasikā dhammā, na parinibbānacittacetasikā. Nanu tepi na bhavissantevāti? Saccaṃ na bhavissanti, āsaṅkābhāvato pana te sandhāya ‘‘na bhavissantī’’ti na vattabbameva. ‘‘Itare pana sekkhaputhujjanānaṃ viya bhavissanti nu kho’’ti siyā āsaṅkāti tadāsaṅkānivattanatthaṃ ‘‘nāññe dhammā bhavissantī’’ti vuttaṃ.
「Natthidāni punāvāso, devakāyasmi jālinī」(如今在天界中再无住处,Jālinī):此处「Jālinī」是称呼那位天女,意为:天女啊,以投生于天界、天神众中的方式,如今我于此已无再有住处或居所了。这便是句义。进而说明缘由,言「已灭尽」等。据说这位天女前世曾是长老的身边侍婢,因此如今见长老年迈体衰,由宿昔的爱念而来,乞求道:「请将您的心投向您曾居住之处」,实是乞求投生天界。于是长老以「如今已没有」等语回答她。天女闻已,大失所望,便于彼处消失。显示巴利原文
Natthidāni punāvāso, devakāyasmi jālinīti, ettha jālinīti devataṃ ālapati, devate devakāyasmiṃ devasamūhe upapajjanavasena puna āvāso āvasanaṃ idāni mayhaṃ natthīti attho. Tattha kāraṇamāha ‘‘vikkhīṇo’’tiādinā. Sā kira devatā purimattabhāve therassa pādaparicārikā, tasmā idāni theraṃ jiṇṇaṃ vuddhaṃ disvā purimasinehena āgantvā ‘‘tattha cittaṃ paṇidhehi, yattha te vusitaṃ pure’’ti devūpapattiṃ yāci. Atha ‘‘dāni natthī’’tiādinā thero tassā paṭivacanaṃ adāsi. Taṃ sutvā devatā vihatāsā tatthevantaradhāyi.
于是长老腾空而起,向同梵行者们彰显自己的威神力,说偈道:“Yassa muhuttena”(若人于须臾间)。其意为:若有一位漏尽比丘,能于须臾之间,对此世间——乃至以千种方式、千种分类、三千大千世界的差别所摄、包含梵天的世界——完全了知、彻底通达、亲证现观,则他在神通功德与成就上,于死生之事皆得自在。那位比丘于近前能见诸天,并非其观见诸天的能力有所退失。据说,长老以答复Jālinī天神的方式说出“已无现在”之偈时,众比丘不见Jālinī,便心想:“长老是否借说法而另有所指?”长老知他们心念,便说了这首“Yassa muhuttena”之偈。显示巴利原文
Atha thero vehāsaṃ abbhuggantvā attano ānubhāvaṃ sabrahmacārīnaṃ pakāsento ‘‘yassa muhuttenā’’ti gāthamāha. Tassattho – yassa khīṇāsavabhikkhuno muhuttamattena eva sahassadhā sahassappakāro tisahassimahāsahassipabhedo, loko sabrahmakappo sahabrahmaloko, saṃvidito sammadeva vidito ñāto paccakkhaṃ kato, evaṃ iddhiguṇe iddhisampadāya cutūpapāte ca vasībhāvappatto so bhikkhu upagatakāle devatā passati, na tassa devatānaṃ dassane parihānīti. Therena kira jāliniyā devatāya paṭivacanadānavasena ‘‘natthi dānī’’ti gāthāya vuttāya bhikkhū jāliniṃ apassantā ‘‘kiṃ nu kho thero dhammālapanavasena kiñci ālapatī’’ti cintesuṃ. Tesaṃ cittācāraṃ ñatvā thero ‘‘yassa muhuttenā’’ti imaṃ gāthamāha.
“Annabhāro pure”(食负):过去世中称此名之人。“Ghāsahārako”(携食者):仅为得食而受雇谋生者。“Samaṇaṃ”(沙门):已寂灭诸恶者。“Paṭipādesiṃ”(我奉献):即我以净信当面恭敬供施食物——此为要义。“Upariṭṭhaṃ”(名为Upariṭṭha者):指名Upariṭṭha的独觉佛。“Yasassinaṃ”(具名声者):具足称誉、声名远扬者。此偈展示了他直至最后一世前,成为大福报之因的宿世业行。是故说:“somhi sakyakule jāto”(我生于释迦族)等。显示巴利原文
Annabhāro pureti evaṃnāmo purimattabhāve. Ghāsahārakoti ghāsamattassa atthāya bhattiṃ katvā jīvanako. Samaṇanti samitapāpaṃ. Paṭipādesinti paṭimukho hutvā pādāsiṃ, pasādena abhimukho hutvā āhāradānaṃ adāsinti adhippāyo. Upariṭṭhanti evaṃnāmakaṃ paccekabuddhaṃ. Yasassinanti kittimantaṃ patthaṭayasaṃ. Imāya gāthāya yāva carimattabhāvā uḷārasampattihetubhūtaṃ attano pubbakammaṃ dasseti. Tenāha ‘‘somhi sakyakule jāto’’tiādi.
“Ito sattā”(从此七次):意为从此人界命终后,于天界以天主权势受生七次。“Tato sattā”(从此七次):复次从天界命终后,于人界以转轮王身受生七次。“Saṃsārāni catuddasā”(十四番轮回):指十四次辗转他世。“Nivāsamabhijānissanti”(我了知宿住):即我证知了过去诸蕴住的续次。“Devaloke ṭhito tadā”(尔时立于天界):并非仅于此世,当我安住于紧邻的前世天界时,便于彼时了知了——此是偈颂的义理。显示巴利原文
Itosattāti ito manussalokato cavitvā devaloke dibbena ādhipaccena satta. Tato sattāti tato devalokato cavitvā manussaloke cakkavattibhāvena satta. Saṃsārāni catuddasāti catuddasa bhavantarasaṃsaraṇāni. Nivāsamabhijānissanti pubbenivāsaṃ aññāsiṃ. Devaloke ṭhito tadāti tañca kho na imasmiṃyeva attabhāve, api ca kho yadā ito anantarātīte attabhāve devaloke ṭhito, tadā aññāsinti attho.
现在,为了显示自己证得天眼智与死生智的方式,他说出以“pañcaṅgike”等开头的两首偈颂。其中,“于五分定中”(pañcaṅgike samādhimhī):指作为神通基础的第四禅那之定。由于此定具足喜遍满、乐遍满、心遍满、光明遍满、观察相这五支,故称“五分定”。“寂静”(sante):由对立面的止息和支分的寂静而成为寂静。“修习至一境性”(ekodibhāvite):令心达到一境性的状态,善加修习并达至自在,这就是它的含义。“证得寂止者”(paṭippassaddhiladdhamhī):由烦恼的平息而证得此定。“我得天眼清净”(dibbacakkhu visujjhi me):当如是的定修习成就时,我的天眼智便从十一种随烦恼中解脱而得清净。显示巴利原文
Idāni attanā dibbacakkhuñāṇacutūpapātañāṇānaṃ adhigatākāraṃ dassento ‘‘pañcaṅgike’’tiādinā dve gāthā abhāsi. Tattha pañcaṅgike samādhimhīti abhiññāpādakacatutthajjhānasamādhimhi. So hi pītipharaṇatā, sukhapharaṇatā, cetopharaṇatā, ālokapharaṇatā , paccavekkhaṇanimittanti imehi pañcahi aṅgehi samannāgatattā pañcaṅgiko samādhīti vuccati. Santeti paṭipakkhavūpasamena aṅgasantatāya ca sante. Ekodibhāviteti ekodibhāvagate, suciṇṇe vasībhāvappatteti attho. Paṭippassaddhiladdhamhīti kilesānaṃ paṭippassaddhiyā laddhe. Dibbacakkhu visujjhi meti evaṃvidhe samādhimhi sampādite mayhaṃ dibbacakkhuñāṇaṃ visujjhi, ekādasahi upakkilesehi vimuttiyā visuddhaṃ ahosi.
“我知众生死生”(cutūpapātaṃ jānāmi):意思是,我了知众生的死与生。了知时,我了知这些众生从彼世没而来生此世,从此世没而往生于彼世;我了知众生的来处与去处。并且,在如此了知的同时,我于他们投生之前即已知道:他们如此的状态、人的状态,以及与此相异的、转为旁生等的其他状态。为显示这一切都是在成就五分定时实现的,他说出:“住于五分禅那中”(jhāne pañcaṅgike ṭhito)。其中,“住于五分禅那中”的意思是:安住、确立于此禅那之后,我如此了知——这是它的义理。显示巴利原文
Cutūpapātaṃ jānāmīti sattānaṃ cutiñca upapattiñca jānāmi, jānanto ca ‘‘ime sattā amumhā lokamhā āgantvā idhūpapannā, imamhā ca lokā gantvā amumhi loke upapajjissantī’’ti sattānaṃ āgatiṃ gatiñca jānāmi, jānanto eva ca nesaṃ itthabhāvaṃ manussabhāvaṃ tato aññathābhāvaṃ aññathātiracchānabhāvañca upapattito puretarameva jānāmi. Tayidaṃ sabbampi pañcaṅgike samādhimhi sampādite evāti dassento āha ‘‘jhāne pañcaṅgike ṭhito’’ti. Tattha pañcaṅgike jhāne ṭhito patiṭṭhito hutvā evaṃ jānāmīti attho.
如此显示了三种明之后,借着这个机缘,为了显示先前已展示的第三明及其作用的成就,他说出以“pariciṇṇo mayā satthā”等开头的两首偈颂。其中,“在跋耆国的竹林村”(vajjīnaṃ veḷuvagāmeti):指在跋耆国的竹林村,也就是在跋耆国他度过最后一个雨安居的那个竹林村。“在竹丛下方”(heṭṭhato veḷugumbasminti):在那里某个竹丛的下方。“我将寂灭”(nibbāyissanti):我将寂灭,即于无余涅槃界而般涅槃,这是它的义理。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ vijjāttayaṃ dassetvā tappasaṅgena pubbe dassitampi tatiyavijjaṃ saha kiccanipphattiyā dassento ‘‘pariciṇṇo mayā satthā’’tiādinā gāthādvayamāha. Tattha vajjīnaṃ veḷuvagāmeti vajjiraṭṭhassa veḷuvagāme, vajjiraṭṭhe yattha pacchimavassaṃ upagacchi veḷuvagāme. Heṭṭhato veḷugumbasminti tattha aññatarassa veḷugumbassa heṭṭhā. Nibbāyissanti nibbāyissāmi, anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyissāmīti attho.
第十节 波罗波利耶长老偈颂注释显示巴利原文
10. Pārāpariyattheragāthāvaṇṇanā
“沙门曾有思念……”等偈颂,是波罗波利耶长老所说。这位长老的因缘故事前面已经讲过。这些偈颂是世尊住世时、他尚为凡夫时所宣说,意在阐明他调伏意根及前五根的思惟。然而,后来世尊入般涅槃,他自己也临近般涅槃时,又再度说出,用以指示比丘们未来应如何如法修行。此中:显示巴利原文
Samaṇassaahu cintātiādikā āyasmato pārāpariyattherassa gāthā. Imassa vatthu heṭṭhā āgatameva. Tā ca gāthā satthari dharante attano puthujjanakāle manacchaṭṭhānaṃ indriyānaṃ niggaṇhanacintāya pakāsanavasena bhāsitā. Imā pana aparabhāge satthari parinibbute attano ca parinibbāne upaṭṭhite tadā āyatiñca bhikkhūnaṃ uddhammapaṭipattiyā pakāsanavasena bhāsitā. Tattha –
沙门曾起如是思惟:大林繁花盛开之时,
对于那位心专一境、独处静坐的禅修者而言。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Samaṇassa ahu cintā, pupphitamhi mahāvane; Ekaggassa nisinnassa, pavivittassa jhāyino’’ti. –
此偈乃结集者所集。其义如前所说。然而,此处之背景因缘如下:彼时,导师已般涅槃,部分上首弟子及大长老亦已般涅槃。导师灭度、唯有教法存留之际,善受教诫、乐学律仪的比丘极为难得,而难教诫、多行邪行的比丘却纷纷涌现。就在那座繁花盛开的大娑罗林中,有位波罗波利耶长老,宴坐林间,独处远离,心一境性,惯行禅那。彼已止息一切恶行,故称为沙门——即止息恶行之人。以此长老的修行为缘,便生起了如是的审察与思念。于是便说出后面的偈颂:显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ gāthā saṅgītikārehi ṭhapitā. Tassattho heṭṭhā vuttanayova. Ayaṃ pana sambandho – satthari aggasāvakesu ekaccesu mahātheresu ca parinibbutesu atītasatthuke pāvacane subbacesu sikkhākāmesu bhikkhūsu dullabhesu, dubbacesu micchāpaṭipattibahulesu bhikkhūsu ca jātesu supupphite mahante sālavane nisinnassa pavivittassa ekaggassa jhāyanasīlassa, samitapāpatāya samaṇassa, pārāpariyattherassa paṭipattiṃ nissāya cintā vīmaṃsā ahosīti itarā –
当世间依怙、无上士住世之时,比丘们的威仪是那般殊胜;
而今之所见,已截然不同。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Aññathā lokanāthamhi, tiṭṭhante purisuttame; Iriyaṃ āsi bhikkhūnaṃ, aññathā dāni dissati.
用以防御寒风、遮蔽羞处的衣物,
他们唯受用可维系身骨之食,于一切所得悉皆满足。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sītavātaparittāṇaṃ, hirikopīnachādanaṃ; Mattaṭṭhiyaṃ abhuñjiṃsu, santuṭṭhā itarītare.
无论食物是殊胜还是粗糙,是少还是多,
他们只为维持生命而受用,不贪着,亦不迷醉。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Paṇītaṃ yadi vā lūkhaṃ, appaṃ vā yadi vā bahuṃ; Yāpanatthaṃ abhuñjiṃsu, agiddhā nādhimucchitā.
对于生活的资具、药物与必需品,
他们并不像对漏尽那般,在这些事情上特别热衷。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Jīvitānaṃ parikkhāre, bhesajje atha paccaye; Na bāḷhaṃ ussukā āsuṃ, yathā te āsavakkhaye.
在森林中、树下、峡谷与洞穴里
他们修习远离,以此为归宿而安住。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Araññe rukkhamūlesu, kandarāsu guhāsu ca; Vivekamanubrūhantā, vihaṃsu tapparāyaṇā.
他们谦恭而住,易受供养,柔和而不怀刚强之心;
清净无染,不事喧哗,随义理思惟而安止。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Nīcā niviṭṭhā subharā, mudū athaddhamānasā; Abyāsekā amukharā, atthacintāvasānugā.
那时,他们的举止端严,行、食、受用皆如法;
他的威仪如同润泽的油流,流畅自然。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Tato pāsādikaṃ āsi, gataṃ bhuttaṃ nisevitaṃ; Siniddhā teladhārāva, ahosi iriyāpatho.
诸漏已尽,是大禅修者,承载大利益;
如今那些长老已般涅槃,如今如是之圣者已甚为稀少了。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sabbāsavaparikkhīṇā , mahājhāyī mahāhitā; Nibbutā dāni te therā, parittā dāni tādisā.
因善法灭尽与慧灭尽故;
具足一切殊胜行相的胜者教法,却遭毁坏。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kusalānañca dhammānaṃ, paññāya ca parikkhayā; Sabbākāravarūpetaṃ, lujjate jinasāsanaṃ.
那正是恶法与烦恼的时节;
那些安住于远离者,以及正法的残余。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Pāpakānañca dhammānaṃ, kilesānañca yo utu; Upaṭṭhitā vivekāya, ye ca saddhammasesakā.
那些烦恼增长之时,便会侵扰许多人;
我想,他们与愚者一同嬉戏,犹如疯狂的罗刹。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Te kilesā pavaḍḍhantā, āvisanti bahuṃ janaṃ; Kīḷanti maññe bālehi, ummattehiva rakkhasā.
932 随后,庄严的住处建成;他们饭后去往那里,长久居住。油滴已封止,道路畅通无阻。显示巴利原文
932.
那些被烦恼征服的人,被种种事物所驱使;
人们处在烦恼事中,犹如置身宣告的战阵。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kilesehābhibhūtā te, tena tena vidhāvitā; Narā kilesavatthūsu, sasaṅgāmeva ghosite.
933 如此,长老已证涅槃,远离了一切险难。显示巴利原文
933.
‘‘Pariccajitvā saddhammaṃ, aññamaññehi bhaṇḍare; Diṭṭhigatāni anventā, idaṃ seyyoti maññare.
‘‘Dhanañca puttaṃ bhariyañca, chaḍḍayitvāna niggatā; Kaṭacchubhikkhahetūpi, akicchāni nisevare.
935 我心想:他们如同愚者般嬉戏,犹如恶鬼戏弄世人。显示巴利原文
935.
‘‘Udarāvadehakaṃ bhutvā, sayantuttānaseyyakā; Kathā vaḍḍhenti paṭibuddhā, yā kathā satthugarahitā.
‘‘Sabbakārukasippāni, cittiṃ katvāna sikkhare; Avūpasantā ajjhattaṃ, sāmaññatthotiacchati.
泥土、油粉,水、座、食物;
渴望多得者,便以此供给诸居士。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Mattikaṃ telacuṇṇañca, udakāsanabhojanaṃ; Gihīnaṃ upanāmenti, ākaṅkhantā bahuttaraṃ.
齿木、木苹果,花朵与嚼食;
钵食充足时,芒果和余甘子。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Dantaponaṃ kapitthañca, pupphaṃ khādaniyāni ca; Piṇḍapāte ca sampanne, ambe āmalakāni ca.
‘‘Bhesajjesu yathā vejjā, kiccākicce yathā gihī; Gaṇikāva vibhūsāyaṃ, issare khattiyā yathā.
诡诈者、欺诳者、伪证者、隐秘者;
他们以种种谋划,享用利养。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Nekatikā vañcanikā, kūṭasakkhī apāṭukā; Bahūhi parikappehi, āmisaṃ paribhuñjare.
‘‘Lesakappe pariyāye, parikappenudhāvitā; Jīvikatthā upāyena, saṅkaḍḍhanti bahuṃ dhanaṃ.
‘‘Upaṭṭhāpenti parisaṃ, kammato no ca dhammato; Dhammaṃ paresaṃ desenti, lābhato no ca atthato.
他们为僧团利养而起纷争,自身却置身僧团之外;
依靠他人的利养为生,无惭无愧,不知羞耻。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Saṅghalābhassa bhaṇḍanti, saṅghato paribāhirā; Paralābhopajīvantā, ahirīkā na lajjare.
世间有一类人,虽剃除须发、身披僧伽梨,却并不专心于修行。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Nānuyuttā tathā eke, muṇḍā saṅghāṭipārutā; Sambhāvanaṃyevicchanti, lābhasakkāramucchitā.
‘‘Evaṃ nānappayātamhi, na dāni sukaraṃ tathā; Aphusitaṃ vā phusituṃ, phusitaṃ vānurakkhituṃ.
如同在荆棘遍布之处,人应赤足而行;
安立正念后,牟尼应如此行于村落。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yathā kaṇṭakaṭṭhānamhi, careyya anupāhano; Satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvāna, evaṃ gāme munī care.
回忆往昔的瑜伽行者,随念他们的行持;
纵使身处末世,也能触及不死之境。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Saritvā pubbake yogī, tesaṃ vattamanussaraṃ; Kiñcāpi pacchimo kālo, phuseyya amataṃ padaṃ.
说完此语,于娑罗树林中,那已修诸根的沙门;
婆罗门已般涅槃,是灭尽后有之仙人。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Idaṃ vatvā sālavane, samaṇo bhāvitindriyo; Brāhmaṇo parinibbāyī, isi khīṇapunabbhavo’’ti. –
这些偈颂,正是由那位长老亲自所说。显示巴利原文
Imā gāthā thereneva bhāsitā.
此处,“比丘们的行持尚存”是指:当人中至尊、世间导师、正自觉者住世并维持教法之时,那时尚有如法的修行方式。“以另一种方式”是指:比丘们的行持曾以另一种方式存在,即依照教导而践行。“如今却以另一种方式可见”,意思是如今所见比丘们的行持已变成另一种状况,因为不再如实践行——这便是注疏的用意所在。显示巴利原文
Tattha iriyaṃ āsi bhikkhūnanti purisuttame lokanāthamhi sammāsambuddhe tiṭṭhante dharante etarahi paṭipattibhāvato. Aññathā aññena pakārena bhikkhūnaṃ iriyaṃ caritaṃ ahosi yathānusiṭṭhaṃ paṭipattibhāvato. Aññathā dāni dissatīti idāni pana tato aññathā bhikkhūnaṃ iriyaṃ dissati ayāthāvapaṭipattibhāvatoti adhippāyo .
如今,为说明导师住世时比丘们的修行方式,便说出了“御寒挡风”等语句。其中的“以量为义”,是指以合适的量作为目的。他们受用袈裟,只为御寒挡风、只为遮蔽羞处。是怎样的呢?他们常怀知足,无论所获资具是低劣还是殊胜,都随遇而安。显示巴利原文
Idāni satthari dharante yenākārena bhikkhūnaṃ paṭipatti ahosi, taṃ tāva dassetuṃ ‘‘sītavātaparittāṇa’’ntiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha mattaṭṭhiyanti taṃ mattaṃ payojanaṃ. Yāvadeva sītavātaparittāṇaṃ, yāvadeva hirīkopīnapaṭicchādanaṃ katvā cīvaraṃ paribhuñjiṃsu. Kathaṃ? Santuṭṭhā itarītare yasmiṃ tasmiṃ hīne paṇīte vā yathāladdhe paccaye santosaṃ āpannā.
“殊胜的”:指上等的、与酥油等调和的食物;若没有这些,即是“粗糙的”。“少量”:哪怕只是四五口食的量。“即使食用大量殊胜的”意思是:即使食用许多殊胜的食物,他们也仅为延续生命而进食。正因如此,他们不生贪求,不陷于贪著。不沉迷,不执取,就如车匠以油润滑车轴,或如伤者以药敷治伤口那般进食。显示巴利原文
Paṇītanti uḷāraṃ sappiādinā saṃsaṭṭhaṃ, tadabhāvena lūkhaṃ. Appanti, catupañcālopamattampi. Bahuṃ yāpanatthaṃ abhuñjiṃsūti paṇītaṃ bahuṃ bhuñjantāpi yāpanamattameva āhāraṃ bhuñjiṃsu. Tato eva agiddhā gedhaṃ anāpannā. Nādhimucchitā na ajjhositā akkhabbhañjanaṃ viya sākaṭikā, vaṇalepanaṃ viya vaṇino abhuñjiṃsu.
在“生命资具,以及药物等资具”中,指的是维持生命所必需、称为药的资具,也就是病缘药。其义为:正如往昔的比丘们为断尽诸漏而精勤努力,即使被疾病所压倒,对于病缘药也绝不极度热衷(耽著)。显示巴利原文
Jīvitānaṃparikkhāre, bhesajje atha paccayepi jīvitānaṃ pavattiyā parikkhārabhūte bhesajjasaṅkhāte paccaye gilānapaccaye. Yathā teti yathā te purimakā bhikkhū āsavakkhaye ussukā yuttā āsuṃ, tathā te rogābhibhūtāpi gilānapaccaye bāḷhaṃ ativiya ussukā nāhesunti attho.
“Tapparāyaṇā”意为致力于远离、倾向于远离。如此,通过这四首偈颂,显示了四资具的知足与修习的喜悦,由此展现了他们的圣族行道。显示巴利原文
Tapparāyaṇāti vivekaparāyaṇā vivekapoṇā. Evaṃ catūhi gāthāhi catupaccayasantosaṃ bhāvanābhiratiñca dassentena tesaṃ ariyavaṃsapaṭipadā dassitā.
“谦卑”:指不因“我们是粪扫衣者、行乞食者”而自赞毁他,行为谦下,态度谦逊,这就是它的意思。“安住”:指在教法中具有坚固的信心。“易养”:指由于少欲等品质而易于照料。“柔和”:指在行持轨则及整个梵行生活中都很柔和,如同经过善巧加工的黄金,能适应种种用途。或者,“柔和”也指不皱眉、容颜开朗,以如花的面容行持款待,犹如好的渡口,能带来安乐。“心不刚硬”:指心不坚硬,由此表现出容易教导的特质。“无杂染”:指因正念不忘失而远离烦恼杂染,即不被贪爱、邪见、慢等所间杂。“不饶舌”:指不多话,或者说嘴巴不粗糙,无轻率之语。“随义思察”:指随顺于利益的思惟,即始终围绕着自他的利益而运作。显示巴利原文
Nīcāti ‘‘mayaṃ paṃsukūlikā piṇḍapātikā’’ti attukkaṃsanaparavambhanāni akatvā nīcavuttino, nivātavuttinoti attho. Niviṭṭhāti sāsane niviṭṭhasaddhā. Subharāti appicchatādibhāvena suposā. Mudūti vattapaṭipattiyaṃ sakale ca brahmacariye mudū, suparikammakatasuvaṇṇaṃ viya viniyogakkhamā. Mudūti vā abhākuṭikā uttānamukhā pupphitamukhena paṭisanthāravuttino, sutitthaṃ viya sukhāvahāti vuttaṃ hoti. Athaddhamānasāti akathinacittā tena subbacabhāvamāha. Abyāsekāti sativippavāsābhāvato kilesabyāsekarahitā, antarantarā taṇhādiṭṭhimānādīhi avokiṇṇāti attho. Amukharāti na mukharā, na mukhena kharā vacīpāgabbhiyarahitāti vā attho. Atthacintāvasānugāti hitacintāvasānugāhitacintāvasikā, attano paresañca hitacintameva anuparivattanakā.
「因此」:指由于前述谦卑行为等原因。「令人净信」:指其行持令见者与闻者生起净信。「行」:指前进、后退、转身等身体动作,或指身语的运作。「食」:指对四资具的受用。「亲近」:指对行境的亲近。如同善人们连续倾注而不中断的油柱般,油润、光滑、美观,令人净信;同样,这些威仪具足的比丘,其威仪亦无瑕疵,柔和、光滑、美观,令人净信。显示巴利原文
Tatoti tasmā nīcavuttādihetu. Pāsādikanti pasādajanikaṃ paṭipattiṃ passantānaṃ suṇantānañca pasādāvahaṃ. Gatanti abhikkantapaṭikkantaparivattanādigamanaṃ. Gatanti vā kāyavācāpavatti. Bhuttanti catupaccayaparibhogo. Nisevitanti gocaranisevanaṃ. Siniddhāteladhārāvāti yathā anivattitā kusalajanābhisiñcitā savantī teladhārā avicchinnā siniddhā maṭṭhā dassanīyā pāsādikā hoti, evaṃ tesaṃ ākappasampannānaṃ iriyāpatho acchiddo saṇho maṭṭho dassanīyo pāsādiko ahosi.
「大禅者」:指以广大禅那修习为常的人,或指修习广大涅槃的人,因此称为大禅者。正因如此,他们是「大利益」者,即具足种种大利益。这是说:那些如前所述、以行道为所依的上座长老,如今已般涅槃。而「如今像那样的上座极为稀少」,是说到了现在这个后期时代,像那样的上座长老已寥寥无几,仅存少数几位了。显示巴利原文
Mahājhāyīti mahantehi jhānehi jhāyanasīlā, mahantaṃ vā nibbānaṃ jhāyantīti mahājhāyī. Tato eva mahāhitā, mahantehi hitehi samannāgatāti attho. Te therāti te yathāvuttappakārā paṭipattiparāyaṇā therā idāni parinibbutāti attho. Parittā dāni tādisāti idāni pacchime kāle tādisā tathārūpā therā parittā appakā katipayā evāti vuttaṃ hoti.
「诸善法」:指作为出离近因、解脱资粮的无过失法。「以及智慧」:指如是体性的智慧。「灭尽」:指它们不复存在、不再生起。虽然在智慧于此亦属无过失法,但为显示其有大作用,故而特别提出,正如「福德与智的资粮」那样。「具足一切行相之胜妙」:指具足初善等一切胜妙行相、种种殊胜——这是说胜者世尊的教法,已衰亡、毁坏了。显示巴利原文
Kusalānañcadhammānanti vivaṭṭassa upanissayabhūtānaṃ vimokkhasambhārānaṃ anavajjadhammānaṃ. Paññāya cāti tathārūpāya paññāya ca. Parikkhayāti abhāvato anuppattito. Kāmañcettha paññāpi siyā anavajjadhammā, bahukārabhāvadassanatthaṃ panassā visuṃ gahaṇaṃ yathā puññañāṇasambhārāti. Sabbākāravarūpetanti ādikalyāṇatādīhi sabbehi ākāravarehi pakāravisesehi upetaṃ yuttaṃ jinassa bhagavato sāsanaṃ lujjati vinassatīti attho.
「对于恶法、烦恼,何为时节」:对于身恶行等恶法以及贪等烦恼,什么是它们的时节、什么是它们的时机?那正是现在——句中省略了“运转”一词。「那些为了远离而精进努力的人,以及正法的剩余者」:指在这样的时机中,为了身远离、心远离、依止远离而精进努力的人,他们便是余下行道正法的人。这里的意思是:虽然某些比丘具足极为清净的戒律与正行,如今在完成威仪安立、止观修习方法、断除大障碍、断除小障碍等前行事务后,致力于修习,他们是余下行道正法者,却无法将行道推向顶峰。显示巴利原文
Pāpakānañca dhammānaṃ, kilesānañca yo utūti kāyaduccaritādīnaṃ pāpadhammānaṃ lobhādīnañca kilesānaṃ yo utu yo kālo, so ayaṃ vattatīti vacanaseso. Upaṭṭhitā vivekāya, ye ca saddhammasesakāti ye pana evarūpe kāle kāyacittaupadhivivekatthāya upaṭṭhitā āraddhavīriyā, te ca sesapaṭipattisaddhammakā honti. Ayañhettha adhippāyo – suvisuddhasīlācārāpi samānā idāni ekacce bhikkhū iriyāpathasaṇṭhāpanaṃ, samathavipassanābhāvanāvidhānaṃ, mahāpalibodhūpacchedo, khuddakapalibodhūpacchedoti evamādipubbakiccaṃ sampādetvā bhāvanamanuyuñjanti. Te sesapaṭipattisaddhammakā, paṭipattiṃ matthakaṃ pāpetuṃ na sakkontīti.
「那些烦恼增长」:曾经被世尊的亲生子们灭尽、根除的烦恼,如今在比丘中得到了机会,增长、茂盛、广大。「他们侵入许多人」:指这些烦恼征服、控制缺少善知识、多行非理作意的愚痴盲者,令其无力抵抗,进入他们的相续中。变得如此的他们,「我想他们与愚者嬉戏,就像罗刹与疯子嬉戏」:正如喜好嬉戏的罗刹在那些没有良医的疯子中附体后,将他们引向不幸与灾难而嬉戏;同样,这些烦恼在没有正自觉者这般良医的愚痴盲者们中附体后,产生现法无义等事而与之嬉戏,犹如共戏一般。显示巴利原文
Te kilesā pavaḍḍhantāti ye bhagavato orasaputtehi ca tadā parikkhayaṃ pariyādānaṃ gamitā kilesā, te etarahi laddhokāsā bhikkhūsu vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjantā. Āvisanti bahuṃ jananti kalyāṇamittarahitaṃ ayonisomanasikārabahulaṃ andhabālajanaṃ abhibhavitvā avasaṃ karontā āvisanti santānaṃ anupavisanti. Evaṃbhūtā ca te kīḷanti maññe bālehi, ummattehiva rakkhasā, yathā nāma keḷisīlā rakkhasā bhisakkarahite ummatte āvisitvā te anayabyasanaṃ āpādentā tehi kīḷanti, evaṃ te kilesā sammāsambuddhabhisakkarahite andhabāle bhikkhū āvisitvā tesaṃ diṭṭhadhammikādibhedaṃ anatthaṃ uppādentā tehi saddhiṃ kīḷanti maññe, kīḷantā viya hontīti attho.
「以种种」:指以种种所缘方面。「被驱策」:指被不正当地驱策,即依不合宜的方式而行。「在烦恼事中」:最初生起的烦恼是后来生起的烦恼之因,所以烦恼本身就是烦恼事。当这些烦恼事积聚时,「就像在战利品宣告中」:犹如把金、银、摩尼珠、珍珠等财物散发开来,宣告说:“无论得到什么金银等,就归谁所有。”这便是欲的宣告,也就是战利品的宣告。这里的意思是:在烦恼事中,烦恼将军——魔罗,就像在战场上宣告战利品:“哪个烦恼抓住、征服哪个众生,那就属于那个烦恼。”那些被种种烦恼所征服的愚痴凡夫,便在种种所缘方面被驱策、被消耗殆尽。显示巴利原文
Tenatenāti tena tena ārammaṇabhāgena. Vidhāvitāti virūpaṃ dhāvitā asāruppavasena paṭipajjantā. Kilesavatthūsūti paṭhamaṃ uppannaṃ kilesā pacchā uppajjanakānaṃ kāraṇabhāvato kilesāva kilesavatthūni, tesu kilesavatthūsu samūhitesu. Sasaṅgāmeva ghositeti hiraññasuvaṇṇamaṇimuttādikaṃ dhanaṃ vippakiritvā ‘‘yaṃ yaṃ hiraññasuvaṇṇādi yassa yassa hatthagataṃ, taṃ taṃ tassa tasseva hotū’’ti evaṃ kāmaghosanā sasaṅgāmaghosanā nāma. Tatthāyamattho – kilesavatthūsu ‘‘yo yo kileso yaṃ yaṃ sattaṃ gaṇhāti abhibhavati, so so tassa tassa hotū’’ti kilesasenāpatinā mārena sasaṅgāme ghosite viya. Tehi tehi kilesehi abhibhūtā te bālaputhujjanā tena tena ārammaṇabhāgena vidhāvitā vositāti.
他们这样被驱策后,做些什么呢?说:“舍弃了正法,相互争吵。”它的意思是:丢弃了修行的正法,为酸粥等微细的物质利益,相互争吵、诤斗。“恶见”:譬如“唯有识存在,没有色法”,以及“正如所谓的人在究竟义上并不存在,同样地,诸自性法在究竟义上也不存在,仅仅是名言而已”等,追随这些恶见,执取邪见,认为这才是好的、这才是最上的,其他的都是错误的。显示巴利原文
Te evaṃ vidhāvitā kiṃ karontīti āha ‘‘pariccajitvā saddhammaṃ, aññamaññehi bhaṇḍare’’ti. Tassattho – paṭipattisaddhammaṃ chaḍḍetvā āmisakiñjakkhahetu aññamaññehi bhaṇḍare kalahaṃ karontīti. Diṭṭhigatānīti ‘‘viññāṇamattameva atthi, nattheva rūpadhammā’’ti, ‘‘yathā puggalo nāma paramatthato natthi, evaṃ sabhāvadhammāpi paramatthato natthi, vohāramattamevā’’ti ca evamādīni diṭṭhigatāni micchāgāhe anventā anugacchantā idaṃ seyyo idameva seṭṭhaṃ, aññaṃ micchāti maññanti.
“出离了”指从家中出来。“即使为了一勺乞食”:即使是为了一勺之量的乞食。对于布施的在家者,以不合宜的交往,做出家之人不应做、不应行的种种事,他们耽着于这些行为。显示巴利原文
Niggatāti gehato nikkhantā. Kaṭacchubhikkhahetūpīti kaṭacchumattabhikkhānimittampi. Taṃ dadantassa gahaṭṭhassa ananulomikasaṃsaggavasena akiccāni pabbajitena akattabbāni kammāni nisevare karonti.
“饱食至腹满而食”:即不顾“食未满腹、食知节量”的教说(《长老偈》982;《弥兰陀问经》6.5.10),只求填满肚腹而食。“仰卧而睡者”:即不忆念“以右侧作狮子卧,足叠足,正念正知”的仪则(《增支部》8.9;《分别论》519),便仰面而卧。所谓“被世尊呵斥的谈论”,是指王论等畜生论。显示巴利原文
Udarāvadehakaṃ bhutvāti ‘‘ūnūdaro mitāhāro’’ti (theragā. 982; mi. pa. 6.5.10) vuttavacanaṃ acintetvā udarapūraṃ bhuñjitvā. Sayantuttānaseyyakāti ‘‘dakkhiṇena passena sīhaseyyaṃ kappeti pāde pādaṃ accādhāya sato sampajāno’’ti (a. ni. 8.9; vibha. 519) vuttavidhānaṃ ananussaritvā uttānaseyyakā sayanti. Yā kathā satthugarahitāti rājakathāditiracchānakathaṃ sandhāya vadati.
「一切工匠技艺」:指所有吠舍等工匠应作的手艺,如制作饭食、扇子等。「恭敬而行」:即殷重、尊重地行持。「内不寂静」:由于未能止息烦恼,乃至连片刻的等持也不存在,故内心不寂静,即心未寂止。「沙门义」:指沙门法。「远避」:指那些比丘因忙于活命的事务,于沙门义连一分也不触及,故而远离、不依附,即此义。显示巴利原文
Sabbakārukasippānīti sabbehi vessādīhi kārukehi kattabbāni bhattatālavaṇṭakaraṇādīni hatthasippāni. Cittiṃ katvānāti sakkaccaṃ sādaraṃ katvā. Avūpasantā ajjhattanti kilesavūpasamābhāvato gadduhanamattampi samādhānābhāvato ca ajjhattaṃ avūpasantā, avūpasantacittāti attho. Sāmaññatthoti samaṇadhammo. Atiacchatīti tesaṃ ājīvakiccapasutatāya ekadesampi aphusanato visuṃyeva nisīdati, anallīyatīti vuttaṃ hoti.
「泥」:指普通的,或五种颜色的、适合居士使用的泥。「油与粉」:指普通的,或经加工的油和粉。「水、座、食物」:即水、座位和食物。「希求更多」:指希求更多、更上等的团食等。他们心怀此想:“当我们布施了泥等物品后,人们便会成为坚定的拥护者,从而给出更多、更上等的四资具。”带着这样的意图施与居士,即是此义。显示巴利原文
Mattikanti pākatikaṃ vā pañcavaṇṇaṃ vā gihīnaṃ viniyogakkhamaṃ mattikaṃ. Telacuṇṇañcāti pākatikaṃ, abhisaṅkhataṃ vā telañca cuṇṇañca. Udakāsanabhojananti udakañca āsanañca bhojanañca. Ākaṅkhantā bahuttaranti bahuṃ piṇḍapātādiuttaruttaraṃ ākaṅkhantā ‘‘amhehi mattikādīsu dinnesu manussā daḷhabhattikā hutvā bahuṃ uttaruttaraṃ catupaccayajātaṃ dassantī’’ti adhippāyena gihīnaṃ upanāmentīti attho.
「齿木」:因它能清洁、净化牙齿,故名齿木,即净齿所用的木片。「木苹果」:指木苹果的果实。「花」:指善意花、瞻波花等花朵。「嚼食」:指十八种特别的嚼食。「钵食具足」:指具备色泽等殊胜的米饭。而“芒果、余甘子等”一句中,“等”字包含了未直接列出的枸橼、棕榈、椰子等果实。上述一切内容都应联系“提供给居士”和“希求更多”来理解。显示巴利原文
Dante punanti sodhenti etenāti dantaponaṃ, dantakaṭṭhaṃ. Kapitthanti kapitthaphalaṃ. Pupphanti sumanacampakādipupphaṃ. Khādanīyānīti aṭṭhārasavidhepi khajjakavisese. Piṇḍapāte ca sampanneti vaṇṇādisampayutte odanavisese. ‘‘Ambe āmalakāni cā’’ti ca-saddena mātuluṅgatālanāḷikerādiphalāni avuttāni saṅgaṇhāti. Sabbattha gihīnaṃ upanāmenti ākaṅkhantā bahuttaranti yojanā.
「于药中如医」:意思是如同医生为居士们用药时那样,比丘们也是如此行持。「于应为不应为中,如在家者」:指犹如在家人面对应做的小事与大事一般。「如妓女之于装饰」:即如同靠姿色谋生的女子装饰自己的身体。「如刹帝利之于自在」:指在施展自在威权方面,犹如刹帝利。也就是说,出身于优越家庭者,便是如此行事。显示巴利原文
Bhesajjesu yathā vejjāti gihīnaṃ bhesajjappayogesu yathā vejjā, tathā bhikkhū paṭipajjantīti adhippāyo. Kiccākicce yathā gihīti gahaṭṭhānaṃ khuddake ceva mahante ca kicce kattabbe gihī viya. Gaṇikāva vibhūsāyanti attano sarīrassa vibhūsane rūpūpajīviniyo viya. Issare khattiyā yathāti issare issariyapavattane yathā khattiyā, evaṃ kulapatī hutvā vattantīti attho.
「欺诈者」:指那些从事欺诈勾当之人,他们以非摩尼充作摩尼,以非金子伪造成金,专事以假乱真的骗局。「骗人者」:指用虚假度量等方式诳惑他人者。「伪证者」:指提供不实证词的证人。「粗野者」:指行为邪僻、言行不收摄之人。「以众多邪命种类」:即如上所述,以及其他种种不正当的谋生方式。显示巴利原文
Nekatikāti nikatiyaṃ niyuttā, amaṇiṃyeva maṇiṃ, asuvaṇṇaṃyeva suvaṇṇaṃ katvā paṭirūpasāciyoganiratā. Vañcanikāti kūṭamānādīhi vippalambakā. Kūṭasakkhīti ayāthāvasakkhino. Apāṭukāti vāmakā, asaṃyatavuttīti attho. Bahūhi parikappehīti yathāvuttehi aññehi ca bahūhi micchājīvappakārehi.
「于许可」:指在如法的许可与相似的许可上。「于方便」:指在资具上运用变通。「于分别」:指在增长等种类上的分别,一切处皆作依处格解。「被驰逐」:指被多欲等恶法所驰逐、所左右。「为活命」:指以活命为目的、以活命为因。「以方法」:即以委婉叙谈等方法,使资具得以生起的方式。「集聚」:即收拢、积聚。显示巴利原文
Lesakappeti kappiyalese kappiyapaṭirūpe. Pariyāyeti, paccayesu pariyāyassa yoge. Parikappeti vaḍḍhiādivikappane, sabbattha visaye bhummaṃ. Anudhāvitāti mahicchatādīhi pāpadhammehi anudhāvitā vositā. Jīvikatthā jīvikappayojanā ājīvahetukā. Upāyenāti parikathādinā upāyena paccayuppādananayena. Saṅkaḍḍhantīti saṃharanti.
“令众树立自己”:意为在众人中树立自己,也就是让众人树立自己,以此摄受众人——这是它的含义。“因工作”:即以工作为因。他们是为了自己应做的服务事务而树立自己。“非因法”:指并非以法为因而树立。世尊所开许的摄受,是以救拔为本质而安立的,他们并非以那样的方式摄受众生——这是它的含义。“因利养”:即以利养为因,心想:“这位尊者多闻、是诵经者、是说法者”,如是赞叹的广大人群,会把利养与恭敬带给我。他们安住于欲邪行,以利养为动机为他人说法。“非因义”:指并非为了义利。也就是说,站在解脱的顶端,为说法者所应证得的义利——他们并非以那种现法利益等真舍利益为动机而说法,这是它的含义。显示巴利原文
Upaṭṭhāpenti parisanti parisāya attānaṃ upaṭṭhapenti, yathā parisā attānaṃ upaṭṭhapenti, evaṃ parisaṃ saṅgaṇhantīti attho. Kammatoti kammahetu. Te hi attano kattabbaveyyāvaccanimittaṃ upaṭṭhapenti. No ca dhammatoti dhammanimittaṃ no ca upaṭṭhapenti. Yo satthārā ullumpanasabhāvasaṇṭhitāya parisāya saṅgaho anuññāto, tena na saṅgaṇhantīti attho. Lābhatoti lābhahetu, ‘‘ayyo bahussuto, bhāṇako, ‘dhammakathiko’ti evaṃ sambhāvento mahājano mayhaṃ lābhasakkāre upanayissatī’’ti icchācāre ṭhatvā lābhanimittaṃ paresaṃ dhammaṃ desenti. No ca atthatoti yo so vimuttāyatanasīse ṭhatvā saddhammaṃ kathentena pattabbo attho, na taṃdiṭṭhadhammikādibhedahitanimittaṃ dhammaṃ desentīti attho.
“因僧团利养而诤”:意为因僧团利养而诤论,他们说“我得,非你”等,兴起纷争。“外于僧团”:指在圣僧团之外,因为圣僧团中没有那些事。“依他利养而活”:在教法中,利养是由盲目凡夫针对具足戒等功德的有学圣者而供养生起的,这称为他利养;或者指从其他施主处所得的利养,依此而活。那些起诤的比丘,因对恶无厌离而成为无惭者,即使“我们受用他利养,生活依附于他人”,也不觉得羞耻,不感到惭愧。显示巴利原文
Saṅghalābhassa bhaṇḍantīti saṅghalābhahetu bhaṇḍanti ‘‘mayhaṃ pāpuṇāti, na tuyha’’ntiādinā kalahaṃ karonti. Saṅghato paribāhirāti, ariyasaṅghato bahibhūtā ariyasaṅghe tadabhāvato. Paralābhopajīvantāti sāsane lābhassa andhabālaputhujjanehi pare sīlādiguṇasampanne sekkhe uddissa uppannattā taṃ paralābhaṃ, parato vā dāyakato laddhabbalābhaṃ upajīvantā bhaṇḍanakārakā bhikkhū pāpajigucchāya abhāvato ahirikā samānā ca ‘‘mayaṃ paralābhaṃ bhuñjāma, parapaṭibaddhajīvikā’’tipi na lajjare na hirīyanti.
“不专修”:意为不专修沙门所应行之法。“如是”:即如前所说的造束缚者等那样。“一类”:指某一类。“剃头、披僧伽梨衣者”:仅因剃除了头发而成为剃头者,仅因以碎布片缝合而得“僧伽梨”之名的衣覆身者。“唯求崇敬”:意为沉醉于利养恭敬,被利养恭敬的渴求所迷醉、所执取,喜爱“贤善、头陀行者、多闻”等甜言,或者只希求“圣者”的崇敬与尊重,而非为他们的功德,这是它的含义。显示巴利原文
Nānuyuttāti samaṇakaraṇehi dhammehi ananuyuttā. Tathāti yathā pubbe vuttā bandhanakārakādayo, tathā. Eketi ekacce. Muṇḍā saṅghāṭipārutāti kevalaṃ muṇḍitakesatāya muṇḍā pilotikakhaṇḍehi saṅghaṭitaṭṭhena ‘‘saṅghāṭī’’ti laddhanāmena cīvarena pārutasarīrā. Sambhāvanaṃyevicchanti, lābhasakkāramucchitāti lābhasakkārāsāya mucchitā ajjhositā hutvā, ‘‘pesalo dhutavādo bahussuto’’ti vā madhuravacanamanuyuttā ‘‘ariyo’’ti ca kevalaṃ sambhāvanaṃ bahumānaṃyeva icchanti esanti, na tannimitte guṇeti attho.
“如是”是指依据“诸善法及慧的遍尽”所说的道理。“于种种坏灭法已入”是说对于种种坏灭之法,已进入、已生起;或指对于种种杂染法,已开始进入、开始运转。“今非如是易为”是说当今之世,善知识难得,听闻正法的合适机缘也难以值遇,不像佛陀在世时那般;过去未曾触及、未证得的禅那与观,想要触及与证得;或者已经触及的,不希望它退减或停滞,而希望它增胜,这样来守护、保持,在以前是容易做到的,如今却不容易,不能如此成就,这就是它的意思。显示巴利原文
Evanti ‘‘kusalānañca dhammānaṃ paññāya ca parikkhayā’’ti vuttanayena. Nānappayātamhīti nānappakāre bhedanadhamme payāte samakate, nānappakārena vā saṃkilesadhamme payātuṃ pavattituṃ āraddhe. Na dāni sukaraṃ tathāti idāni imasmiṃ dullabhakalyāṇamitte dullabhasappāyasaddhammassavane ca kāle yathā satthari dharante aphusitaṃ aphuṭṭhaṃ, anadhigataṃ jhānavipassanaṃ phusituṃ adhigantuṃ, phusitaṃ vā hānabhāgiyaṃ ṭhitibhāgiyameva vā ahutvā yathā visesabhāgiyaṃ hoti, tathā anurakkhituṃ pāletuṃ sukaraṃ, tathā na sukaraṃ, tathā sampādetuṃ na sakkāti attho.
如今,因为自己般涅槃的时刻已近,长老为了以简要的教诫教导同梵行者,便说出“Yathā kaṇṭakaṭṭhānamhī”等偈颂。它的意思是:譬如有人为了某种事务,在未穿鞋履、布满荆棘的地方行走时,会先提起正念:“莫让荆棘刺伤我”,而后才小心行走;同样地,一位牟尼为了必要之事,在犹如布满烦恼荆棘的村落行境中行走时,也应先让正念安立,具足正念与正知,毫不放逸而行,不离开自己的业处——这便是此颂所要说的。显示巴利原文
Idāni attano parinibbānakālassa āsannattā saṃkhittena ovādena sabrahmacāriṃ ovadanto ‘‘yathā kaṇṭakaṭṭhānamhī’’tiādimāha. Tassattho – yathā puriso kenacideva payojanena kaṇṭakanicite padese anupāhano vicaranto ‘‘mā maṃ kaṇṭako vijjhī’’ti satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvāva vicarati, evaṃ kilesakaṇṭakanicite gocaragāme payojanena caranto muni satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvāna satisampajaññayutto appamattova careyya kammaṭṭhānaṃ avijahantoti vuttaṃ hoti.
“忆念前代瑜伽者”是说,忆念那些过去的瑜伽者——他们因致力于修行而被称为瑜伽者,忆念那些已经开始修观的人,随顺他们的行持与传承,忆念正确修行的方法,不放舍精进的担子,如法而行持。虽然现在是最后时期,即如今已是过去诸佛的最后时期,但若能如法而行,策励修观,依然可以触及不死之处,证得涅槃。显示巴利原文
Saritvā pubbake yogī, tesaṃ vattamanussaranti purimake yoge bhāvanāya yuttatāya yogī āraddhavipassake saritvā tesaṃ vattaṃ āgamānusārena sammāpaṭipattibhāvanāvidhiṃ anussaranto dhuranikkhepaṃ akatvā yathāpaṭipajjanto. Kiñcāpi pacchimo kāloti yadipāyaṃ atītasatthuko carimo kālo, tathāpi yathādhammameva paṭipajjanto vipassanaṃ ussukkāpento phuseyya amataṃ padaṃ nibbānaṃ adhigaccheyya.
“Idaṃ vatvā”是指:如此开示了随所显示的染污与清净而来的这一行道次第之后。应当了知,此最后一首偈颂,是结集者为阐明长老般涅槃而宣说的。显示巴利原文
Idaṃ vatvāti, yathādassitaṃ saṃkilesavodānesu imaṃ paṭipattividhiṃ kathetvā. Ayañca osānagāthā saṅgītikārehi therassa parinibbānaṃ pakāsetuṃ vuttāti veditabbā.